Growth and spectroscopic properties of Sm3+:KY(WO4)2 crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Demesh, M. P.; Dernovich, O. P.; Gusakova, N. V.; Yasukevich, A. S.; Kornienko, A. A.; Dunina, E. B.; Fomicheva, L. A.; Pavlyuk, A. A.; Kuleshov, N. V.

2018-01-01

A Sm3+:KY(WO4)2 crystal was grown by the modified Czochralski technique. Polarized absorption and fluorescence spectra, as well as a fluorescence decay curve, were recorded at room temperature. Radiative properties such as emission probabilities, branching ratios and radiative lifetimes were investigated within the framework of the Judd-Ofelt theory as well as the theory of f-f transition intensities which takes into account the influence of the excited configurations. Emission cross section spectra were determined. 4G5/2 fluorescence decay was analyzed within the framework of the Inokuti-Hirayama model. The spectroscopic properties of Sm:KYW crystal were compared with those of other Sm3+-doped materials.

Efficient green luminescence of terbium oxalate crystals: A case study with Judd-Ofelt theory and single crystal structure analysis and the effect of dehydration on luminescence

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Alexander, Dinu; Joy, Monu; Thomas, Kukku; Sisira, S.; Biju, P. R.; Unnikrishnan, N. V.; Sudarsanakumar, C.; Ittyachen, M. A.; Joseph, Cyriac

2018-06-01

Design and synthesis of Lanthanide based metal organic framework is a frontier area of research owing to their structural diversity enabling specific applications. The luminescence properties of rare earths, tuned by the structural features of Ln-MOFs are investigated extensively. Rare earth oxalates which can be synthesized in a facile method, ensuring the structural features of MOFs with excellent photoluminescence characteristics deserves much attention. This work is the first time report on the single crystal structure and Judd-Ofelt (JO) theoretical analysis - their correlation with the intense and sharp green luminescence of Terbium oxalate crystals. The intense green luminescence observed for Terbium oxalate crystals for a wide range of excitation from DUV to visible region despite the luminescence limiting factors are discussed. The absence of concentration quenching and lifting up of forbidden nature of f-f transitions, allowing direct excitation of Terbium ions is analysed with the help of JO theory and single crystal structure analysis. The JO analysis predicted the asymmetry of Terbium sites, allowing the electric dipole transitions and from the JO intensity parameters, promising spectroscopic parameters - emission cross section, branching ratio, gain band width and gain coefficient of the material were calculated. The single crystal structure analysis revealed the asymmetry of Tb sites and structure of Terbium oxalate is formed by the hydrogen bonded stacking of overlapped six Terbium membered rings connected by the oxalate ligands. The molecularly thick layers thus formed on the crystal surface are imaged by the atomic force microscopy. The presence of water channels in the structure and the effect of lattice water molecules on the luminescence intensity are also investigated.

Mid-infrared emission and Judd-Ofelt analysis of Dy3+-doped infrared Ga-Sb-S and Ga-Sb-S-PbI2 chalcohalide glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Guo, Jixiao; Jiao, Qing; He, Xiaolong; Guo, Hansong; Tong, Jianghao; Zhang, Zhihang; Jiang, Fuchao; Wang, Guoxiang

2018-03-01

Dy3+-doped Ga-Sb-S and Ga-Sb-S-PbI2 chalcohalide glasses were prepared by traditional melt quenching method. The effect of halide PbI2 on the physical and optical properties of Dy3+ ions was investigated. The density and ionic concentration of the host sample increased with the introduction of PbI2 halides, whereas the refractive index at 1.55 μm decreased. The Judd-Ofelt parameters showed that Ω2 increased in PbI2-modified glass, whereas the Ω6 value showed the opposite tendency. Infrared emission spectrum also showed that the intensity increased with PbI2 addition, and considerable enhancement at 2.8 μm was observed in the mid-infrared region. The halide PbI2 promoted the reduction of phonon energy of the host and the improvement of the laser pump efficiency, which led to the construction of optimized infrared glass materials for optical applications.

Optical spectroscopy and magnetic behaviour of Sm3+ and Eu3+ cations in Li6Eu1-xSmx(BO3)3 solid solution

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Belhoucif, Rekia; Velázquez, Matias; Plantevin, Olivier; Aschehoug, Patrick; Goldner, Philippe; Christian, George

2017-11-01

A new borate solid solution series of powders, Li6Eu1-xSmx(BO3)3 (LSEBx, x = 0.35, 0.5, 0.6, 1), were synthesized by solid-state reaction, characterized and their luminescent properties were investigated. The absorption spectra indicate that absorption takes place mainly from the Sm3+6H5/2 ground state, with a strong band at 405 nm. The photoluminescence spectra reveal that the Eu3+ red emission intensity strongly depends on the Sm3+ content x. Judd-Ofelt theory was applied to experimental data for the quantitative determination of phenomenological parameters Ωi (i = 2, 4, 6) Judd Ofelt parameters, radiative transition rates and emission quantum efficiency. Owing to the energy transfer from Sm3+ to Eu3+ the intense red light detected at 613 nm at room temperature under UV or blue light excitation, was improved by ∼35% as compared with Sm3+-free samples. This energy transfer was confirmed by faster decay times of Sm3+ as energy donors. Moreover, the energy transfer between Sm3+ and Eu3+ is unidirectional and irreversible, implying that the energy transfer wastage between Sm3+ and Eu3+ is very low. Magnetic susceptibility (χ) measurements of LSEBx were carried out in the temperature range 2-320 K and are used to compare calculated and experimental energy levels.

Growth, spectroscopy and continuous-wave laser performance of Nd3+:LiLu0.65Y0.35F4 crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Demesh, M. P.; Kurilchik, S. V.; Gusakova, N. V.; Yasukevich, A. S.; Kisel, V. E.; Nizamutdinov, A. S.; Marisov, M. M.; Aglyamov, R. D.; Korableva, S. L.; Naumov, A. K.; Semashko, V. V.; Kuleshov, N. V.

2018-04-01

A mixed fluoride crystal of LiLu0.65Y0.35F4 doped with Nd3+ ions was grown by the Bridgman-Stockbarger method. Polarized absorption and luminescence spectra as well as luminescence lifetime were measured at room temperature. Emission probabilities, branching ratios and radiative lifetime were studied within the Judd-Ofelt theory and the emission cross section spectra were calculated. Efficient continuous wave laser operation was demonstrated with the crystal. A maximum output power of 7.7 W and slope efficiency of 60% were achieved at 1047 nm for the TEM00 mode.

Kinetics and its accompanying thermodynamics studies on simultaneous complexation of heterobimetallic neodymium (III) with zinc (II) and L-tryptophan in aquated DMF using 4f-4f absorption spectra.

PubMed

Huidrom, Bimola; Singh, N Rajmuhon

2014-01-24

The 4f-4f absorption spectra of the simultaneous heterobimetallic complexation of trivalent neodymium ion with l-tryptophan and divalent zinc ion in aquated DMF (50%, v/v) at pH 6.0 was recorded at the time interval of 1h. From the observed absorption spectra, the values of intensity parameters such as oscillator strength (P) and Judd-Ofelt intensity (Tλ) parameters, kinetics and thermodynamics parameters were evaluated. The rate constant increases with an increase in the temperature along with the oscillator strengths and Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters. The positive values of the change in the standard enthalpy (ΔH°) and entropy (ΔS°) indicate that the complexation is endothermic. The negative values of the change in the standard free energy (ΔG°) in the range from 293.15 K to 308.15 K, indicate that the reaction occurs spontaneously and hence the formation of heterobimetallic complex in the solution is favored kinetically and thermodynamically. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Kinetics and its accompanying thermodynamics studies on simultaneous complexation of heterobimetallic neodymium (III) with zinc (II) and L-tryptophan in aquated DMF using 4f-4f absorption spectra

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huidrom, Bimola; Rajmuhon Singh, N.

2014-01-01

The 4f-4f absorption spectra of the simultaneous heterobimetallic complexation of trivalent neodymium ion with L-tryptophan and divalent zinc ion in aquated DMF (50%, v/v) at pH 6.0 was recorded at the time interval of 1 h. From the observed absorption spectra, the values of intensity parameters such as oscillator strength (P) and Judd-Ofelt intensity (Tλ) parameters, kinetics and thermodynamics parameters were evaluated. The rate constant increases with an increase in the temperature along with the oscillator strengths and Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters. The positive values of the change in the standard enthalpy (ΔH°) and entropy (ΔS°) indicate that the complexation is endothermic. The negative values of the change in the standard free energy (ΔG°) in the range from 293.15 K to 308.15 K, indicate that the reaction occurs spontaneously and hence the formation of heterobimetallic complex in the solution is favored kinetically and thermodynamically.

Judd-Ofelt analysis and spectral properties of Dy3+ ions doped niobium containing tellurium calcium zinc borate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ravi, O.; Reddy, C. Madhukar; Reddy, B. Sudhakar; Deva Prasad Raju, B.

2014-02-01

Niobium containing tellurium calcium zinc borate (TCZNB) glasses doped with different concentrations of Dy3+ ions were prepared by the melt quenching method and their optical properties have been studied. The Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters Ωt (t=2, 4 and 6) were calculated using the least square fit method. Based on the magnitude of Ω2 parameter the hypersensitivity of 6H15/2→6F11/2 has also been discussed. From the evaluated J-O intensity parameters as well as from the emission and lifetime measurements, radiative transition properties such as radiative transition probability rates and branching ratios were calculated for 4F9/2 excited level. It is found that for Dy3+ ion, the transition 4F9/2→6H13/2 shows highest emission cross-section at 1.0 mol% TCZNB glass matrix. From the visible luminescence spectra, yellow to blue (Y/B) intensity ratios and chromaticity color coordinates were also estimated. The TCZNB glasses exhibit good luminescence properties and are suitable for generation of white light.

Synthesis and near-infrared fluorescence of K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion with high doping concentration and long lifetime

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Duan, Weikuan; Zhang, Yanyan; Wang, Zhongyue; Jiang, Jingyi; Liang, Chen; Wei, Wei

2014-05-01

K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals were synthesized by a novel synthetic route in the liquid phase, which could improve the morphology and reduce the size effectively, for the first time. The luminescence intensities of the K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion in polyethylene glycol 400 (PEG-400) approximate to that of neodymium doped phosphate glass (3 mol%), while the lifetimes of the nanocrystals alone and when dispersed with Nd3+ ions (1 × 1020 cm-3) are 303.4 μs and 174.6 μs respectively. Based on the Judd-Ofelt analysis, the emission quantum yield of the dispersion reaches 39.57%. In all, the K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion have promising applications as liquid laser materials and biological fluorescent markers.K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals were synthesized by a novel synthetic route in the liquid phase, which could improve the morphology and reduce the size effectively, for the first time. The luminescence intensities of the K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion in polyethylene glycol 400 (PEG-400) approximate to that of neodymium doped phosphate glass (3 mol%), while the lifetimes of the nanocrystals alone and when dispersed with Nd3+ ions (1 × 1020 cm-3) are 303.4 μs and 174.6 μs respectively. Based on the Judd-Ofelt analysis, the emission quantum yield of the dispersion reaches 39.57%. In all, the K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion have promising applications as liquid laser materials and biological fluorescent markers. Electronic supplementary information (ESI) available: Fitting curve of refractive index and detailed contents of Judd-Ofelt analysis. See DOI: 10.1039/c3nr06825k

Emission characteristics of holmium ions in fluoro-phosphate glasses for photonic applications

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Babu, S.; Ratnakaram, Y. C., E-mail: ratnakaramsvu@gmail.com

2016-05-23

Optical properties of Ho{sup 3+} doped different fluorophosphate (FP) glasses have been synthesized and discussed. Thermal properties have been studied through differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).The Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters Ω{sub λ} (λ= 2, 4, 6) from absorption spectra have been evaluated. Various radiative parameters have been obtained for the different excited states using J-O theory. From the emission spectra, different laser properties have been studied and discussed. The nature of decay curve analysis was performed for the {sup 5}F{sub 4}({sup 5}S{sub 2}) level. These glasses are expected to give interesting application in the field of photonic applications.

Judd-Ofelt analysis and energy transfer processes of Er3+ and Nd3+ doped fluoroaluminate glasses with low phosphate content

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huang, Feifei; Zhang, Yu; Hu, Lili; Chen, Danping

2014-12-01

Spectroscopic property and energy transfer processes of singly doped and codoped Er3+ and Nd3+ fluoroaluminate glasses with low phosphate content are systematically analyzed. The absorption spectra of these glasses are tested, and the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) and radiative parameters are discussed based on J-O theory and the parameters changes substantially because of the other codoping ions. As for Nd3+: the main emission bands at 0.9 and 1.05 μm decrease in the codoped sample under the excitation of an 800 nm laser diode from the emission spectra because the Er3+: 4I11/2 level reduces the Nd3+: 4F3/2 level effectively through the energy transfer process Nd3+: 4F3/2 → Er3+: 4I11/2. For Er3+, the emission at 1.5 μm is restrained by codoping with Nd3+ ions from the energy transfer process Er3+: 4I13/2 → Nd3+: 4I15/2. The emission at 2.7 μm is enhanced because the Nd3+ ions deplete the lower level and exert a positive effect on the upper laser level. The microparameters of the energy transfer between the Er3+ and Nd3+ ions are calculated and discussed using Forster-Dexter theory. The energy transfer efficiencies of the Nd3+: 4F3/2 to the Er3+: 4I11/2 and the Er3+: 4I13/2 to the Nd3+: 4I15/2 are 28.8% and 74.5%, respectively. These results indicate that Nd3+ can be an efficient sensitizer for Er3+ to obtain Mid-infrared (Mid-IR) emission and the codoped Er3+/Nd3+ fluoroaluminate glass with low phosphate content is suitable to be used as the fiber optical gain media for 2.7 μm laser generation.

Spectroscopic properties of Sm3+ doped sodium-tellurite glasses: Judd-Ofelt analysis

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mawlud, Saman Q.; Ameen, Mudhafar M.; Sahar, Md. Rahim; Mahraz, Zahra Ashur Said; Ahmed, Kasim F.

2017-07-01

Modifying the optical response of rare earth doped inorganic glasses for diverse optical applications is the current challenge in materials science and technology. We report the enhancement of the visible emissions of the Sm3+ ions doped sodium-tellurite (TNS) glasses. The impacts of varying Sm3+ ions concentration on the spectroscopic properties of such glass samples are evaluated. Synthesized glass samples are characterized via emission and absorption measurements. The UV-Vis-NIR absorption spectra revealed nine absorption peaks which are assigned to the transitions from the ground level (6H5/2) to 6P3/2, 4I11/2, 6F11/2, 6F9/2, 6F7/2, 6F5/2, 6F3/2, 6H15/2 and 6F1/2 excited energy levels of Sm3+ ions. Emission spectra of the prepared glass under 404 nm excitation wavelength consisted of four bands centered at 561 nm, 598 nm, 643 nm and 704 nm which are originated from 4G5/2→6HJ (J = 5/2, 7/2, 9/2 and 11/2) transitions. The experimental oscillator strengths, fexp are calculated from the area under absorption bands. Using Judd-Ofelt theory and fit process of least square, the phenomenological intensity parameters Ωλ (λ = 2, 4, 6) are obtained. In order to evaluate potential applications of Sm3+ ions in telluride glasses, the spectroscopic parameters: radiative transition probability AR, branching ratio BR, radiative life time τr and stimulated emission cross section σλ for each band are calculated. These glass compositions could be a potential candidate for lasers.

Optical absorption and photoluminescence properties of Er3+ doped mixed alkali borate glasses.

PubMed

Ratnakaram, Y C; Kumar, A Vijaya; Naidu, D Tirupathi; Rao, J L

2005-07-01

An investigations of the optical absorption and fluorescence spectra of 0.2 mol% Er2O3 in mixed alkali borate glasses of the type 67.8B2O3 x xLi2O(32-x)Na2O, 67.8B2O3 x xLi2O(32-x)K2O and 67.8B2O3 x xNa2O(32-x)K2O (where x = 8, 12, 16, 20 and 24) are presented. The glasses were obtained by quenching melts consisting of H3BO3, Li2CO3, Na2CO3, K2CO3 and Er2O3 (950-1100 degrees C, 1.5-2 h) between two brass plates. Spectroscopic parameters like Racah (E1, E2 and E3), spin-orbit (xi(4f)) and configuration interaction (alpha) parameters are deduced as function of x. Using Judd-Ofelt theory, Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters (omega2, omega4 and omega6) are obtained. Radiative and non-radiative transition rates (A(T) and W(MPR)), radiative lifetimes (tauR), branching ratios (beta) and integrated absorption cross-sections (sigma) have been computed for certain excited states of Er3+ in these mixed alkali borate glasses. Emission spectra have been studied for all the three Er3+ doped mixed alkali borate glasses. The present paper throws light on the trends observed in the intensity parameters, radiative lifetimes, branching ratios and emission cross-sections as a function of x in these borate glasses, keeping in view the effect of mixed alkalies in borate glasses.

Highly-efficient mid-infrared CW laser operation in a lightly-doped 3 at.% Er:SrF2 single crystal.

PubMed

Su, Liangbi; Guo, Xinsheng; Jiang, Dapeng; Wu, Qinghui; Qin, Zhipeng; Xie, Guoqiang

2018-03-05

3 at.% Er:SrF 2 laser crystals with high optical quality were successfully grown using the temperature gradient technique (TGT). The intense mid-infrared emission was observed around 2.7 μm with excitation by a 970 nm LD. Based on the Judd-Ofelt theory, the emission cross-sections of the 4 I 13/2 - 4 I 11/2 transition were calculated by using the Fuchtbauer-Ladenburg (FL) method. Efficient continuous-wave laser operation at 2.8 µm was achieved with the lightly-doped 3 at.% Er:SrF 2 crystal pumped by a 970 nm laser diode. The laser output power reached up to 1.06 W with a maximum slope efficiency of 26%.

Spectral properties of Er3+/Yb3+ codoped tungsten-tellurite glasses.

PubMed

Shen, Xiang; Nie, QiuHua; Xu, TieFeng; Gao, Yuan

2005-07-01

The spectral properties of Er3+/Yb3+ codoped tungsten-tellurite (WT) glasses have been investigated. The measured absorption spectra are analyzed by Judd-Ofelt theory. The compositional change of intensity parameter omega2 is attributed to the change in the covalency between the Er3+ and oxygen ions, the asymmetry in the local structures around the Er3+ ions can be neglected. The lifetimes of 4I(13/2) level of Er3+ in WT glasses are measured and comparable with other TeO2-based glasses. The stimulated emission cross-section is calculated based on McCumber theory. The fluorescence full width at half maximum (FWHM) and the emission cross-section (sigma(peak)) of the 4I(13/2) --> 4I(15/2) transition of Er3+ in different glass hosts have been compared. The suitability of such WT glasses as host materials for 1.5 microm broadband amplification is discussed.

Optical transitions of Er3+/Yb3+ codoped TeO2-WO3-Bi2O3 glass.

PubMed

Shen, Xiang; Nie, Qiuhua; Xu, Tiefeng; Gao, Yuan

2005-10-01

Optical absorption and emission properties of the Er3+/Yb3+ codoped TeO2-WO3-Bi2O3 (TWB) glass has been investigated. The transition probabilities, excited state lifetimes, and the branching ratios have been predicted for Er3+ based on the Judd-Ofelt theory. The broad 1.5 microm fluorescence was observed under 970 nm excitation, and its full width at half maximum (FWHM) is 77 nm. The emission cross-section is calculated using the McCumber theory, and the peak emission cross-section is 1.03 x 10(-21) cm2 at 1.531 microm. This value is much larger than those of the silicate and phosphate glasses. Efficient green and weak red upconversion luminescence from Er3+ centers in the glass sample was observed at room temperature, and the upconversion excitation processes have been analyzed.

∼2 μm emission properties and non-radiative processes of Tm{sup 3+} in germanate glass

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Gao, Song; Liu, Xueqiang; Fan, Xiaokang

2014-11-07

In this paper, 80GeO{sub 2}-8Ga{sub 2}O{sub 3}-10BaO-2Nb{sub 2}O{sub 5}-6PbO (in mol%) glass samples with different Tm{sub 2}O{sub 3} concentrations (0, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.25, and 1.5 mol. %) were prepared by traditional melt-quenching method. According to the measurement of thermal properties of the host glass, the glass transition temperature is 596.7 °C and no crystallization peak is observed. Judd–Ofelt parameters Ω{sub t} (t = 2, 4, 6) and fluorescent lifetimes were obtained by Judd-Ofelt theory. The similar values of Judd–Ofelt parameters and the full-width at half-maximums of ∼1800 nm indicate the local environment of Tm{sup 3+} changes little with increment of Tm{sub 2}O{sub 3} concentrations.more » Maximum stimulated emission cross-section of ∼1800 nm is 6.22 × 10{sup −21} cm{sup 2} as calculated by Fuchtbauer–Ladenburg formula. Energy migration among Tm{sup 3+} ions was analyzed by the extended overlap integral method. The non-radiative transition rates between mainly energy levels of Tm{sup 3+} were calculated. Non-radiative transition rate of {sup 3}F{sub 4} energy level caused by OH was analyzed by rate equation and deduced by fitting the fluorescence decay curve.« less

Dopant occupancy and UV-VIS-NIR spectroscopy of Mg (0, 4, 5 and 6 mol.%):Dy:LiNbO3 crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dai, Li; Liu, Chunrui; Han, Xianbo; Wang, Luping; Tan, Chao; Yan, Zhehua; Xu, Yuheng

2017-09-01

A series of Dy:LiNbO3 crystals with x mol.% Mg2+ ions (x =0, 4, 5 and 6 mol.%) were grown by the Czochralski method. The effective segregation coefficient of Mg2+ and Dy3+ ions was studied by the inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES). UV-VIS-NIR absorption spectra and Judd-Ofelt theory were used to investigate their spectroscopic properties. J-O intensity parameters (Ω2 = 7.53 × 10-20cm2, Ω4 = 6.98 × 10-20cm2, and Ω6 = 3.09 × 10-20cm2) and larger spectroscopic quality factor (X = 2.26) for Mg:(6 mol.%)Dy:LiNbO3 crystals were obtained.

The effect of La2O3 in Tm3+-doped germanate-tellurite glasses for ~2 μm emission

PubMed Central

Peng, Ya-Pei; Yuan, Xinqiang; Zhang, Junjie; Zhang, Long

2014-01-01

A germanate-tellurite glass (GeO2-TeO2-K2O-Nb2O5-La2O3) with thulium doping has been investigated for application as a laser material around 2.0 μm regions. Under the 808 nm laser diode pumped, intense 1.8 μm emission is obtained. Based on the absorption spectra, radiative properties are predicted using Judd-Ofelt theory. The maximum value of emission cross-section of Tm3+ around 1.8 μm can reach 1.46 × 10−20 cm2, which indicated that the germanate-tellurite glass may provide high gain as a good medium for efficient 1.8 μm laser system. PMID:24918516

Growth and spectroscopic properties of Tm3+:NaBi(MoO4)2 single crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gusakova, N. V.; Mudryi, A. V.; Demesh, M. P.; Yasukevich, A. S.; Pavlyuk, A. A.; Kornienko, A. A.; Dunina, E. B.; Khodasevich, I. A.; Orlovich, V. A.; Kuleshov, N. V.

2018-06-01

In this work we report the spectroscopic properties of Tm3+:NaBi(MoO4)2 crystals with the dopant concentrations of 0.7 at.% and 3 at.%. The energy levels of the Tm3+ in the NaBi(MoO4)2 host were determined from polarized optical absorption and photoluminescence spectra measured at 77.4 K. Radiative properties of the crystals were calculated in context of Judd-Ofelt theory. Raman spectra of the crystal were studied. The concentration dependences of emission decay times of 3H4 and 3F4 levels were analyzed. The potential of the crystal for building tunable and ultrafast pulse lasers is shown on the base of cross sections and gain coefficient in the range of 1.9 μm.

Optical property investigations of polystyrene capped Ca{sub 2}P{sub 2}O{sub 7}:Dy{sup 3+} persistent phosphor

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jain, Abhilasha, E-mail: abhilasha.vnit@gmail.com; Kumar, Ashwini; Dhoble, S.J

2015-10-15

Highlights: • Synthesis of polymer capped pyrophosphate phosphors by citrate gel method. • Radiative lifetime is calculated from parameters of Judd-Ofelt theory and ICP-AES. • Reaction mechanism is discussed leading to high photoluminescence efficiency. • PL emission spectrum reveals broad band emission suitable for solid state lighting. - Abstract: By virtue of enhanced photosensivity, good optical response and better thermal stability, organic–inorganic hybrid materials are contemplated as one of the alternatives for designing advanced optoelectronic devices and innovative photonic applications. A novel inorganic organic hybrid Ca{sub 2}P{sub 2}O{sub 7}:Dy{sup 3+} phosphor has been fabricated by Pechini method. The optical propertymore » of synthesized phosphor is successfully altered by the in corporation of polystyrene sulfonic acid as capping agent in the colloidal solution. The phase purity and the average particle size of the prepared phosphor were calculated from X-ray diffraction (XRD) employing Debye Scherrer method. The morphological and chemical investigations were carried out through scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and energy dispersive spectroscopy (EDS) analysis. The radiative transitions are explained on the basis of Judd-Ofelt theory and on the basis of derived parameters, the radiative lifetime of persistent hybrid Ca{sub 2}P{sub 2}O{sub 7}:Dy{sup 3+} phosphor is calculated as 5.33 ms. This paper explores the mechanism leading to high photoluminescence efficiency using organic capping additives. The photoluminescence (PL) graphs reveal broad band emission at 482 nm (blue) and 573 nm (yellow) corresponding to {sup 4}F{sub 9/2}-{sup 6}H{sub 15/2} and {sup 4}F{sub 9/2}-{sup 6}H{sub 13/2} transitions of Dy{sup 3+}, respectively. The Commission International De I-Eclairage (CIE) chromaticity co-ordinates were calculated from emission spectra and the values (x, y) were approaching to standard value of white emission. The synthesized pyrophosphate phosphors can thereby account in multiple potential applications including white light emitting diodes.« less

Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped tellurite glass with silver nanoparticles for 1.85 μm band laser material

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huang, Bo; Zhou, Yaxun; Cheng, Pan; Zhou, Zizhong; Li, Jun; Jin, Wei

2016-10-01

Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped tellurite glasses with different silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) concentrations were prepared using the conventional melt-quenching technique and characterized by the UV/Vis/NIR absorption spectra, 1.85 μm band fluorescence emission spectra, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) images, differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) curves and X-ray diffraction (XRD) patterns to investigate the effects of Ag NPs on the 1.85 μm band spectroscopic properties of Tm3+ ions, thermal stability and structural nature of glass hosts. Under the excitation of 980 nm laser diode (LD), the 1.85 μm band fluorescence emission of Tm3+ ions enhances significantly in the presence of Ag NPs with average diameter of ∼8 nm and local surface Plasmon resonance (LSPR) band of ∼590 nm, which is mainly attributed to the increased local electric field induced by Ag NPs at the proximity of doped rare-earth ions on the basis of energy transfer from Yb3+ to Tm3+ ions. An improvement by about 110% of fluorescence intensity is observed in the Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped tellurite glass containing 0.5 mol% amount of AgNO3 while the prepared glass samples possess good thermal stability and amorphous structural nature. Meanwhile, the Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters Ωt (t = 2,4,6), spontaneous radiative transition probabilities, fluorescence branching ratios and radiative lifetimes of relevant excited levels of Tm3+ ions were determined based on the Judd-Ofelt theory to reveal the enhanced effects of Ag NPs on the 1.85 μm band spectroscopic properties, and the energy transfer micro-parameters and phonon contribution ratios were calculated based on the non-resonant energy transfer theory to elucidate the energy transfer mechanism between Yb3+ and Tm3+ ions. The present results indicate that the prepared Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped tellurite glass with an appropriate amount of Ag NPs is a promising lasing media applied for 1.85 μm band solid-state lasers and amplifiers.

A single-phase white light emitting Pr3+ doped Ba2CaWO6 phosphor: synthesis, photoluminescence and optical properties

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sreeja, E.; Vidyadharan, Viji; Jose, Saritha K.; George, Anns; Joseph, Cyriac; Unnikrishnan, N. V.; Biju, P. R.

2018-04-01

Pr3+ doped Ba2CaWO6 phosphor were prepared by traditional high-temperature solid-state reaction technique. The structure evolution was systematically investigated by X-ray diffraction (XRD), energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDS), Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR), scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM) analysis. The X-ray powder diffraction patterns indicate that the prepared phosphors crystallized in the cubic double-perovskite structure. The functional groups were identified using FTIR spectra and the elements present in the composition were confirmed by the EDS profile. The morphology of the phosphor was identified using SEM and TEM analysis. The PL spectra illustrated that these phosphors could be efficiently excited by charge transfer band of host and the maximum luminescence intensity was observed at 0.06 wt% of Pr3+ ion. Upon the charge transfer band excitation, emission spectra showed peaks at 489, 532, 647, 685 and 737 nm corresponding to 3P0→3H4, 3P1→3H5, 3P0→3F2, 3P0→3F3 and 3P0→3F4 transitions respectively. The concentration quenching of Ba2CaWO6:Pr3+ phosphor can be mainly attributed to dipole-dipole interaction. The CIE coordinates were estimated to be close to the white region. The decay curves are well fitted with double exponential decay models. The standard and modified Judd-Ofelt (JO) theories were used to determine the Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters, radiative transition probabilities and branching ratios. The optical properties indicate that Ba2CaWO6:Pr3+ phosphors can produce white light emission from a single phase host and its potential application for solid-state lighting and display devices.

Thermal and optical properties of Tm3+ doped tellurite glasses.

PubMed

Ozen, G; Demirata, B; Oveçoğlu, M L; Genç, A

2001-02-01

Ultraviolet, visible (UV/VIS) and differential thermal analysis (DTA) measurements were carried out in order to investigate the optical and thermal properties of various 0.5 mol.% Tm2O3 containing (1 - x)TeO2 + xLiCl glasses in molar ratio. The samples were prepared by fusing the mixture of their respective reagent grade powders in a platinum cricuble at 750 degrees C for 30 min. DTA curves taken in the 23-600 degrees C temperature range with a heating rate of 10 degrees C/min reveal a change in the value of the glass transition temperature, Tg, while melting was not observed for the glasses containing LiCl content less than 50 mol.%. These glasses were found to be moisture-resistant. However, the glasses with LiCl content higher than 50 mol.%, in which a melting peak was observed at Tc = 401 degrees C, were moisture-sensitive. Absorption measurements in the UV/VIS region of the glasses without Tm2O3 content show that the Urbach cutoff occurs at about 320 nm and, is relatively independent of the LiCl content. Six absorption bands were observed in the Tm2O3 doped glasses corresponding to the absorption of the 1G4, 3F2, 3F3 and 3F4, 3H5 and 3H4 levels from the 3H6 ground level of Tm3+ ions. The spectra also show that the integrated absorption cross-section of each band depends on the glass composition. Judd-Ofelt theory was used to determine the Judd-Ofelt parameters as well as the radiative transition probabilities for the metastable levels of Tm3+ ions in (0.3)LiCl + (0.7) TeO2: 0.01 Tm2O3 glass which is moisture-resistant.

Comparative absorption spectroscopy involving 4f-4f transitions to explore the kinetics of simultaneous coordination of uracil with Nd(III) and Zn(II) and its associated thermodynamics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Victory Devi, Ch.; Rajmuhon Singh, N.

2011-10-01

The interaction of uracil with Nd(III) has been explored in presence and absence of Zn(II) using the comparative absorption spectroscopy involving the 4f-4f transitions in different solvents. The complexation of uracil with Nd(III) is indicated by the change in intensity of 4f-4f bands expressing in terms of significant change in oscillator strength and Judd-Ofelt parameters. Intensification of this bands became more prominent in presence of Zn(II) suggesting the stimulative effect of Zn(II) towards the complexation of Nd(III) with uracil. Other spectral parameters namely Slator-Condon ( Fk's), nephelauxetic effect ( β), bonding ( b1/2) and percent covalency ( δ) parameters are computed to correlate their simultaneous binding of metal ions with uracil. The sensitivities of the observed 4f-4f transitions towards the minor coordination changes around Nd(III) has been used to monitor the simultaneous coordination of uracil with Nd(III) and Zn(II). The variation of intensities (oscillator strengths and Judd-Ofelt parameters) of 4f-4f bands during the complexation has helped in following the heterobimetallic complexation of uracil. Rate of complexation with respect to hypersensitive transition was evaluated. Energy of activation and thermodynamic parameters for the complexation reaction were also determined.

Nd/sup 3 +/ fluorescence quantum-efficiency measurements with photoacoustics

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Rosencwaig, A.; Hildum, E.A.

1981-04-01

We have investigated the use of photoacoustic techniques for obtaining absolute values of fluorescence quantum efficiencies in lightly doped Nd/sup 3 +/ laser materials. We have found that surface absorptions play an important role in gas-microphone measurements, and that thermal profiles are important in piezoelectric measurements. We have obtained fluorescence quantum efficiencies for Nd/sup 3 +/ in yttrium aluminum garnet, and in silicate and borate glasses that are in good agreement with lifetime measurements and Judd-Ofelt calculations.

Luminescence properties and molecular mechanics calculation of bis-β-diketonate Eu3+ complex/polymer hybrid fibers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bai, Jinyuan; Gu, Huiquan; Hou, Yanjun; Wang, Shuhong

2018-05-01

Two series of bis-β-diketonate Eu3+ complex/polymer hybrid fibers, namely, Eu2(BTP)3(H2O)4/PMMA (Eu/PMMA) and Eu2(BTP)3(H2O)4/PVP (Eu/PVP) have been prepared by electrospinning technology (BTP = 1,3-bis(4,4,4-trifluoro-1,3-dioxobutyl)phenyl, PVP = poly (vinyl pyrrolidone) and PMMA = poly (methyl methacrylate)). The effect of complex Eu2(BTP)3(H2O)4 on the luminescence, thermal stability and morphology of composite fibers were studied by characterization techniques. The Judd-Ofelt theory was applied to this study for explaining the effect of the distribution of Eu2(BTP)3(H2O)4 and the mutual effect of the Eu2(BTP)3(H2O)4 coordination compound and neighboring chain segments of PMMA and PVP polymer matrix.

Spectroscopic analysis and efficient diode-pumped 2.0 μm emission in Ho3+/Tm3+ codoped fluoride glass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tian, Ying; Jing, Xufeng; Xu, Shiqing

2013-11-01

Intense 2.0 μm emission has been obtained in Ho3+/Tm3+ codoped ZBLAY glass pumped by common laser diode. Three intensity parameters and radiative properties have been determined from the absorption spectrum based on the Judd-Ofelt theory. The 2 μm emission characteristics and the energy transfer mechanism upon excitation of a conventional 800 nm laser diode are investigated. Efficient Tm3+ to Ho3+ energy transfer processes have been observed in present glass and investigated using steady-state and time-resolved optical spectroscopy measurement. The energy transfer microscopic parameter has been calculated with the Inokuti-Hirayama and Förster-Dexter models. High quantum efficiency of 2 μm emission (80.35%) and large energy transfer coefficient from Tm3+ to Ho3+ indicates this Ho3+/Tm3+ codoped ZBLAY glass is a promising material for 2.0 μm laser.

Spectroscopy and visible frequency upconversion in Er3+-Yb3+: TeO2-ZnO glass.

PubMed

Mohanty, Deepak Kumar; Rai, Vineet Kumar

2014-01-01

The UV-Vis-NIR absorption studies of the Er(3+)/Er(3+)-Yb(3+) doped/codoped TeO2-ZnO (TZO) glasses fabricated by the melting and quenching method has been performed. The spectroscopic radiative parameters viz. radiative transition probabilities, branching ratios and lifetimes have been determined from the absorption spectrum by using Judd-Ofelt theory. The near infrared (NIR) to visible frequency upconversion (UC) have been monitored by using an excitation of 976 nm wavelength radiation from a CW diode laser. The effect of codoping with Yb(3+) ions on the intensity of the UC emission bands from the Er(3+) ions throughout visible region has been studied. The mechanism responsible for the observed upconversion emissions in the prepared samples have been explained on the basis of excited state absorption and efficient energy transfer processes. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Lanthanide-Doped KLu2F7 Nanoparticles with High Upconversion Luminescence Performance: A Comparative Study by Judd-Ofelt Analysis and Energy Transfer Mechanistic Investigation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Xu, Dekang; Li, Anming; Yao, Lu; Lin, Hao; Yang, Shenghong; Zhang, Yueli

2017-02-01

The development, design and the performance evaluation of rare-earth doped host materials is important for further optical investigation and industrial applications. Herein, we successfully fabricate KLu2F7 upconversion nanoparticles (UCNPs) through hydrothermal synthesis by controlling the fluorine-to-lanthanide-ion molar ratio. The structural and morphological results show that the samples are orthorhombic-phase hexagonal-prisms UCNPs, with average side length of 80 nm and average thickness of 110 nm. The reaction time dependent crystal growth experiment suggests that the phase transformation is a thermo-dynamical process and the increasing F-/Ln3+ ratio favors the formation of the thermo-dynamical stable phase - orthorhombic KLu2F7 structure. The upconversion luminescence (UCL) spectra display that the orthorhombic KLu2F7:Yb/Er UCNPs present stronger UCL as much as 280-fold than their cubic counterparts. The UCNPS also display better UCL performance compared with the popular hexagonal-phase NaREF4 (RE = Y, Gd). Our mechanistic investigation, including Judd-Ofelt analysis and time decay behaviors, suggests that the lanthanide tetrad clusters structure at sublattice level accounts for the saturated luminescence and highly efficient UCL in KLu2F7:Yb/Er UCNPs. Our research demonstrates that the orthorhombic KLu2F7 is a promising host material for UCL and can find potential applications in lasing, photovoltaics and biolabeling techniques.

Structural and luminescence properties of Dy3+ doped bismuth phosphate glasses for greenish yellow light applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Damodaraiah, S.; Reddy Prasad, V.; Babu, S.; Ratnakaram, Y. C.

2017-05-01

Different compositions of (5, 10, 15 and 20 mol%) of bismuth and different concentrations (0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 mol%) of Dy3+ ion doped bismuth phosphate (BiP) glasses were synthesized by melt-quenching technique. The structural characterization was accomplished by XRD, SEM with EDS, FTIR, FT-Raman and 31P MAS NMR spectroscopy. The optical properties were studied using absorption and photoluminescence spectroscopy. Different structural groups were identified using FTIR and FT-Raman spectra. The depolymerization of metaphosphate chains are described by the decrease of Q2 tetrahedral sites allowing the formation of pyrophosphate groups (Q1) revealed by 31P MAS NMR spectroscopic investigations. Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters Ωλ (λ = 2, 4 and 6) were evaluated from absorption spectra. Radiative parameters such as radiative lifetimes (τR), integrated absorption cross-sections (Σ) and branching ratios (βR) were calculated using Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters. From photoluminescence spectra, experimental branching ratios (βexp) and stimulated emission cross-sections (σP) were calculated for all the observed emission transitions of prepared glasses. The decay profiles for 4F9/2 level were recorded and fit exponential for 0.5 mol% and non-exponential for higher concentrations of Dy3+ due to non-radiative energy transfer among excited Dy3+ ions. The CIE chromaticity co-ordinates have been calculated from the luminescence spectra which confirmed greenish yellow light emission.

Rare-Earth Ion-Host Lattice Interactions: 15. Analysis of the Spectra of Nd3+ in Gd3Sc2Ga3O12.

DTIC Science & Technology

1984-05-01

Luminescence of Cr3+ Ions in Gadolinium Gallium and Gadolinium Scandium Gallium Garnet CT’stals, Soy. J. Quant. Electron. 12 (1982), 1124. 6M. Dutoit, J. C...Shcherbakov, Absolute Quantum Efficiency of the Luminescence of Cr3+ Ions in Gadolinium Gallium and Gadolinium Scandium Gallium Garnet Crystals, Soy. J...HDL Project: 324332 19. KEY WORDS (Continue on reverse side it necessary end Identify by block number) Rare earth Mixed garnet Spectra Laser Judd-Ofelt

Thermal stability and Judd-Ofelt analysis of optical properties of Sm3+-doped sodium tellurite glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mawlud, Saman Q.; Ameena, Mudhafar M.; Sahar, Md. Rahim; Mahraz, Zahra A. Said; Ahmed, Kasim Fawzy

2017-09-01

Series of glasses based on (70-x) TeO2 - 20Na2O - xSm2O3 (x=0, 0.3, 0.6, 1, 1.2, 1.5 mol%) have been prepared using melt-quenching technique. The nature of the glass has been confirmed using X-ray diffraction; it is found that the glass samples are amorphous in nature. The thermal stability of the glass has been determined by means of Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA). From the DTA curve, the glass transition temperature (Tg), crystallization temperature (Tc) and melting temperature (Tm) have been identified and thermal stability is also calculated. The absorption properties of these samples are obtained by using UV-Visible-NIR spectrometer, the recorded absorption spectra exhibit nine absorption transition bands peaks corresponding to the transitions from ground level 6H5/2→6P3/2, 4I11/2, 6F11/2, 6F9/2, 6F7/2, 6F5/2, 6F3/2, 6H15/2 and 6F1/2. The emission characteristic of this glass is characterized using Photoluminescence (PL) spectroscopy at excited wavelength 404 nm, the emission spectra consisted of four emission bands at 561.95 nm, 598.69 nm, 643.77 nm and 704.56 nm which were assigned as a transition 4G5/2→6H5/2, 6H7/2, 6H9/2 and 6H11/2 respectively. From f-f intensity model the experimental oscillator strengths, fexp and theoretical oscillator strength fcal were calculated. Using Judd-Ofelt theory and fit process of least square, the phenomenological intensity parameters Ωλ (λ=2,4,6) were obtained, In order to evaluate potential applications of Sm3+ ions in telluride glasses, the spectroscopic parameters: transition probability AR, branching ratio Br, radiative life time τr, emission pick cross section σλ for each band were calculated. The comparative studies with other Sm3+ doped different glasses showed that present glasses could be a potential candidate for lasers.

Investigation of Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped germanate-tellurite glasses for efficient 2 µm mid-infrared laser materials

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dou, Aoju; Shen, Lingling; Wang, Ning; Cai, Yangjian; Cai, Muzhi; Guo, Yanyan; Huang, Feifei; Tian, Ying; Xu, Shiqing; Zhang, Junjie

2018-05-01

The Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped germanate-tellurite glasses with good thermal properties were prepared. Based on the absorption spectra and the Judd-Ofelt theory, the J-O intensity parameters (Ω t ), radiative transition probability (276.78 s- 1), fluorescence lifetime (3.89 ms), absorption and emission cross sections ({σ e} = 1.35 × 10- 20 cm2) were calculated. The 2 µm mid-infrared emission resulting from the 3F4→3H6 transition of Tm3+ sensitized by Yb3+ was observed pumped by 980 nm LD. Besides, the energy transfer mechanism between Yb3+ and Tm3+ was thoroughly discussed. The measured 2 µm emission lifetime of Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doped glass can reach as high as 2.38 ms. The above results showed that Tm3+/Yb3+ co-doping glass could be expected to be a promising material to achieve high efficient 2 µm lasing with a 980 nm LD pumping.

Emission analysis of RE3+ (RE = Sm, Dy):B2O3-TeO2-Li2O-AlF3 glasses.

PubMed

Raju, C Nageswara; Sailaja, S; Kumari, S Pavan; Dhoble, S J; Kumar, V Ramesh; Ramanaiah, M V; Reddy, B Sudhakar

2013-01-01

This article reports on the optical properties of 0.5% mol of Sm(3+), Dy(3+) ion-doped B2O3-TeO2-Li2O-AlF3 (LiAlFBT) glasses. The glass samples were characterized by optical absorption and emission spectra. Judd-Ofelt theory was applied to analyze the optical absorption spectra and calculate the intensity parameters and radiative properties of the emission transitions. The emission spectra of Sm(3+) and Dy(3+):LiAlFBT glasses showed a bright reddish-orange emission at 598 nm ((4)G5/2 → (6)H7/2) and an intense yellow emission at 574 nm ((4)F9/2 → (6)H13/2), respectively. Full width at half maximum (FWHM), stimulated emission cross section, gain bandwidth and optical gain values were also calculated to extend the applications of the Sm(3+) and Dy(3+):LiAlFBT glasses. Copyright © 2012 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Spectroscopy of Tb3+ ions in monoclinic KLu(WO4)2 crystal application of an intermediate configuration interaction theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Loiko, Pavel; Volokitina, Anna; Mateos, Xavier; Dunina, Elena; Kornienko, Alexey; Vilejshikova, Elena; Aguiló, Magdalena; Díaz, Francesc

2018-04-01

The spectroscopic properties of Tb3+ ions in monoclinic KLu(WO4)2 double tungstate crystal are studied with polarized light. The absorption spectra in the visible, near- and mid-IR including the transitions to all lower-lying 7FJ (J = 0 … 5) excited states are measured. The maximum absorption cross-section for the 7F6 → 5D4 transition is 3.42 × 10-21 cm2 at 486.7 nm for light polarization E || Nm. The transition probabilities for Tb3+ ions are calculated within the Judd-Ofelt theory modified for the case of an intermediate configuration interaction (ICI). The radiative lifetime of the 5D4 state is 450 μs and the luminescence quantum yield is >90%. The polarized stimulated-emission cross-section spectra for all 5D4 → 7FJ (J = 0 … 6) emission channels are evaluated. The maximum σSE is 11.4 × 10-21 cm2 at 549.4 nm (for E || Nm). Tb3+:KLu(WO4)2 features high transition cross-sections for polarized light being promising for color-tunable visible lasers and imaging.

Studies on electronic spectral parameters of doped Nd(III) ion with therapeutically important ligands in dioxane solvent

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Bajaj, Annu, E-mail: annu.bajaj11@gmail.com; Jain, Sushma

2016-05-06

The present investigation is concerened with the studies on electronic spectral parameters viz. Oscillator strength (P), Judd-Ofelt T{sub λ} (λ=2,4,6), Slater-Condon(F{sub K}),Lande(ζ{sub 4F}),Nephelauxetic ratio(β), Bonding parameter (b{sup 1/2}) and Percent covalency parameter (δ%) for Nd(III) ion complexes with the ligands having Nitrogen,Oxygen Sulphur donor sites.The variation in the values of oscillator strength explicitly shows the relative sensitivities of the 4f-4f transition as well as the specific correlation between ligand structures and nature of Nd(III) ligand interaction.

Electronic absorption spectral studies of Pr(III) chelates with some amino acids

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kachhawa, Chanchal; Solanki, Kanika; Bhandari, H. S.

2018-05-01

Investigations on Pr(III) systems with 1:1 metal-ligand stoichiometric ratio have been carried out in different solvents. β - Alanine, Taurine and anthranilic acid have been opted as ligands for the investigations. The Study is based on doped crystal phenomenon. The Slater-Condon, spin-orbit, nephelauxetic, bonding, Racah and Judd-Ofelt parameters have been explored during the study. Four bands for Pr(III) have been observed and recorded in the region 350 nm to 900nm. Partial regression method has been used for calculations. Use of computational chemistry has been explored in order to develop better and easier methods of calculations.

High output power of differently cut Nd:MgO:LiTaO3 CW lasers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sun, D. H.; Liu, S. D.; Wang, D. Z.; Sang, Y. H.; Kang, X. L.; Liu, H.; Bi, Y.; Yan, B. X.; He, J. L.; Wang, J. Y.

2013-04-01

A high-quality Nd3+ and Mg2+ co-doped LiTaO3 (Nd:MgO:LT) crystal was grown by the Czochralski method. The polarized absorption spectra and fluorescence spectra were studied, and the absorption cross section was calculated by Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory. The laser performance with different sample cuts of the crystal was investigated for the first time, and it was found that Nd:MgO:LT crystal with different cutting directions (a and c) exhibits different laser properties. By optimizing a partial reflectivity mirror in the laser experimental setting, a high continuous wave output power of 3.58 W was obtained at 1092 and 1076 nm with an optical-to-optical conversion efficiency of 22.78% and slope efficiency of 26.06%. The results indicate that Nd:MgO:LT crystal is a promising candidate for the manufacture of Nd3+ doped periodically poled MgO:LiTaO3 crystal (Nd:PPMgOLT), which should have considerable applications in self-frequency doubling and optical parametric oscillation laser devices.

Spectroscopic properties of Nd3+ doped transparent oxyfluoride glass ceramics.

PubMed

Yu, Yunlong; Chen, Daqin; Ma, En; Wang, Yuansheng; Hu, Zhongjian

2007-07-01

In this paper, the spectroscopic properties of Nd(3+) doped transparent oxyfluoride glass ceramics containing LaF(3) nano-crystals were systematically studied. The formation and distribution of LaF(3) nano-crystals in the glass matrix were investigated by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM). Based on Judd-Ofelt theory, the intensity parameters Omega(t) (t=2, 4, 6), spontaneous emission probability, radiative lifetime, radiative quantum efficiency, width of the emission line and stimulated emission cross-section of Nd(3+) were evaluated. Particularly, the effect of Nd(3+) doping level on them was discussed. With the increase of Nd(3+) concentration in the glass ceramic, the experimental luminescence lifetime, radiative quantum efficiency and stimulated emission cross-section vary from 353.4 micros, 78.3% and 1.86 x 10(-20)cm(2) to 214.7 micros, 39.9% and 1.52 x 10(-20)cm(2), respectively. The comparative study of Nd(3+) spectroscopic parameters in different hosts suggests that the investigated glass ceramic system is potentially applicable as laser materials for 1.06 microm emission.

Spectroscopic and energy transfer studies of Er3+ ions in B2O3-TeO2-MgO-ZnO glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vijayakumar, M.; Arunkumar, S.; Maheshvaran, K.; Marimuthu, K.

2016-05-01

Composition dependent spectroscopic behavior of Er3+ doped telluroborate glasses were prepared and the energy transfer mechanism in Er3+ ions were investigated for 1.532 µm amplification. The emission cross-section and gain coefficient for 4I13/2→4I15/2 level of Er3+ ions have been analysed through the Judd-Ofelt and McCumber theory. The excited state decay curves were measured and the effect of TeO2 on the lifetime for 4I13/2→4I15/2 level of Er3+ ions has been associated with the various energy transfer mechanism. Further the interaction between Er3+ and OH- were investigated and it was confirmed that the OH free radicals in the prepared glasses are dominant quenching center through the non-radiative relaxation that causes the quenching of 1.532 µm amplification. The non-radiative rate through the OH content were calculated and compared with the reported Er3+ doped glasses.

Spectroscopic studies of Dy3 + ion doped tellurite glasses for solid state lasers and white LEDs

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Himamaheswara Rao, V.; Syam Prasad, P.; Mohan Babu, M.; Venkateswara Rao, P.; Satyanarayana, T.; Luís F., Santos; Veeraiah, N.

2018-01-01

Rare earth ion Dy3 +-doped tellurite glasses were synthesised in the system of (75-x)TeO2-15Sb2O3-10WO3-xDy2O3 (TSWD glasses). XRD and FTIR characterizations were used to find the crystalline and structural properties. The intensities of the electronic transitions and the ligand environment around the Dy3 + ion were determined using the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory on the absorption spectra of the glasses. The measured luminescence spectra exhibit intense emissions at 574 and 484 nm along with less intense emissions around 662 and 751 nm. Various radiative properties of the 4F9/2 excited level of Dy3 + ion were calculated for the glasses. Decay profiles were measured to find the life times and quantum efficiencies. Yellow to blue intensity ratio (Y/B), CIE chromaticity coordinates and correlated color temperature (CCT) values are calculated using the emission spectra to evaluate the emitted light. The obtained results suggest the utility of the glasses for potential yellow laser and white LED's applications.

Er{sup 3+}-doped strontium lithium bismuth borate glasses for broadband 1.5 {mu}m emission - optical properties

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Rajesh, D.; Balakrishna, A.; Ratnakaram, Y. C.

2013-02-05

Strontium lithium bismuth borate glasses (SLBiB) doped with various concentrations of Er{sup 3+} were prepared using conventional melt quench technique and investigated their optical properties. The amorphous nature of the prepared glass samples was confirmed by X-ray diffraction and SEM analysis. Optical properties were studied by measuring the optical absorption and near infrared luminescence spectra at room temperature. Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory has been applied for the f.f transitions of Er{sup 3+} ions to evaluate J-O intensity parameters, {Omega}{lambda} ({lambda} = 2, 4 and 6). Using the J-O intensity parameters, radiative properties such as transition probabilities (A{sub R}), branching ratios ({beta})more » and radiative lifetimes ({tau}) are estimated for certain transitions. From the emission spectra, peak emission-cross sections ({sigma}{sub p}) and products of stimulated emission cross-section and full width at half maximum ({sigma}{sub p} Multiplication-Sign FWHM) were calculated for the observed emission transition, {sup 4}I{sub 13/2}{yields}{sup 4}I{sub 15/2}.« less

Nd3+-doped TeO2-PbF2-AlF3 glasses for laser applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lalla, E. A.; Rodríguez-Mendoza, U. R.; Lozano-Gorrín, A. D.; Sanz-Arranz, A.; Rull, F.; Lavín, V.

2016-01-01

A study of the optical properties of Nd3+ ion in TeO2-PbF2-AlF3 glasses has been carried out for different Nd3+ concentrations. Based on the Judd-Ofelt theory, intensity parameters and radiative properties were determined from the absorption spectra. Focusing on the suitability of this host for laser applications, the spectroscopic quality factor χ was obtained with a value of 1.07, a value of the order of other compositions proposed as laser hosts. For the most intense emission corresponding with the 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 transition (1.06 μm), the absorption and emission and have been calculated with values of 1.20 × 10-20 cm2, 2.08 × 10-20 cm2. A positive value for the gain cross-sections has been found for a population inversion factor γ of 0.4 in the spectral range from 1060 to 1110 nm. All these results suggest the potentially use of this system as a laser host.

Fluorescence properties of Nd3+-doped tellurite glasses.

PubMed

Kumar, K Upendra; Prathyusha, V A; Babu, P; Jayasankar, C K; Joshi, A S; Speghini, A; Bettinelli, M

2007-07-01

The compositional and concentration dependence of luminescence of the (4)F(3/2)-->(4)I(J) (J=13/2, 11/2 and 9/2) transitions in four Nd(3+)-doped tellurite based glasses has been studied. The free-ion energy levels obtained for 60TeO(2)+39ZnO(2)+1.0Nd(2)O(3) (TZN10) glass have been analysed using the free-ion Hamiltonian model and compared with similar results obtained for Nd(3+):glass systems. The absorption spectrum of TZN10 glass has been analysed using the Judd-Ofelt theory. Relatively longer decay rates have been obtained for Nd(3+)-doped phosphotellurite glasses. The emission characteristics of the (4)F(3/2)-->(4)I(11/2) transition, of the Nd(3+):TZN10 glass, are found to be comparable to those obtained for Nd(3+):phosphate laser glasses. The non-exponential shape of the emission decay curves for the (4)F(3/2)-->(4)I(11/2) transition is attributed to the presence of energy transfer processes between the Nd(3+) ions.

Optical Studies of Nd-doped benzil, a potential luminescent and laser material

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Noginov, M. A.; Curley, M.; Noginova, N.; Wang, W. S.; Aggarwal, M. D.

1998-08-01

Neodymium-doped benzil crystals have been synthesized and characterized for their absorption, emission, and kinetics properties. From Judd Ofelt analysis, the radiative decay time of Nd emission (peaking at 1055 nm) is estimated to be equal to 441 s. The experimental Nd lifetime (under Ar laser excitation) is equal to 19 s. The broad emission band centered at approximately 700 nm ( decay 15 ns) and the Raman scattering with characteristic frequency shift of 1600 cm 1 have been observed at excitation of benzil with 532-nm Q -switched laser pulses. We show that rare-earth-doped benzil can be considered as a potential candidate for luminescent and solid-state laser material.

Optical Studies of Nd-doped benzil, a potential luminescent and laser material.

PubMed

Noginov, M A; Curley, M; Noginova, N; Wang, W S; Aggarwal, M D

1998-08-20

Neodymium-doped benzil crystals have been synthesized and characterized for their absorption, emission, and kinetics properties. From Judd-Ofelt analysis, the radiative decay time of Nd emission (peaking at 1055 nm) is estimated to be equal to 441 mus. The experimental Nd lifetime (under Ar+ laser excitation) is equal to 19 mus. The broad emission band centered at approximately 700 nm (tau(decay) approximately 15 ns) and the Raman scattering with characteristic frequency shift of 1600 cm(-1) have been observed at excitation of benzil with 532-nm Q-switched laser pulses. We show that rare-earth-doped benzil can be considered as a potential candidate for luminescent and solid-state laser material.

Synthesis of Systemic Functional Theory & Dynamical Systems Theory for Socio-Cultural Modeling

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-05-07

Kevin Judd Email: Kevin.Judd@uwa.edu.au Institution: University of Western Australia Mailing Address: School of Mathematics and Statistics...Performance: 6 May 2010 - 5 May 2012 Note: Kevin Judd was on extended medical leave in 2011. He did not contribute to the project during 2011-2012...the project. Marissa E Kwan Lin was the Research Associate for the project. Report Documentation Page Form ApprovedOMB No. 0704-0188 Public

Characterization of emission properties of Er3+ ions in TeO2-CdF2-WO3 glasses.

PubMed

Bilir, G; Mustafaoglu, N; Ozen, G; DiBartolo, B

2011-12-01

TeO(2)-CdF(2)-WO(3) glasses with various compositions and Er(3+) concentrations were prepared by conventional melting method. Their optical properties were studied by measuring the absorption, luminescence spectra and the decay patterns at room temperature. From the optical absorption spectra the Judd-Ofelt parameters (Ω(t)), transition probabilities, branching ratios of various transitions, and radiative lifetimes were calculated. The absorption and emission cross-section spectra of the (4)I(15/2) to (4)I(13/2) transition of erbium were determined. Emission quantum efficiencies and the average critical distance R(0) which provides a measure for the strength of cross relaxation were determined. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Luminescence properties of Eu3+-doped SiO2-LiYF4 glass-ceramic microrods

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Secu, C. E.; Secu, M.

2015-09-01

Photoluminescence properties of the glass-ceramics microrods containing Eu3+-doped LiYF4 nanocrystals have been studied and characterized. Judd-Ofelt parameters and quantum efficiency has been computed from luminescence spectra and discussed by comparison to the glass ceramic bulk and pellet. The radiative decay rate Arad is higher in the glass ceramic rods (221 s-1) than in the glass ceramic bulk (130 s-1) but the quantum efficiency computed is very low (21%) compared to the glass-ceramic bulk (97%). There are effective non-radiative decay channels that might be related to an influence of the dimensional constraints imposed by the membrane pores during xerogel formation and subsequent glass ceramization.

Optical properties of Er 3+/Yb 3+-codoped transparent PLZT ceramic

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zheng, Zhiqiang; Li, Xiaoyan; Liu, Jing; Feng, Zhuohong; Li, Baozeng; Yang, Jiwen; Li, Kewen; Jiang, Hua; Chen, Xuesheng; Xie, Jianping; Ming, Hai

2008-01-01

Optical absorption and emission spectra of Er 3+/Yb 3+ ions in PLZT (Pb 1-xLa xZr yTi 1-yO 3) ceramic have been studied. Based on the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory, the J-O intensity parameters were calculated to be Ω2=2.021×10 -20 cm 2, Ω4=0.423×10 -20 cm 2, Ω6=0.051×10 -20 cm 2 from the absorption spectrum of Er 3+/Yb 3+-codoped PLZT. The J-O intensity parameters have been used to calculate the radiative lifetimes and the branching ratios for some excited 4I 13/2, 4I 11/2, 4I 9/24F 9/2, and 4S 3/2 levels of Er 3+ ion. The stimulated emission cross-section (8.24×10 -21 cm 2) was evaluated for the 4I 13/2→ 4I 15/2 transition of Er 3+. The upconversion emissions at 538, 564, and 666 nm have been observed in Er 3+/Yb 3+-codoped PLZT by exciting at 980 nm, and their origins were identified and analyzed.

Luminescence studies on Er3+ -doped zincfluorophosphate glasses for 1.53 μm laser applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sreedhar, V. B.; Vijaya, N.; Ramachari, D.; Jayasankar, C. K.

2017-02-01

The Er3+-doped zincfluorophosphate glasses have been prepared by conventional melt-quenching technique and characterized through X-ray diffraction, differential thermal analysis, Raman, visible and near-infrared (NIR) emission spectra and decay time measurements. Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters (Ωλ, λ = 2, 4 and 6) have been derived from the absorption spectrum and inturn used to calculate the radiative properties for the fluorescent levels of Er3+ ions. The studied glasses exhibit intense green and weak red emissions under 378 nm excitation and an intense NIR emission at 1.53 μm under 980 nm laser diode excitation. The wavelength dependence of gain cross-section for different values of population inversion (γ) has been derived from the McCumber theory. Lifetime for the 4I13/2 level of Er3+ ion is found to decrease from 7.17 to 1.42 ms whereas the gain bandwidth increases from 143.5 to 263.9 × 10-28 cm3 with increase of Er3+ concentration from 0.001 to 2.0 mol %. The results indicate that the glasses may be suitable for the development of optical amplifier in the 1.53 μm optical region.

Spectroscopic and energy transfer studies of Er{sup 3+} ions in B{sub 2}O{sub 3}–TeO{sub 2}–MgO–ZnO glasses

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Vijayakumar, M.; Arunkumar, S.; Marimuthu, K., E-mail: mari-ram2000@yahoo.com

2016-05-23

Composition dependent spectroscopic behavior of Er{sup 3+} doped telluroborate glasses were prepared and the energy transfer mechanism in Er{sup 3+} ions were investigated for 1.532 µm amplification. The emission cross-section and gain coefficient for {sup 4}I{sub 13/2}→{sup 4}I{sub 15/2} level of Er{sup 3+} ions have been analysed through the Judd-Ofelt and McCumber theory. The excited state decay curves were measured and the effect of TeO{sub 2} on the lifetime for {sup 4}I{sub 13/2}→{sup 4}I{sub 15/2} level of Er{sup 3+} ions has been associated with the various energy transfer mechanism. Further the interaction between Er{sup 3+} and OH{sup −} were investigatedmore » and it was confirmed that the OH free radicals in the prepared glasses are dominant quenching center through the non-radiative relaxation that causes the quenching of 1.532 µm amplification. The non-radiative rate through the OH content were calculated and compared with the reported Er{sup 3+} doped glasses.« less

Intense green emission from Tb3+- doped Teo2-Wo3-Geo2 glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Subrahmanyam, Tallam; Gopal, Kotalo Rama; Suvarna, Reniguntla Padma; Jamalaiah, Bungala Chinna

2018-04-01

Tb3+ -doped oxyfluoro tellurite (TWGTb) glasses were prepared by conventional melt quenching technique. The Judd-Ofelt theory has been applied to evaluate the Ωλ (λ=2,4,6) intensity parameters. The TWGTb glasses exhibit 5D3 → 7F5-3 and 5D4 → 7F6-0 transitions when excited at 316 nm wavelength. The variation of intensity of 5D4 → 7F5 (Green) and 5D3 → 7F4 (Blue) transitions and the green to blue (IG/IB) intensity ratios were studied as a function of Tb3+ ions concentration. The laser characteristic parameters such as effective bandwidth (Δλeff), stimulated emission cross-section (σe), gain bandwidth (σe×Δλeff) and optical gain (σe×τR) were determined using the emission spectra and radiative parameters. The luminescence decay profiles exhibit single-exponential nature for all the samples. Based on the experimental results we suggest that the 1.0 mol% of Tb3+-doped TWGTb glass could be the suitable laser host materials to emit intense green luminescence at 545 nm.

Spectroscopic studies of Dy3+ ion doped tellurite glasses for solid state lasers and white LEDs.

PubMed

V, Himamaheswara Rao; P, Syam Prasad; M, Mohan Babu; P, Venkateswara Rao; T, Satyanarayana; Luís F, Santos; N, Veeraiah

2018-01-05

Rare earth ion Dy 3+ -doped tellurite glasses were synthesised in the system of (75-x)TeO 2 -15Sb 2 O 3 -10WO 3 -xDy 2 O 3 (TSWD glasses). XRD and FTIR characterizations were used to find the crystalline and structural properties. The intensities of the electronic transitions and the ligand environment around the Dy 3+ ion were determined using the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory on the absorption spectra of the glasses. The measured luminescence spectra exhibit intense emissions at 574 and 484nm along with less intense emissions around 662 and 751nm. Various radiative properties of the 4 F 9/2 excited level of Dy 3+ ion were calculated for the glasses. Decay profiles were measured to find the life times and quantum efficiencies. Yellow to blue intensity ratio (Y/B), CIE chromaticity coordinates and correlated color temperature (CCT) values are calculated using the emission spectra to evaluate the emitted light. The obtained results suggest the utility of the glasses for potential yellow laser and white LED's applications. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Effect of PbO on the spectral and thermo-optical properties of Nd3+-doped phosphate laser glass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yin, Qianwen; Kang, Shuai; Wang, Xue; Li, Shunguang; He, Dongbing; Hu, Lili

2017-04-01

Nd3+-doped P2O5-K2O-Al2O3-BaO-PbO phosphate glasses with various PbO/BaO ratios were synthesized using the melt quenching technique. Raman, absorption, and emission spectra were measured to investigate the effects of PbO/BaO ratios on the structures and spectroscopic properties of the glasses. The emission cross-sections of the Nd3+-doped phosphate glasses were calculated using the Judd-Ofelt theory, and were found to increase from 4.37 × 10-20 to 4.50 × 10-20 cm2 as the PbO/BaO ratio increased. In addition, thermo-optical properties were measured using an interferometric technique. The thermo-optical coefficients, which were -1.49 × 10-6, -1.65 × 10-6, and -1.64 × 10-6 K-1, respectively, were all largely negative values. The thermal expansion coefficients of the three glass samples varied within a small range. The results showed that increasing the PbO/BaO ratio of phosphate glasses can improve the laser properties while maintaining their good thermo-optical properties.

Broadband ∼3 μm mid-infrared emission in Dy3+/Yb3+ co-doped germanate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shen, Lingling; Wang, Ning; Dou, Aoju; Cai, Yangjian; Tian, Ying; Huang, Feifei; Xu, Shiqing; Zhang, Junjie

2018-01-01

The Dy3+/Yb3+ co-doped germanate glasses with good thermal stability have been prepared by the conventional melt quenching method. The J-O intensity parameters and radiative properties such as spontaneous transition probilities (Arad), fluorescence branching ratios (β) and radiative lifetimes (τrad) were investigated according to the absorption spectrum based on Judd-Ofelt theory. An intense emission around ∼3 μm with the FWHM reaching to 322 nm was obtained in present glasses excited by 980 nm LD. The high spontaneous transition probability (63.94 s-1), large emission cross section (6.0 × 10-21 cm2) and superior gain performance corresponding to the Dy3+: 6H13/2 → 6H15/2 transition were obtained. Moreover, the energy transfer mechanism was analyzed qualitatively, and it was found that the energy transfer from Yb3+: 2F5/2 to Dy3+: 6H5/2 level could be quite efficient. Hence, the results indicated that the prepared Dy3+/Yb3+ co-doped germanate glass could be a potential candidate for ∼3 μm mid-infrared solid state lasers.

Sensitizing effect of Ho3+ on the Er3+: 2.7 μm-emission in fluoride glass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huang, Feifei; Li, Xia; Liu, Xueqiang; Zhang, Junjie; Hu, Lili; Chen, Danping

2014-03-01

The fluorescence properties of 2.7 μm emission and energy transfer mechanism of Ho3+/Er3+ co-doped fluoride glass (ZBYA) have been investigated in the present paper. Ho3+ strengthens the Er3+: 2.7 μm emission in the ZBYA glasses due to the energy transfer from Er3+ to Ho3+, while the 1.5 μm emission decreases dramatically. The optimized concentration ratio of Er3+ to Ho3+ is found to be 1:1 in our glass system. The absorption and emission spectra are tested and the sample possesses large emission cross section (16.5 × 10-21 cm2) around 2.7 μm along with larger radiative transition probability (25.11 S-1) on the basis of Judd-Ofelt and Fuchtbauer-Ladenburg theories. Additionally, the energy transfer microparameters are calculated using Förster-Dexter theory and the result shows the energy transfer coefficient of Er3+:4I13/2 → Ho3+:5I7 is 24 times larger than that of Er3+:4I11/2 → Ho3+:5I6. Our results show that Er3+: 2.7 μm emission can be sensitized by Ho3+ efficiently, and this Er3+/Ho3+-codoped fluoride glasses might have potential application in mid-infrared lasers.

R2O3 (R = La, Y) modified erbium activated germanate glasses for mid-infrared 2.7 μm laser materials

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cai, Muzhi; Zhou, Beier; Wang, Fengchao; Wei, Tao; Tian, Ying; Zhou, Jiajia; Xu, Shiqing; Zhang, Junjie

2015-08-01

Er3+ activated germanate glasses modified by La2O3 and Y2O3 with good thermal stability were prepared. 2.7 μm fluorescence was observed and corresponding radiative properties were investigated. A detailed discussion of J-O parameters has been carried out based on absorption spectra and Judd-Ofelt theory. The peak emission cross sections of La2O3 and Y2O3 modified germanate glass are (14.3 ± 0.10) × 10-21 cm2 and (15.4 ± 0.10) × 10-21 cm2, respectively. Non-radiative relaxation rate constants and energy transfer coefficients of 4I11/2 and 4I13/2 levels have been obtained and discussed to understand the 2.7 μm fluorescence behavior. Moreover, the energy transfer processes of 4I11/2 and 4I13/2 level were quantitatively analyzed according to Dexter’s theory and Inokuti-Hirayama model. The theoretical calculations are in good agreement with the observed 2.7 μm fluorescence phenomena. Results demonstrate that the Y2O3 modified germanate glass, which possesses more excellent spectroscopic properties than La2O3 modified germanate glass, might be an attractive candidate for mid-infrared laser.

Spectroscopic properties of Er3+-doped fluorotellurite glasses containing various modifiers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Burtan-Gwizdała, Bożena; Reben, Manuela; Cisowski, Jan; Grelowska, Iwona; Yousef, El Sayed; Algarni, Hamed; Lisiecki, Radosław; Nosidlak, Natalia

2017-11-01

We have investigated the optical and spectroscopic properties of new Er3+-doped fluorotellurite glasses with the basic molar composition 75%TeO2-10%P2O5-10%ZnO-5%PbF2, modified by replacing 5%TeO2 by four various metal oxides, namely MgO, PbO, SrO and CdO. The ellipsometric data have provided a Sellmeier-type dispersion relation of the refractive index of the investigated glasses. The optical absorption edge has been described within the Urbach approach, while the absorption and fluorescence spectra have been analyzed in terms of the standard Judd-Ofelt theory along with the photoluminescence decay of the 4I13/2 and 4S3/2 levels of the Er3+ ion. The absorption and emission spectra of the 4I15/2 ↔ 4I13/2 infrared transition have been analyzed within the McCumber theory to yield the peak emission cross-section and figure of merit (FOM) for the amplifier gain. It appears that the glass containing MgO as a modifier is characterized by the largest FOM suggesting that the fluorotellurite matrix with this oxide can be a good novel host for Er3+ ion doping. Finally, we propose a new simple method to calculate the mean transition energy of the McCumber approach as the arithmetic average of the barycenter wavenumbers of absorption and emission spectra.

Rare earth-doped barium gallo-germanate glasses and their near-infrared luminescence properties.

PubMed

Pisarska, Joanna; Sołtys, Marta; Górny, Agata; Kochanowicz, Marcin; Zmojda, Jacek; Dorosz, Jan; Dorosz, Dominik; Sitarz, Maciej; Pisarski, Wojciech A

2018-08-05

Near-infrared luminescence properties of Nd 3+ and Ho 3+ ions in barium gallo-germanate glasses have been reported. Several spectroscopic parameters for Nd 3+ and Ho 3+ ions have been determined from the Judd-Ofelt analysis and absorption/luminescence measurements. Quite large luminescence lifetime, quantum efficiency and stimulated emission cross-section have been obtained for the main 4 F 3/2  →  4 I 11/2 (Nd 3+ ) and 5 I 7  →  5 I 8 (Ho 3+ ) laser transitions of rare earths in barium gallo-germanate glasses. It suggests that barium gallo-germanate glass is promising for near-infrared laser application at emission wavelengths 1064 nm (Nd 3+ ) and 2020 nm (Ho 3+ ). Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Mid-infrared emission and Raman spectra analysis of Er(3+)-doped oxyfluorotellurite glasses.

PubMed

Chen, Fangze; Xu, Shaoqiong; Wei, Tao; Wang, Fengchao; Cai, Muzhi; Tian, Ying; Xu, Shiqing

2015-04-10

This paper reports on the spectroscopic and structural properties in Er(3+)-doped oxyfluorotellurite glasses. The compositional variation accounts for the evolutions of Raman spectra, Judd-Ofelt parameters, radiative properties, and fluorescent emission. It is found that, when maximum phonon energy changes slightly, phonon density plays a crucial role in quenching the 2.7 μm emission generated by the Er(3+):(4)I11/2→(4)I13/2 transition. The comparative low phonon density contributes strong 2.7 μm emission intensity. The high branching ratio (18.63%) and large emission cross section (0.95×10(-20)  cm(2)) demonstrate that oxyfluorotellurite glass contained with 50 mol.% TeO2 has potential application in the mid-infrared region laser.

Optical properties of Nd3+ doped bismuth zinc borate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shanmugavelu, B.; Venkatramu, V.; Ravi Kanth Kumar, V. V.

2014-03-01

Glasses with compositions of (100-x) (Bi2ZnOB2O6) - x Nd2O3 (where x = 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1 and 2 mol%) were prepared by melt quenching method and characterized through optical absorption, emission and decay curve measurements. Optical absorption spectra have been analyzed using Judd-Ofelt theory. The emission spectra exhibit three peaks at 919, 1063 and 1337 nm corresponding to 4F3/2 to 4I9/2, 4I11/2 and 4I13/2 transitions in the near infrared region. The emission intensity of the 4F3/2 to 4I11/2 transition increases with increase of Nd3+ concentration up to 1 mol% and then concentration quenching is observed for 2 mol% of Nd3+ concentration. The lifetimes for the 4F3/2 level are found to decrease with increase in Nd2O3 concentration in the glasses. The decay curves of the glass up to 0.3 mol% of Nd3+ exhibit single exponential nature and thereafter the curves become nonexponential nature (0.5, 1 and 2 mol%). The nonexponential curve has been fitted to the Inokuti-Hirayama model to understand the nature of energy transfer process.

Local symmetric distortion boosted photon up-conversion and thermometric sensitivity in lanthanum oxide nanospheres.

PubMed

Suo, Hao; Zhao, Xiaoqi; Zhang, Zhiyu; Shi, Rui; Wu, Yanfang; Xiang, Jinmeng; Guo, Chongfeng

2018-05-17

It is essential to simultaneously boost the luminescence intensity and thermometric sensitivity of up-converted optical thermometers towards potential biomedical sensing applications. Herein, the effects of local site symmetry on the up-conversion (UC) emission and thermal sensing ability in trigonal-phased La2O3:Er3+/Yb3+ nanospheres were qualitatively explored using cubic-phased Lu2O3 and Y2O3 with a similar shape and phonon energy as contrasts. Under 980 nm light excitation, much stronger UC emissions were detected in La2O3 samples than that in cubic Lu2O3 and Y2O3 samples, and the possible mechanisms were elaborately proposed using Eu3+ as a luminescent probe. Thermo-responsive emission intensity from 2H11/2/4S3/2 levels was monitored to evaluate the absolute sensitivity of three samples, which strongly depends on the dopant-induced local site symmetric distortions according to the Judd-Ofelt theory. The potentiality of La2O3:Er3+/Yb3+ for sub-tissue thermometry was also validated by ex vivo experiments. Results open a promising avenue for realizing highly sensitive thermometry with a large signal-to-noise ratio in sub-tissues via finely tailoring the local site symmetry.

Thermal, spectroscopic and laser properties of Nd3+ in gadolinium scandium gallium garnet crystal produced by optical floating zone method

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tian, Li; Wang, Shuxian; Wu, Kui; Wang, Baolin; Yu, Haohai; Zhang, Huaijin; Cai, Huaqiang; Huang, Hui

2013-12-01

A neodymium-doped gadolinium scandium gallium garnet (Nd:GSGG) single crystal with dimensions of Φ 5 × 20 mm2 has been grown by means of optical floating zone (OFZ). X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) result shows that the as-grown Nd:GSGG crystal possesses a cubic structure with space group Ia3d and a cell parameter of a = 1.2561 nm. Effective elemental segregation coefficients of the Nd:GSGG as-grown crystal were calculated by using X-ray fluorescence (XRF). The thermal properties of the Nd:GSGG crystal were systematically studied by measuring the specific heat, thermal expansion and thermal diffusion coefficient, and the thermal conductivity of this crystal was calculated. The absorption and luminescence spectra of Nd:GSGG were measured at room temperature (RT). By using the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory, the theoretical radiative lifetime was calculated and compared with the experimental result. Continuous wave (CW) laser performance was achieved with the Nd:GSGG at the wavelength of 1062 nm when it was pumped by a laser diode (LD). A maximum output power of 0.792 W at 1062 nm was obtained with a slope efficiency of 11.89% under a pump power of 7.36 W, and an optical-optical conversion efficiency of 11.72%.

Spectroscopy and excitation dynamics of the trivalent lanthanides Tm(3+) and Ho(3+) in LiYF4

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Walsh, Brian M.

1995-01-01

A detailed study of the spectroscopy and excitation dynamics Tm3+ and Ho3+ in yttrium lithium fluoride, LiYF4 (YLF), has been done. Absorption spectroscopy is utilized in the Judd-Ofelt theory to determine radiative transition rates of spontaneous emission. Luminescence spectroscopy is studied under cw diode laser excitation at 785nm. The effect of dopant ion concentration and excitation power on the observed luminescence are considered in these measurements. An analysis of these measurements have been used to determine channels of energy transfer between Tm3+ and Ho3+ ions. The temporal response of Tm and Ho in singly and co-doped YLF to pulsed laser excitation with a Ti:Al2O3 laser and a CoMgF2 laser turned to various wavelengths have also been studied. The energy transfer mechanisms of cross relaxation, upconversion, and resonant energy transfer between Tm3+ and Ho3+ ions have been modeled, and the model parameters extracted by a fitting procedure to the measured temporal response curves. Rate equation approaches to modeling are presented that result in predictions of rate constants for energy transfer processes, as well as more conventional approaches to modeling such as the Forster-Dexter models, which give the interaction strengths in terms of microscopic interaction parameters.

Optical properties of Nd3+ doped bismuth zinc borate glasses.

PubMed

Shanmugavelu, B; Venkatramu, V; Ravi Kanth Kumar, V V

2014-03-25

Glasses with compositions of (100-x) (Bi2ZnOB2O6) -x Nd2O3 (where x=0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1 and 2 mol%) were prepared by melt quenching method and characterized through optical absorption, emission and decay curve measurements. Optical absorption spectra have been analyzed using Judd-Ofelt theory. The emission spectra exhibit three peaks at 919, 1063 and 1337 nm corresponding to (4)F3/2 to (4)I9/2, (4)I11/2 and (4)I13/2 transitions in the near infrared region. The emission intensity of the (4)F3/2 to (4)I11/2 transition increases with increase of Nd(3+) concentration up to 1 mol% and then concentration quenching is observed for 2 mol% of Nd(3+) concentration. The lifetimes for the (4)F3/2 level are found to decrease with increase in Nd2O3 concentration in the glasses. The decay curves of the glass up to 0.3 mol% of Nd(3+) exhibit single exponential nature and thereafter the curves become nonexponential nature (0.5, 1 and 2 mol%). The nonexponential curve has been fitted to the Inokuti-Hirayama model to understand the nature of energy transfer process. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Spectroscopic investigations of Nd3+ doped flouro- and chloro-borate glasses.

PubMed

Mohan, Shaweta; Thind, Kulwant Singh; Sharma, Gopi; Gerward, Leif

2008-10-01

Spectroscopic and physical properties of Nd3+ doped sodium lead flouro- and chloro-borate glasses of the type 20NaX-30PbO-49.5B2O3-0.5Nd2O3 (X=F and Cl) have been investigated. Optical absorption spectra have been used to determine the Slater Condon (F2, F4, and F6), spin orbit xi4f and Racah parameters (E1, E2, and E3). The oscillator strengths and the intensity parameters Omega2, Omega4 and Omega6 have been determined by the Judd-Ofelt theory, which in turn provide the radiative transition probability (A), total transition probability (A(T)), radiative lifetime (tauR) and branching ratio (beta) for the fluorescent level 4F3/2. The lasing efficiency of the prepared glasses has been characterized by the spectroscopic quality factor (Omega4/Omega6), the value of which is in the range of 0.2-1.5, typical for Nd3+ in different laser hosts. Nephelauxetic effect results in a red shift in the energy levels of Nd3+ for chloroborate glass. The radiative transition probability of the potential lasing transition 4F3/2-->4I11/2 of Nd3+ ions is found to be higher for flouroborate as compared to chloroborate glass.

Optical study of Tm-doped solid solution (Sc0.5Y0.5)2SiO5 crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Shi, Jiaojiao; Liu, Bin; Zheng, Lihe; Wang, Qingguo; Tang, Huili; Liu, Junfang; Su, Liangbi; Wu, Feng; Zhao, Hengyu; He, Nuotian; Li, Na; Li, Qiu; Guo, Chao; Xu, Jun; Yang, Kejian; Xu, Xiaodong; Ryba-Romanowski, Witold; Lisiecki, Radosław; Solarz, Piotr

2018-04-01

Tm-doped (Sc0.5Y0.5)2SiO5 (SYSO) crystals were grown by Czochralski method. The UV-VIR-NIR absorption spectra and the near-infrared emission spectra were measured and analysed by the Judd-Ofelt approach. Temperature influence on both absorption and emission spectra has been determined from the data recorded at room temperature and 10 K. It has been found that the structural disorder resulting from dissimilar ionic radii of Sc3+ and Y3+ in the solid solution (Sc0.5Y0.5)2SiO5 crystal brings about a strong inhomogeneous broadening of Tm3+ ions spectra. However, it affects the excited state relaxation dynamics inherent to thulium-doped Y2SiO5 and Sc2SiO5 hosts weakly.

Antimony oxide based glasses, novel laser materials

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ouannes, Karima; Lebbou, Kheirreddine; Walsh, Brian M.; Poulain, Marcel; Alombert-Goget, Guillaume; Guyot, Yannick

2017-03-01

Glasses based on Sb2O3 make one of the major classes of heavy metal oxide glasses. This paper concerns two antimonite glasses, 88Sb2O3-10Na2O-2Bi2O3 (SNB2) and 60Sb2O3-20WO3-19Na2O-1Bi2O3 (SWNB1), doped with 0.25 mol% Er2O3. Bulk samples have been prepared and their absorption and fluorescence spectra have been recorded. Differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) measurements emphasize a thermal stability range ΔT > 100 °C that expresses a good stability against devitrification. Both FTIR and Raman spectra provide information on the structural organization of the glasses. The maximum phonon energies are 700 cm-1 and 920 cm-1 for SNB2 and SWNB1 glasses, respectively. The spectroscopic analysis of the absorption and emission properties of the Er3+ ions in the SNB2 and SWNB1 glasses has been performed. The Judd-Ofelt theory has been applied to interpret the local environment of the Er3+ ion site and covalency of the Ersbnd O bond, but also to determine the radiative lifetime (τr) for 4I13/2 → 4I15/2 emission transition. The emission cross-sections for the 4I13/2 → 4I15/2 transition (1528 nm) were calculated using McCumber and Füchtbauer-Ladenburg theories. We discuss the potential application of these glasses.

Visible luminescence of Dy3+ doped PbF2-Li2O-SrO-ZnO-B2O3 glasses for yellow light applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Anjaiah, G.; Sasikala, T.; Kistaiah, P.

2018-05-01

The present studies on various concentrations of Dy3+ ions doped PLSrZFB glasses were carried out through optical absorption, photoluminescence and decay time measurements. The Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters Ωλ (λ = 2,4,6) can be utilized to evaluate the emission properties. The decay curves for the 4F9/2 levels have been measured and these turns to non-exponential nature at higher concentrations (> 0.1 mol%) is due to energy transfer between the Dy3+-Dy3+ ions dipole -dipole type through cross relaxation channels. The CIE chromaticity color coordinates were calculated and they were all located within the vicinity of white region of the color coordination diagram. The Inokuti-Hirayama model is used to analyze the energy transfer process and also energy transfer parameters have been calculated and discussed.

Growth and optical properties of Dy:Y3Al5O12 crystal

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pan, Yuxin; Zhou, Shidong; Li, Dongzhen; Liu, Bin; Song, Qingsong; Liu, Jian; Liu, Peng; Ding, Yuchong; Wang, Xiaodan; Xu, Xiaodong; Xu, Jun

2018-02-01

High optical quality Dy:Y3Al5O12 (Dy:YAG) crystal has been grown by the Czochralski method. Absorption spectra, fluorescence spectra and fluorescence decay curve of Dy:YAG have been recorded at room temperature. The strongest emission of Dy:YAG crystal is near 583 nm, corresponding to the 4F9/2 → 6H13/2 transition. The Judd-Ofelt parameters Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6 were calculated to be 1.49 × 10-20 cm2, 0.94 × 10-20 cm2 and 3.20 × 10-20 cm2, respectively. The radiative transition rates, branching ratios and the emission cross sections were calculated. The fluorescence and radiative lifetimes are 0.40 ms and 1.02 ms, respectively, resulting in a quantum efficiency of 39.2%. The results indicate that the Dy:YAG crystal would be a promising yellow solid state laser material.

Photofunctional Eu3+/Tb3+ hybrids through sulfoxide linkages: coordination bonds construction, characterization and luminescence.

PubMed

Guo, Lei; Yan, Bing; Liu, Jin-Liang

2011-05-14

New kinds of organic-inorganic hybrid materials consisting of rare earth (Eu(3+), Tb(3+)) complexes covalently bonded to a silica-based network have been obtained by a sol-gel approach. Three novel versatile molecular building blocks containing sulfoxide organic units have been synthesized by methylene modification reaction, which are used as the ligands of rare earth ions and also as siloxane network precursors. The obtained hybrids are characterized by chemical analysis and spectroscopic methods such as FTIR and UV; XRD and SEM. Photoluminescence measurements on the prepared hybrids were performed showing the intra-4f(n) emission in the visible (Eu(3+), Tb(3+)) region and in all the cases being sensitized by the sulfoxide ligands. The emission quantum efficiency and the Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters of Eu(3+) hybrid materials were also investigated in detail.

Synthesis and near-infrared fluorescence of K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion with high doping concentration and long lifetime.

PubMed

Duan, Weikuan; Zhang, Yanyan; Wang, Zhongyue; Jiang, Jingyi; Liang, Chen; Wei, Wei

2014-06-07

K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals were synthesized by a novel synthetic route in the liquid phase, which could improve the morphology and reduce the size effectively, for the first time. The luminescence intensities of the K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion in polyethylene glycol 400 (PEG-400) approximate to that of neodymium doped phosphate glass (3 mol%), while the lifetimes of the nanocrystals alone and when dispersed with Nd(3+) ions (1 × 10(20) cm(-3)) are 303.4 μs and 174.6 μs respectively. Based on the Judd-Ofelt analysis, the emission quantum yield of the dispersion reaches 39.57%. In all, the K5NdLi2F10 nanocrystals and their dispersion have promising applications as liquid laser materials and biological fluorescent markers.

Optical spectroscopy, 1.06 μm emission properties of Nd3 +-doped phosphate based glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sk. Nayab, Rasool; Sasikala, T.; Mohan Babu, A.; Rama Moorthy, L.; C. K., Jayasankar

2017-06-01

Neodymium doped phosphate based glasses with composition of (P2O5 + K2O + Al2O3 + CaF2) were prepared. The samples were analysed through differential thermal analysis (DTA), Fourier transform infrared (FTIR), absorption, emission and decay measurements. Judd-Ofelt parameters (Ωλ) have been determined from the spectral intensities of absorption bands in order to calculate the radiative parameters like radiative transition probabilities (AR), radiative lifetime (τR) and branching ratios (βR) for the 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 laser transition of Nd3 + ion. The effective emission bandwidths (Δλeff), experimental branching ratios (βexp) and stimulated emission cross-sections (σe) have been determined from the emission spectrum. The decay curves of the 4F3/2 level exhibited almost single exponential nature for all the Nd3 + ion concentrations.

Ho3+-doped strontium-aluminium-bismuth-borate glasses for green light emission.

PubMed

Rajesh, D; Dhamodhara Naidu, M; Ratnakaram, Y C; Balakrishna, A

2014-11-01

Strontium-aluminium-bismuth-borate glasses (SAlBiB) doped with different concentrations of Ho(3+) were prepared using conventional melt quenching technique and their structural and optical properties investigated. X-ray diffraction and scanning electron microscopy analysis were used to study the structural properties. Optical properties were studied by measuring the optical absorption and visible luminescence spectra. The Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory was applied to evaluate J-O intensity parameters, Ω(λ) (λ = 2, 4 and 6). Using J-O intensity parameters, radiative properties such as spontaneous transition probabilities (A(R)), branching ratios (β(R)) and radiative lifetimes (τ(R)) were determined. From the emission spectra, a strong green emission nearly at 549 nm corresponding to the transition, (5)S2 ((5)F4)→(5)I(8) was observed. Emission peak positions (λ(P)), effective bandwidths (Δλ(eff)) and stimulated emission cross-sections (σ(p)) were calculated for the observed emission transitions, (5)F3 →(5)I(8), (5)S2((5)F4)→(5)I(8) and (5)F5 →(5)I(8) of Ho(3+) in all the glass matrices. Chromaticity color coordinates were calculated using the emission spectra. The experimental results suggest that SAlBiB glass matrix with 1.5 mol% of Ho(3+) has better emission properties. Copyright © 2014 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Spectroscopic properties of Sm3+ and V4+ ions in Na2O-SiO2-ZrO2 glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Neeraja, K.; Rao, T. G. V. M.; Kumar, A. Rupesh; Uma Lakshmi, V.; Veeraiah, N.; Rami Reddy, M.

2013-12-01

Na2O-SiO2-ZrO2 glasses of Sm3+ ions with and without V2O5 are characterized by spectroscopic and optical properties. The XRD and EDS spectra of the glass samples reveal an amorphous nature with different compositions within the glass matrix. The Infrared and Raman spectral studies are carried out and the existence of conventional structural units are analyzed in the glass network. The ESR spectra of the glass samples have indicating that a considerable proportion of vanadium ion exists in V4+ state. The optical absorption spectra of these glasses are recorded at room temperature, from the measured intensities of various absorption bands the Judd-Ofelt parameters Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6 are calculated. The photo-luminescence spectra recorded with excited wavelength 400 nm, five emission bands are observed; in this the energy transfer probability takes place between Sm3+ and V4+ ions.

Crystal growth, polarized spectroscopy and Judd-Ofelt analysis of Tb:YAlO3.

PubMed

Liu, Bin; Shi, Jiaojiao; Wang, Qingguo; Tang, Huili; Liu, Junfang; Zhao, Hengyu; Li, Dongzhen; Liu, Jian; Xu, Xiaodong; Wang, Zhanshan; Xu, Jun

2018-07-05

Tb 3+ -doped YAlO 3 (YAP) single crystal was grown by Czochralski (Cz) method. Based on the polarized absorption spectra, the spectroscopic parameters were calculated to be Ω 2 =3.49×10 -20 cm 2 , Ω 4 =5.87×10 -20 cm 2 and Ω 6 =2.55×10 -20 cm 2 , and then the spontaneous transition rate, fluorescent branching ratio and radiative lifetime of 5 D 4 multiplet were obtained. The yellow emission cross sections of 5 D 4 → 7 F 4 transition were calculated to be 1.72×10 -22 cm 2 , 2.73×10 -22 cm 2 and 2.65×10 -22 cm 2 for a, b and c polarization, respectively. The fluorescence lifetime of the 5 D 4 multiplet was fitted to be 1.72ms. All the data indicate that Tb:YAP crystal is a promising candidate for yellow laser operation. Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Optical spectroscopy, 1.06μm emission properties of Nd3+-doped phosphate based glasses.

PubMed

Sk Nayab, Rasool; T, Sasikala; A, Mohan Babu; L, Rama Moorthy; C K, Jayasankar

2017-06-05

Neodymium doped phosphate based glasses with composition of (P 2 O 5 +K 2 O+Al 2 O 3 +CaF 2 ) were prepared. The samples were analysed through differential thermal analysis (DTA), Fourier transform infrared (FTIR), absorption, emission and decay measurements. Judd-Ofelt parameters (Ω λ ) have been determined from the spectral intensities of absorption bands in order to calculate the radiative parameters like radiative transition probabilities (A R ), radiative lifetime (τ R ) and branching ratios (β R ) for the 4 F 3/2 → 4 I 11/2 laser transition of Nd 3+ ion. The effective emission bandwidths (Δλ eff ), experimental branching ratios (β exp ) and stimulated emission cross-sections (σ e ) have been determined from the emission spectrum. The decay curves of the 4 F 3/2 level exhibited almost single exponential nature for all the Nd 3+ ion concentrations. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Gamma-radiation effects on luminescence properties of Eu3+ activated LaPO4 phosphor

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vujčić, Ivica; Gavrilović, Tamara; Sekulić, Milica; Mašić, Slobodan; Putić, Slaviša; Papan, Jelena; Dramićanin, Miroslav D.

2018-05-01

Eu3+ activated LaPO4 phosphors were prepared by a high-temperature solid-state method and irradiated to different high-doses gamma-radiation in the 0-4 MGy range. No effects of high-doses of high-energy radiation on phosphor's morphology and structure were observed, as documented by electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction measurements. On the other hand, photoluminescence measurements showed that emission properties of phosphor were affected by gamma-radiation; changes in radiative properties being prominent for absorbed radiation doses up to 250 kGy after which no additional changes are observed. Judd-Ofelt analysis of emission spectra is performed to thoroughly investigate radiative properties of phosphors. Analysis showed that radiative transition probability of Eu3+ emission decreases while non-radiative probability increases upon gamma-irradiation. Quantum efficiency of emission is decreased from about 46% to 35% when Eu3+ doped LaPO4 powders are exposed to gamma-radiation of 250 kGy dose, showing no additional decrease for higher gamma-radiation doses.

Fluorescence investigation of Ho3+ in Yb3+ sensitized mixed-alkali bismuth gallate glasses.

PubMed

Lin, H; Zhang, Y Y; Pun, E Y B

2008-12-15

Efficient 2.0 microm infrared and visible upconversion emissions have been observed in Ho3+/Yb3+ co-doped mixed-alkali bismuth gallate (LKBBG) glasses having a maximum-phonon energy of 673 cm(-1). The Judd-Ofelt parameters Omega2, Omega4 and Omega6 of Ho3+ indicate that there is a high asymmetry and strong covalent environment in LKBBG glasses. The large absorption and emission cross-sections of Yb3+ confirm that it is a suitable sensitizer for capturing and transferring pump energy to Ho3+. The emission cross-section profile for the 5I7-->5I8 transition is derived using the reciprocity method and the peak value is 5.54 x 10(-21)cm2, which is much larger than the value in fluorozircoaluminate glasses. LKBBG glasses exhibit low maximum-phonon energy and large refractive index, and it is possible to achieve an effective 1.66 microm U-band emission of Ho3+ under 900 nm laser radiation.

Excited-state absorption and fluorescence dynamics of Er3+:KY3F10

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Labbé, C.; Doualan, J. L.; Moncorgé, R.; Braud, A.; Camy, P.

2018-05-01

We report here on a complete investigation of the excited-state absorption and fluorescence dynamics of Er3+ doped KY3F10 single crystals versus dopant concentrations and optical excitation conditions. Radiative and effective (including non-radiative relaxations) emission lifetimes and branching ratios are determined from a Judd-Ofelt analysis of the absorption spectra and via specific fluorescence experiments using wavelength selective laser excitations. Excited-state absorption and emission spectra are registered within seven spectral domains, i.e. 560 nm, 650 nm, 710 nm, 810 nm, 970 nm, 1550 nm and 2750 nm. A maximum gain cross-section of 0.93 × 10-21 cm2 is determined at the potential laser wavelength of 2.801 μm for a population ratio of 0.48. Saturation of fluorescence intensities and variations of population ratios versus pumping rates are registered and confronted with a rate equation model to derive the rates of the most important up-conversion and cross-relaxation energy transfers occurring at high dopant concentrations.

Luminescence properties of Dy3+ doped lithium zinc borosilicate glasses for photonic applications.

PubMed

Jaidass, N; Krishna Moorthi, C; Mohan Babu, A; Reddi Babu, M

2018-03-01

Different concentrations of Dy 3+ ions doped lithium zinc borosilicate glasses of chemical composition (30-x) B 2 O 3 - 25 SiO 2 -10 Al 2 O 3 -30 LiF - 5 ZnO - x Dy 2 O 3 (x = 0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 mol%) were prepared by the melt quenching technique. The prepared glasses were investigated through X-ray diffraction, optical absorption, photoluminescence and decay measurements. Intensities of absorption bands expressed in terms of oscillator strengths (f) were used to determine the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters Ω λ (λ = 2, 4 and 6). The evaluated J-O parameters were used to determine the radiative parameters such as transition probabilities (A R ), total transition probability rate (A T ), radiative lifetime (τ R ) and branching ratios (β R ) for the excited 4 F 9/2 level of Dy 3+ ions. The chromaticity coordinates determined from the emission spectra were found to be located in the white light region of CIE chromaticity diagram.

Optical spectroscopy of BaY2F8:Dy3+

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Parisi, Daniela; Toncelli, Alessandra; Tonelli, Mauro; Cavalli, Enrico; Bovero, Enrico; Belletti, Alessandro

2005-05-01

The optical spectra of the BaY2F8:Dy3+ laser crystal have been investigated in the 5000-30 000 cm-1 range. The Judd-Ofelt parametrization scheme has been applied to the analysis of the room temperature absorption spectra. The calculated radiative lifetime of the 4F9/2 state is 1.48 ms. Decay curves of the visible emission have been measured as a function of the temperature for two different Dy3+ concentrations (0.5 and 4.4%). In the case of the diluted crystal the emission profiles are single exponential with decay times consistent with the radiative lifetime. The decay curves of the concentrated crystal are not exponential and they obey the Inokuti-Hirayama model for energy transfer for an electric dipole-dipole interaction in the absence of diffusion among the donors. The emission cross section at 575 nm has been estimated using the integral β-τ method in order to assess the potentialities of this compound as a solid state laser material in the yellow region.

Computation of energy interaction parameters as well as electric dipole intensity parameters for the absorption spectral study of the interaction of Pr(III) with L-phenylalanine, L-glycine, L-alanine and L-aspartic acid in the presence and absence of Ca 2+ in organic solvents

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Moaienla, T.; Singh, Th. David; Singh, N. Rajmuhon; Devi, M. Indira

2009-10-01

Studying the absorption difference and comparative absorption spectra of the interaction of Pr(III) and Nd(III) with L-phenylalanine, L-glycine, L-alanine and L-aspartic acid in the presence and absence of Ca 2+ in organic solvents, various energy interaction parameters like Slater-Condon ( FK), Racah ( Ek), Lande factor ( ξ4f), nephelauxetic ratio ( β), bonding ( b1/2), percentage-covalency ( δ) have been evaluated applying partial and multiple regression analysis. The values of oscillator strength ( P) and Judd-Ofelt electric dipole intensity parameter Tλ ( λ = 2, 4, 6) for different 4f-4f transitions have been computed. On analysis of the variation of the various energy interaction parameters as well as the changes in the oscillator strength ( P) and Tλ values reveal the mode of binding with different ligands.

Luminescence of Eu:Y3Al5O12, Eu:Lu3Al5O12, and Eu:GdAlO3 Nanocrystals Synthesized by Solution Combustion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vilejshikova, E. V.; Khort, A. A.; Podbolotov, K. B.; Loiko, P. A.; Shimanski, V. I.; Shashkov, S. N.; Yumashev, K. V.

2017-11-01

Nanocrystals of rare-earth garnets Y3Al5O12 and Lu3Al5O12 and perovskite GdAlO3 highly doped (10-20 at%) with Eu3+ are synthesized by the solution combustion technique and subsequent annealing in air at 800 and 1300oC. Their structure, morphology, and phase composition are studied. These materials exhibit intense red luminescence under UV excitation. Eu:GdAlO3 luminescence has CIE 1931 color coordinates (0.632, 0.368); dominant wavelength, 599.6 nm; and color purity, >99%. Judd-Ofelt parameters, luminescence branching ratios, and lifetimes of the Eu3+ 5D0 state are determined. The luminescence quantum yield for Eu:GdAlO3 (10 at%) reaches 74% with a lifetime of 1.4 ms for the 5D0 state. The synthesized materials are promising for red ceramic phosphors.

Spectroscopic study of trivalent praseodymium in barium yttrium fluoride

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bowlby, Brian Edward

1998-09-01

This work investigates the spectroscopic properties of trivalent praseodymium (Pr3+) in barium yttrium fluoride (BaY2F8). Two doping concentrations were studied: BaY2F8:Pr3+ (.3%) and BaY2F8:Pr3+ (1%). Absorption spectra were taken at 77K and 300K and these were then used to calculate the Judd-Ofelt coefficients for both samples. These coefficients were then used to calculate the theoretical lifetimes and radiative branching ratios for all manifolds. Continuous luminescence spectra and lifetime measurements were also performed, and from these, experimentally determined values for the branching ratio and lifetimes were determined. These were then compared to their theoretical counterparts. It was found that while the theory gave values that were qualitatively correct, the quantitative correlation between theory and experiment shows the complexity of the physical reality and the difficulty of synthesizing an encompassing theoretical model. Absorption spectra and continuous luminescence spectra were also used to determine the energy levels of all manifolds in both samples. A total of 59 energy levels in 11 manifolds were identified in the BaY2F8:Pr3+ (1%) sample, while 51 levels in 11 manifolds were identified in the BaY2F8:Pr3+ (.3%) sample. Finally, the effects of temperature on the line width and line position for several radiative transitions was studied. It was found that while most transitions exhibited the expected broadening and shifting towards longer wavelengths at higher temperatures (a 'red shift'), the transition from the 3P0 level to the 3H4 ground state showed a shift towards shorter wavelengths at higher temperature (a 'blue shift'). Again this highlights the complexity of the ion- host interaction.

Spectroscopic properties of Tm3+/Al3+ co-doped sol-gel silica glass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Xue; Lou, Fengguang; Wang, Shikai; Yu, Chunlei; Chen, Danping; Hu, Lili

2015-04-01

Tm3+/Al3+ co-doped silica glass was prepared by sol-gel method combined with high temperature sintering. Glasses with compositions of xTm2O3-15xAl2O3-(100 - 16x) SiO2 (in mol%, x = 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 0.8 and 1.0) were prepared. The high thulium doped silica glass was realized. Their spectroscopic parameters were calculated and analyzed by Judd-Ofelt theory. Large absorption cross section (4.65 × 10-21 cm2 at 1668 nm) and stimulated emission cross section (6.00 × 10-21 cm2 at 1812 nm), as well as low hydroxyl content (0.180 cm-1), long fluorescence lifetime (834 μs at 1800 nm), large σem × τrad (30.05 × 10-21 cm2 ms) and large relative intensity ratio of the 1.8 μm (3F4 → 3H6) to 1.46 (3H4 → 3F4) emissions (90.33) are achieved in this Tm3+/Al3+ co-doped silica glasses. According to emission characteristics, the optimum thulium doping concentration is around 0.8 mol%. The cross relaxation (CR) between ground and excited states of Tm3+ ions was used to explain the optimum thulium doping concentration. These results suggest that the sol-gel method is an effective way to prepare Tm3+ doped silica glass with high Tm3+ doping and prospective spectroscopic properties.

Photoluminescence varied by selective excitation in BiGdWO6:Eu3+ phosphor

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pavani, K.; Graça, M. P. F.; Kumar, J. Suresh; Neves, A. J.

2017-12-01

Eu3+ doped bismuth gadolinium tungstate (BGW), a simplest member of Aurivillius family of layered perovskites, was synthesized by solid-state reaction method. Structural characterisation has been performed by X-Ray diffraction (XRD), Raman spectroscopy, Fourier Transform Infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Band gap of the host matrix has been calculated using reflectance and absorption spectra. Three different mechanisms were found to explain the excitation of Eu3+ ions and are described in detail. Photoluminescence (PL) spectra of the BGW phosphor doped with Eu3+ ions consist of major emission lines associated with 5D0 → 7FJ (J = 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4) of Eu3+ ion. Site selective PL excitation and emission indicates that Eu3+ ions doped in BiGdWO6 are sensitive to the excitation wavelength without change in the structure. Change in emission spectra were observed when the excitation wavelength was changed. Judd-Ofelt (J-O) parameters were determined from the indirect method to interpret the interactions between the host and dopant ions along with detailed analysis of lifetime measurements.

UV light induced red emission in Eu3+-doped zincborophosphate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hima Bindu, S.; Siva Raju, D.; Vinay Krishna, V.; Rajavardhana Rao, T.; Veerabrahmam, K.; Linga Raju, Ch.

2016-12-01

This paper reports the preparation of transparent zincborophosphate (ZBP) glasses doped with Eu3+ ions by the conventional melt quenching technique. The prepared glasses were characterized using powder XRD, FTIR, optical absorption, photoluminescence and decay curves. Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters calculated under various constraints using absorption and emission spectra. These JO intensity parameters have been used to predict the radiative properties such as radiative life time, branching ratios and stimulated emission cross section of the 5D0→7FJ (J = 0-4) transitions. Decay curves for the 5D0 level of Eu3+ ions shows single exponential for all concentrations. Luminescence properties of 5D0→7F2 transitions of Eu3+ions have revealed that the present ZBP:Eu3+ glasses have significant in optical applications at around 613 nm. An intense red luminescence has been observed due to 5D0→7F2 transition of Eu3+ ion in these glasses. From the CIE color coordinate diagram, it is observed that the present glass system is prominent material for red emission.

Positive influence of Tm3+ on effective Er3+: 3 μm emission in fluoride glass under 980 nm excitation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huang, Feifei; Wang, Tao; Guo, Yanyan; Lei, Ruoshan; Xu, Shiqing

2017-05-01

Er3+ and Tm3+ singly doped and codoped new fluoride glasses were prepared by traditional melt-quenching method. Efficient 3 μm emission was obtained under 980 nm laser excitation. It is worthy to notice that one of the two ions can be the sensitizer to the other one by depressing the Er3+: 1.5 μm emission through the energy transfer process from Er3+:4I13/2 level to Tm3+:3F4 level. On the basis of measured absorption spectra, the Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters and radiation emission probability were calculated to evaluate the spectroscopic properties. Additionally, the micro-parameters together with the phonon assistance of Er3+:4I13/2 → Tm3+:3F4 and Er3+:4I11/2 → Tm3+:3H5 processes were quantitatively analyzed by using Dexter model. The theoretical micro-parameters results meet well with the experiments which indicates that Er3+/Tm3+ codoped fluoride glass is a potential kind laser glass for 3 μm laser.

Thermal, Spectral and Laser Properties of Er3+:Yb3+:GdMgB₅O10: A New Crystal for 1.5 μm Lasers.

PubMed

Huang, Yisheng; Yuan, Feifei; Sun, Shijia; Lin, Zhoubin; Zhang, Lizhen

2017-12-25

A novel laser crystal of Er 3+ :Yb 3+ :GdMgB₅O 10 with dimension of 26 × 16 × 12 mm³ was grown successfully from K₂Mo₃O 10 flux by the top seeded solution growth method. The thermal diffusivity and specific heat capacity were measured to calculate the thermal conductivity of the crystal. The absorption and fluorescence properties of the crystal at room temperature were investigated in detail. The Judd-Ofelt method was used to analyze the polarized absorption spectra. The emission cross-section of the ⁴I 13/2 →⁴I 15/2 transition was calculated by the Füchtbauer-Ladenburg formula and the relevant gain cross-sections were estimated. Continuous-wave laser output of 140 mW at 1569 nm with the slope efficiency of 17.8% was demonstrated in a plano-concave resonator. The results reveal that Er 3+ :Yb 3+ :GdMgB₅O 10 crystal is a promising material for 1.5 μm lasers.

Enhanced 1.32 μm fluorescence and broadband amplifying for O-band optical amplifier in Nd3+-doped tellurite glass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhou, Zi-zhong; Zhou, Ming-han; Su, Xiu-e.; Cheng, Pan; Zhou, Ya-xun

2017-01-01

WO3 oxides with relatively high phonon energy and different concentrations were introduced into the Nd3+-doped tellurite-based glasses of TeO2-ZnO-Na2O to improve the 1.32 μm band fluorescence emission. The absorption spectra, Raman spectra, 1.32 μm band fluorescence spectra and differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) curves were measured, together with the Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters, stimulated emission and gain parameters were calculated to evaluate the effects of WO3 amount on the glass structure and spectroscopic properties of 1.32 μm band fluorescence. It is shown that the introduction of an appropriate amount of WO3 oxide can effectively improve the 1.32 μm band fluorescence intensity through the enhanced multi-phonon relaxation (MPR) processes between the excited levels of Nd3+. The results indicate that the prepared Nd3+-doped tellurite glass with an appropriate amount of WO3 oxide is a potential gain medium applied for the O-band broad and high-gain fiber amplifier.

Enhanced frequency upconversion in Er3+-Yb3+ codoped heavy metal oxides based tellurite glasses.

PubMed

Azam, Mohd; Rai, Vineet Kumar

2018-01-24

The spectroscopic investigations on the Er 3+ /Yb 3+ ions doped/codoped TeO 2 -ZnO (TZ), TeO 2 -ZnO-WO 3 (TZW) and TeO 2 -ZnO-WO 3 -TiO 2 (TZWTi) heavy metal oxide (HMO) glasses have been made. The absorption, photoluminescence, decay curve and Judd-Ofelt analysis have been performed to optimise the optical properties of the Er 3+ /Yb 3+ ions. The effect of incorporation of HMOs like WO 3 and TiO 2 in the Er 3+ /Yb 3+ doped/codoped TZ glass on its optical properties have been investigated. The enhancement in upconversion emission intensity has been explained on the basis of efficient energy transfer and inhomogeneous local field generation around the rare earth ions. The spectroscopic quality factor, absorption and stimulated emission cross-sections, optical gain, quantum efficiency (∼17.53%), energy transfer efficiency (∼61.64%), colour purity (∼94.7%) and ionic nature of the bonding have been determined. The Er 3+ -Yb 3+ -TZWTi glass can be used in visible lasers, yellowish green optical devices and home appliances.

The enhanced and broadband near-infrared emission in Pr3+/Nd3+ co-doped tellurite glass

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhou, Zizhong; Zhou, Yaxun; Cheng, Pan; Zhou, Minghan; Su, Xiue; Li, Jun

2017-11-01

This paper reports an enhanced and broadband near-infrared fluorescence emission in the Pr3+/Nd3+ co-doped tellurite glass, which was prepared using melt-quenching technique. Under the excitation of 488 nm laser diode (LD), three near-infrared emission bands at around 0.9, 1.04 and 1.30 μm from 3P1,0 → 1G4, 1G4→3H4 and 1G4→3H5 radiative transitions respectively were observed in the Pr3+ single-doped glass, and the fluorescence intensities increased further with the introduction of Nd3+ ions, which is mainly attributed to the energy transfers from Nd3+ to Pr3+ emissions. Meanwhile, the spectral overlapping of Pr3+:1G4→3H4 and Nd3+:4F3/2 → 4I11/2 radiative transitions resulted in a broadband emission ranging from 1000 to 1100 nm, whose full-width at half-maximum (FWHM) reached about 66 nm. Additionally, the spectroscopic properties of Nd3+ and Pr3+ ions were analyzed using Judd-Ofelt theory and the thermal stability property of prepared glass was characterized by the differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) measurement, and larger than 134 °C for the difference ΔT(=Tx -Tg) was observed, which indicates its feasibility for later fiber drawing. The enhanced fluorescence and broadband emission indicate that Pr3+/Nd3+ co-doped tellurite glass can be applied in the near-infrared band tunable lasers and broadband optical amplifiers.

Enhanced luminescence behaviour of Eu3+ doped heavy metal oxide telluroborate glasses for Laser and LED applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pravinraj, S.; Vijayakumar, M.; Marimuthu, K.

2017-03-01

Effect on structural and spectroscopic behaviour caused by the replacement of lead cations with the aluminium cations in the Eu3+ doped heavy metal oxide borophosphate glasses have been studied with the chemical composition (55B2O3+19.5TeO2+10K2O+(15-x)PbO+xAl2O3+0.5Eu2O3 (where x=0, 2.5, 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5 and 15 in wt%) prepared by melt quenching technique. The FTIR and Raman spectral studies reveal the presence of various fundamental vibrational units and are used to identify the phonon energy of the title glasses. The positive values of bonding parameter (δ) indicate the formation of covalent bonds between the dopant (Eu3+) and the anions (O2-). Luminescence spectra of all the titled glasses exhibit five emission bands due to the electronic transitions of the trivalent europium ions. The radiative properties such as transition probability (A), stimulated emission cross-section (σpE) and branching ratio (βR) of the various emission transitions of the Eu3+ ions have been estimated using Judd-Ofelt (JO) theory. The characteristic emission was identified through CIE 1931 color chromaticity diagram and McCamy's formula have been used to estimate the correlated color temperature (CCT) using (x,y) chromaticity coordinates. The luminescence decay profile pertaining to the 5D0 metastable state of the Eu3+ ions exhibits single exponential behaviour uniformly for all the titled glasses and the experimental lifetime values were obtained following the curve fitting method.

Lasing transition at 1.06 μm emission in Nd3+ -doped borate-based tellurium calcium zinc niobium oxide glasses for high-power solid-state lasers.

PubMed

Ravi, O; Prasad, K; Jain, Rajiv; Venkataswamy, M; Chaurasia, Shivanand; Deva Prasad Raju, B

2017-08-01

The spectroscopic properties of Tellurium Calcium Zinc Niobium oxide Borate (TCZNB) glasses of composition (in mol%) 10TeO 2  + 15CaO + 5ZnO + 10 Nb 2 O 5  + (60 - x)B 2 O 3  + Nd 2 O 3 (x = 0.1, 0.5, 1.0 or 1.5 mol%) have been investigated experimentally. The three phenomenological intensity parameters Ω 2 , Ω 4, Ω 6 have been calculated using the Judd-Ofelt theory and in turn radiative properties such as radiative transition probabilities, emission cross-sections, branching ratios and radiative lifetimes have been estimated. The trend found in the JO intensity parameter is Ω 2  > Ω 6  > Ω 4 If Ω 6  > Ω 4 , the glass system is favourable for the laser emission 4 F 3 /2  →  4 I 11 /2 in the infrared (IR) wavelength. The experimental values of branching ratio of 4 F 3 /2  →  4 I 11 /2 transition indicate favourable lasing action with low threshold power. The evaluated total radiative transition probabilities (A T ), stimulated emission cross-section (σ e ) and gain bandwidth parameters (σ e  × Δλ p ) were compared with earlier reports. An energy level analysis has been carried out considering the experimental energy positions of the absorption and emission bands. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Judd's Debt to Wundt

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Dunkel, Harold B.

1977-01-01

Charles Judd identified closely with Wilhelm Wundt's philosophy and general psychological position. This article traces Judd's views on the American educational system in the early part of this century, some of the persistent themes that were part of Judd's thought, and Wundt's influence on Judd's thinking. Also discusses Judd's efforts to collect…

Effect of concentration variation on 2.0 µm emission of Ho3+-doped SiO2-Al2O3-Na2CO3-SrF2-CaF2 oxyfluorosilicate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gelija, Devarajulu; Borelli, Deva Prasad Raju

2018-02-01

The concentration variation of Ho3+ ion-doped SiO2-Al2O3-Na2CO3-SrF2-CaF2 glasses has been prepared by conventional melt quenching method. The thermal stability of 1 mol % of Ho3+-doped oxyfluorosilicate glass has been calculated using the differential thermal analysis (DTA) spectra. The phenomenological Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters Ωλ ( λ = 2, 4 and 6) were calculated for all concentrations of Ho3+ ions. The luminescence spectra in visible region of Ho3+ ion-doped glasses were recorded under the excitation wavelength of 452 nm. The spectra consists of several intense emission bands (5F4, 5S2) → 5I8 (547 nm), 5F3 → 5I8 (647 nm), 5F5 → 5I7 (660 nm) and (5F4, 5S2) → 5I7 (750 nm) in the range 500-780 nm. The fluorescence emission at ˜2.0 µm (5I7 → 5I8) was observed under the excitation of 488 nm Ar-ion laser. The stimulated emission cross section for 5I7 → 5I8 transition (˜2.0 µm) varies from 8.46 to 9.52 × 10-21 cm2, as calculated by the Fuchtbauer-Ladenburg (FL) theory. However, Mc-Cumber theory was used to calculate emission cross section values about 4.24-5.75 × 10-21 cm2 for the 5I7 → 5I8 transition in all concentrations of Ho3+-doped oxyfluorosilicate glasses. Therefore, these results reveal that the 0.5 mol % of Ho3+-doped oxyfluorosilicate glasses, exhibiting higher emission cross section, has potentially been used for laser applications at ˜ 2.0 µm.

Structural and optical properties of Dy3+ doped Aluminofluoroborophosphate glasses for white light applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vijayakumar, M.; Mahesvaran, K.; Patel, Dinesh K.; Arunkumar, S.; Marimuthu, K.

2014-11-01

Dy3+ doped Aluminofluoroborophosphate glasses (BPAxD) have been prepared following conventional melt quenching technique and their structural and optical properties were explored through XRD, FTIR, optical absorption, excitation, emission and decay measurements. The coexistence of BO3 groups in borate rich domain and BO4 groups in phosphate rich domain have been confirmed through vibrational energy analysis. Negative bonding parameter (δ) values indicate that, the metal-ligand environment in the prepared glasses is of ionic in nature. The oscillator strength and the luminescent intensity Ωλ (λ = 2, 4 and 6) parameters are calculated using Judd-Ofelt theory. The radiative properties such as transition probability (A), stimulated emission cross-section (σpE) and branching ratios (β) have been calculated using JO intensity parameters and compared with the reported Dy3+ doped glasses. Concentration effect on Y/B intensity ratios and the CIE chromaticity coordinates were calculated for the generation of white light from the luminescence spectra. The color purity and the correlated color temperature were also calculated and the results are discussed in the present work. The decay of the 4F9/2 excited level is found to be single exponential for lower concentration and become non-exponential for higher concentration. The non-exponential behavior arises due to the efficient energy transfer between the Dy3+ ions through various non-radiative relaxation channels and the decay of the 4F9/2 excited level have been analyzed with IH model. Among the prepared glasses, BPA0.5D glass exhibits higher σpE, βR, σpE×σpE, σpE×Δλeff and η values for the 6H13/2 emission band which in turn specifies its suitability for white LEDs, laser applications and optical amplifiers.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Fares, Hssen; Férid, Mokhtar; Elhouichet, Habib, E-mail: habib.elhouichet@fst.rnu.tn

Tellurite glasses doped Er³⁺ ions and containing Silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) are prepared using melt quenching technique. The nucleation and growth of Ag NPs were controlled by a thermal annealing process. The X-ray diffraction pattern shows no sharp peak indicating an amorphous nature of the glasses. The presence of Ag NPs is confirmed from transmission electron microscopy micrograph. Absorption spectra show typical surface plasmon resonance (SPR) band of Ag NPs within the 510–550 nm range in addition to the distinctive absorption peaks of Er³⁺ ions. The Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters, oscillator strengths, spontaneous transition probabilities, branching ratios, and radiative lifetimesmore » were successfully calculated based on the experimental absorption spectrum and the J-O theory. It was found that the presence of silver NPs nucleated and grown during the heat annealing process improves both of the photoluminescence (PL) intensity and the PL lifetime relative to the ⁴I 13/2 → ⁴I 15/2 transition. Optimum PL enhancement was obtained after 10 h of heat-treatment. Such enhancements are mainly attributed to the strong local electric field induced by SPR of silver NPs and also to energy transfer from the surface of silver NPs to Er³⁺ ions, whereas the quenching is ascribed to the energy transfer from Er³⁺ ions to silver NPs. Using the Mc Cumber method, absorption cross-section, calculated emission cross-section, and gain cross-section for the ⁴I 13/2 → ⁴I 15/2 transition were determined and compared for the doped and co-doped glasses. The present results indicate that the glass heat-treated for 10 h has good prospect as a gain medium applied for 1.53 μm band broad and high-gain erbium-doped fiber amplifiers.« less

Enhanced photoluminescence and thermal stability of divalent ions (Zn2+, Mg2+) assisted CaTiO3:Eu3+ perovskite phosphors for lighting applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Singh, Dhananjay Kumar; Manam, J.

2018-03-01

Current study proposes the improved red emission of Zn2+ and Mg2+ ions incorporated CaTiO3:Eu3+ phosphors synthesized via the well-known solid-state reaction method. Under the 397 nm UV excitation, the Zn2+- and Mg2+-incorporated CaTiO3:0.15Eu3+ phosphor having orthorhombic structure with space group Pbnm exhibited an intense red emission at 619 nm. This can be credited to the hypersensitive 5D0 → 7F2 transition of Eu3+ ions, which is also indicative of the fact that the Eu3+ ions populated the non-inversion symmetry sites in the CaTiO3 lattices. The optimized composition CaTiO3:0.15Eu3+, 0.20Zn2+ and CaTiO3:0.15Eu3+, 0.10Mg2+ phosphors, pronounces in a magnificent enhancement of PL intensity by 5.5 and 2.5 times, respectively, as compared to CaTiO3:0.15 Eu3+ phosphor. From the temperature-dependent emission spectra, ΔEa were enunciated to be 0.101 and 0.086 eV for CaTiO3:0.15Eu3+, 0.20Zn2+ and CaTiO3:0.15Eu3+, 0.10Mg2+ phosphors, respectively, for thermal quenching. In addition, it can be better understood as related to the adequate thermal stability of 60% even at 450 and 420 K, respectively. Furthermore, the Judd-Ofelt theory was used to study the radiative intensity parameters of Eu3+ ions in the CaTiO3 lattices. The experimental results incited the bright prospects of synthesized ceramics as a promising candidate for lighting applications.

Spectroscopic study of Pr3+ ions doped Zinc Lead Tungsten Tellurite glasses for visible photonic device applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sharma, Ritu; Rao, A. S.; Deopa, Nisha; Venkateswarlu, M.; Jayasimhadri, M.; Haranath, D.; Prakash, G. Vijaya

2018-04-01

Zinc Lead Tungsten Tellurite (ZnPbWTe) glasses doped with different Pr3+ ion concentrations having the composition 5ZnO + 15PbO + 20WO3 + (60-x)TeO2 + xPr6O11 (where x = 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2.0 and 2.5 mol%) were prepared by using sudden quenching technique and characterized to understand their visible emission characteristic features using spectroscopic techniques such as absorption, excitation and emission. The Judd-Ofelt (J-O) theory has been applied to the absorption spectral features with an aim to evaluate various radiative properties for the prominent fluorescent levels of Pr3+ions in the as-prepared glasses. The emission spectra recorded for the as-prepared glasses under 468 nm excitation show three prominent emission transitions 3P0→3H6, 3P0→3F2 and 3P1→3F4, of which 3P0→3F2 observed in visible red region (648 nm), is relatively more intense. The intensity of 3P0→3F2 emission transition in the titled glasses increases up to 1mol% of Pr3+ ions and beyond concentration quenching is observed. Branching ratios (βR) and emission cross-sections (σse) were estimated for 3P0→3F2 transition to understand the luminescence efficiency in visible red region (648 nm). The CIE chromaticity coordinates were also evaluated in order to understand the suitability of these glasses for visible red luminescence devices. From the emission cross-sections, quantum efficiency and CIE coordinates, it was concluded that 1mol% of Pr3+ ions in ZnPbWTe glasses are quite suitable for preparing visible reddish orange luminescent devices.

Luminescent Eu3+ doped Al6Ge2O13 crystalline compounds obtained by the sol gel process for photonics

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Maia, Lauro J. Q.; Faria Filho, Fausto M.; Gonçalves, Rogéria R.; Ribeiro, Sidney J. L.

2018-01-01

We synthesized pure and Eu3+ doped Al6Ge2O13 samples by an easy and low-cost sol-gel route using the GeO2, Al(NO3)3·9H2O and Eu(NO3)3·6H2O as precursors, tetramethylammonium hydroxide and ethanol as solvents. The Al6Ge2O13 crystalline phase possesses orthorhombic structure and is a potential host for rare earth ions, especially due to high aluminum concentration. Homogeneous and transparent sols and gels were obtained. The samples containing 1 mol% of Eu3+ were heat-treated at 1000 °C to eliminate organic compounds, providing high optical quality and structural purity. All materials were characterized by thermogravimetric and differential thermal analysis, X-ray diffraction, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, high resolution transmission electron microscopy, selected area electron diffraction, diffuse reflectance spectra in the ultraviolet-visible-near infrared regions and photoluminescence measurements. High purity of Eu3+ doped Al6Ge2O13 orthorhombic phase and well crystallized grain dimensions of around 100 nm was obtained with high red photoluminescence emission. The decay lifetime of 5D0 level from Eu3+ (the emission at 612 nm) was determined, being between 0.97 and 2.12 ms, and an average quantum efficiency of 54% was determined (considering the average experimental lifetime of 1.77 ms). Moreover, it was calculated and analyzed some parameters of Judd-Ofelt theory applied to Eu3+ emissions from Al6Ge2O13 host. The results show that Eu3+ doped Al6Ge2O13 crystalline compounds have large potential to be used in displays and LED devices.

Blue light emitting Y2O3:Tm3 + nanophosphors with tunable morphology obtained by bio-surfactant assisted sonochemical route

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Venkatachalaiah, K. N.; Nagabhushana, H.; Darshan, G. P.; Basavaraj, R. B.; Daruka Prasad, B.; Sharma, S. C.

2017-09-01

Modified sonochemical route was used to prepare Y2O3:Tm3+ (1-11 mol%) nanophosphor using Mimosa pudica (M.P.) leaves extract as bio-surfactant. The prepared samples were exhibited high crystalline nature with various morphologies. This was due to sonochemical experimental reaction took place between cavitation bubbles and nearby solution. The average crystallite sizes of the prepared samples were about 15 nm to 21 nm as obtained from PXRD and TEM analysis. The ultraviolet visible absorption spectra showed prominent bands with an energy gap varied from 5.73 eV to 5.84 eV. Photoluminescence (PL) emission spectra shows the prominent blue light emission peak at 456 nm attributed to 1D2 → 3F4 transitions of Tm3+ ions. Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters were estimated by using PL emission spectra. The photometric characteristics of the prepared compounds were very close to the blue color of NTSC standards. So the results were fruitful in making use of Y2O3:Tm3 + nanophosphor as an alternative material for effective blue component in WLED's.

Synthesis and Optical Spectroscopy of YPO4:Eu3+ Orange-Red Phosphors

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yahiaoui, Z.; Hassairi, M. A.; Dammak, M.

2017-08-01

YPO4: x mol.% Eu3+ phosphors with different dopant concentrations ( x = 3, 5, 8, 11, 13) have been synthesized via high-temperature solid-state reaction. X-ray diffraction analysis and Raman and infrared (IR) spectroscopy were applied for detailed structural characterization. Under excitation at wavelength of 395 nm, the photoluminescence spectra displayed the 5D0 → 7F J ( J = 1, 2, 3, 4) intra-4 f shell transitions related to Eu3+ ion. The radiative lifetime was estimated using the Ω 2 and Ω 4 Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters. The highest luminescence intensity was achieved for an optimal europium concentration of 11 mol.%. The critical energy-transfer distance for Eu3+ ions was evaluated to be 10.74 Å. We also studied the temperature-dependent photoluminescence and Commission Internationale de l'Éclairage chromaticity diagram. It was found that Eu3+-doped YPO4 exhibited good thermal stability and its emission intensity decreased slightly above room temperature. In addition, the color purity of this phosphor was as high as 91% for the YPO4:13% Eu3+ sample, making it a potential orange-red phosphor for application in ultraviolet-pumped white light-emitting diodes.

Structural and luminescence studies of Ho{sup 3+}-doped zinc-aluminium-sodium-phosphate (ZANP) glasses

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Brahmachary, K.; Rajesh, D.; Ratnakaram, Y. C., E-mail: ratnakaramsvu@gmail.com

Trivalent holmium doped zinc-aluminium-sodium-phosphate (ZANP) glasses were prepared by conventional melt-quenching technique and characterized for their structural and luminescence properties. The amorphous nature, elemental analysis and thermal stability of the glasses were studied by using X-ray diffraction, energy dispersive spectrum and differential scanning calorimetry analysis, respectively. The absorption and fluorescence spectra have been recorded at room temperature. Based on the absorption spectra, the Judd-Ofelt parameters and radiative parameters such as spontaneous transition probabilities (A{sub R}), branching ratios (β{sub R}), radiative lifetimes (τ{sub R}) were calculated and discussed. From the emission spectra emission peak positions (λ{sub P}), effective bandwidths (Δλ{sub eff})more » and stimulated emission cross-sections (σ{sub P}) were calculated for the observed emission transitions,{sup 5}S{sub 2} ({sup 5}F{sub 4}→{sup 5}I{sub 8}) and {sup 5}F{sub 5}→{sup 5}I{sub 8} in all the glass samples. The stimulated emission cross-section is higher for ZANPHo10 glass matrix and so it may be useful for laser excitation.« less

UV- Vis- NIR and luminescent characterization of PZCdO:Tm laser oxide glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Al-Assiri, M. S.; Algarni, H.; Reben, M.; Yousef, E.; Hegazy, H. H.; AbouDeif, Y. M.; Umar, Ahmad

2017-11-01

The luminescent oxide glasses with composition 50P2O5- 30ZnO- 20CdO (PZCdO pure) and 50P2O5- 30ZnO- 20CdO- 30000 ppm Tm2O3 (PZCdO:Tm) were synthesized by using melt- quenching technique. The optical energy gap and Urbach energy of these glasses were calculated by using UV-Vis-NIR spectroscopy. Judd- Ofelt parameters Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6, branching ratio, βR, and radiative lifetimes, τR, of Tm3+ ions doped PZCdO glasses were estimated. The spectroscopic results showed that the present glasses has the effective emission cross section bandwidth (Δλeff = 90 nm) and high stimulated emission cross-section (σem = 1.5 × 10-21 cm2). The blue up conversion emissions sharp band at 458 nm corresponding to transition 1D2 → 3F6 and weak emission band in NIR region assigned to 1G4→3H4 for the glasses PZCdO:Tm with UV- excited at 354 nm region were obtained. From result we can suggest that the present glasses can be used for blue light emitting diodes BLED chip.

Optical Features of Efficient Europium(III) Complexes with β-Diketonato and Auxiliary Ligands and Mechanistic Investigation of Energy Transfer Process.

PubMed

Bala, Manju; Kumar, Satish; Taxak, V B; Boora, Priti; Khatkar, S P

2016-09-01

Two new europium (III) complexes have been synthesized with 1,3-[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)]propane-1,3-dionato (HBMPD) as main ligand and 2,2'-bipyridyl (bipy) or 1,10-phenanthroline (phen) as an auxiliary ligand. The main ligand HBMPD has been synthesized by ecofriendly microwave approach and complexes by solution precipitation method. The resulting materials are characterized by IR, (1)H-NMR, elemental analysis, X-ray diffraction, UV-visible and TG-DTG techniques. The photoluminescence (PL) spectroscopy depicts the detail analysis of photophysical properties of the complexes, their results show that the ligand interact with Eu (III) ion which act as antenna and transfers the absorbed energy to the central europium(III) ion via sensitization process efficiently. As a consequence of this interaction, these materials exhibit excellent luminescent intensity, long decay time (τ), high quantum efficiency (η) and Judd-Ofelt intensity parameter (Ω2). The CIE coordinates fall under the deep red region, matching well with the NTSC (National Television Standard Committee) standard. Hence, these highly efficient optical materials can be used as a red component in organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs) and full color flat panel displays.

Luminescence properties of Eu3+ doped CdF2 single crystals

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Boubekri, H.; Diaf, M.; Guerbous, L.; Jouart, J. P.

2018-04-01

This paper reports the photoluminescence properties of Eu3+ doped CdF2 single crystals. The pulled crystals were prepared by use of the Bridgman technique from a vacuum furnace in fluoride atmosphere. Absorption, excitation and emission spectra of the crystal doped with three Eu3+ concentrations (0.02%, 0.1% and 0.6% mol.) were recorded at room temperature. The emission spectra exhibit a strong yellow and red emissions in the spectral range 550-720 nm which are assigned to 5D0 → 7FJ (J = 1, 2, 4) transitions and a weak infrared emission around 816 nm corresponding to 5D0 → 7F6 transition. The magnetic dipole emission (5D0 → 7F1) is the most intense for each Eu3+ concentration. The Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters Ω2, Ω4, Ω6 for 4f-4f transitions of Eu3+ ions were computed from the emission spectra using the 5D0 → 7FJ (J = 1, 2, 4, 6) transitions. Via these phenomenological intensity parameters, the spontaneous emission probabilities, branching ratios, radiative lifetimes, quantum efficiencies and emission cross-sections for the main Eu3+ emitting levels are evaluated.

Energy transfer characteristics of silicate glass doped with Er3+, Tm3+, and Ho3+ for ˜2 μm emission

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Ming; Liu, Xueqiang; Guo, Yanyan; Hu, Lili; Zhang, Junjie

2013-12-01

A Er3+/Tm3+/Ho3+ tri-doped silicate glass with good thermal stability is prepared by melt-quenching method. Efficient ˜2 μm emission is observed under 808 nm laser excitation. It is found that the 2.0 μm emission of Ho3+ can be enhanced under the excitation at 808 nm by incorporating Er3+ and Tm3+. Based on the measurement of absorption spectra, the Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters, radiation emission probability, and branching ratio are calculated to evaluate the spectroscopic properties simultaneously. The maximum value of emission cross section of Ho3+ is 3.54 × 10-21 cm2 at 2008 nm. Additionally, the phonon assistance and the micro-parameters in the energy transfer process are quantitatively analyzed by using Dexter model. The energy transfer coefficient from Tm3+ to Ho3+ can reach as high as 21.44 × 10-40 cm6/s, respectively. The emission property together with good thermal property indicates that Er3+/Tm3+/Ho3+ tri-doped silicate glass is a potential kind of laser glass for efficient 2 μm laser.

Spectroscopic properties of the 1.4 microm emission of Tm3+ ions in TeO2-WO3-PbO glasses.

PubMed

Balda, R; Lacha, L M; Fernández, J; Arriandiaga, M A; Fernández-Navarro, J M; Muñoz-Martin, D

2008-08-04

In this work, we report the spectroscopic properties of the infrared 3H4-->3F4 emission of Tm3+ ions in two different compositions of glasses based on TeO2, WO3, and PbO for three Tm2O3 concentrations (0.1,0.5, and 1 wt%). Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters have been determined and used to calculate the radiative transition probabilities and radiative lifetimes. The infrared emission at around 1490 nm corresponding to the 3H4-->F4 transition has two noticeable features if compared to fluoride glasses used for S-band amplifiers. On one hand, it is broader by nearly 30 nm, and on the other, the stimulated emission cross section is twice the value for fluoride glasses. Both the relative intensity ratio of the 1490 nm emission to 1820 nm and the measured lifetime of the 3H4 level decrease as concentration increases, due to the existence of energy transfer via cross-relaxation among Tm3+ ions. The analysis of the decays from the 3H4 level with increasing concentration indicates the presence of a dipole-dipole quenching process assisted by energy migration.

Luminescence performance of Eu{sup 3+} doped lead free zinc phosphate glasses for red emission

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Prasad, V. Reddy; Babu, S.; Ratnakaram, Y. C., E-mail: ratnakaramsvu@gmail.com

2016-05-06

Luminescence performance of zinc phosphate glasses containing Eu{sup 3+} ion with the chemical compositions (60-x)NH{sub 4}H{sub 2}PO{sub 4}-20ZnO-10BaF{sub 2}-10NaF-x Eu{sub 2}O{sub 3} (where x = 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 and 1.5 mol%) has been studied. The Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FT-IR) shows several vibrations bands. Luminescence spectra of these glasses exhibit characteristic emission of Eu{sup 3+} ion with an intense and most prominent red emission (614 nm) which is attributed to {sup 5}D{sub 0}→{sup 7}F{sub 2} transition. Judd-Ofelt (Ω{sub 2}, Ω{sub 4}) parameters have been evaluated from the luminescence intensity ratios of {sup 5}D{sub 0}→{sup 7}F{sub J} (where J = 2 and 4)more » to {sup 5}D{sub 0}→{sup 7}F{sub 1} transition as well as absorption spectra under different constraints. Using J-O parameters and excitation spectra, the radiative parameters are calculated for different Eu{sup 3+} doped glasses.« less

Europium(III)-doped A2Hf2O7 (A = Y, Gd, Lu) nanoparticles: Influence of annealing temperature, europium(III) concentration and host cation on the luminescent properties

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Papan, Jelena; Jovanović, Dragana J.; Vuković, Katarina; Smits, Krisjanis; Đorđević, Vesna; Dramićanin, Miroslav

2016-11-01

The detailed analyses of structure and luminescence of europium(III)-doped A2Hf2O7 (A = Y, Gd, Lu) nanoparticles is presented. Samples were prepared by time and cost effective combustion method that utilize polyethylene glycol both as a chelating agent and as a fuel, with different europium(III) concentrations (from 1 to 12 at.%), annealed at temperatures ranging from 800 to 1400 °C, and with alternating A3+ cation in the A2Hf2O7 host. Then, structural variations between materials were analysed by X-ray diffraction and structural refinement, while the changes in the luminescence were assessed from the Judd-Ofelt analyses of emission spectra. Nanoparticles prepared at the lowest temperature (800 °C) had the smallest particle size of ∼6 nm and showed the highest quantum efficiency when doped with 1 and 2 at.% of europium(III). Radiative transition rate and quantum efficiency of emission showed Lu2Hf2O7 > Gd2Hf2O7 > Y2Hf2O7 trend.

Effect of Bi2O3 on spectroscopic and structural properties of Er3+ doped cadmium bismuth borate glasses.

PubMed

Sanghi, S; Pal, I; Agarwal, A; Aggarwal, M P

2011-12-01

Glasses with composition 20CdO·xBi(2)O(3)·(79.5-x)B(2)O(3) (15≤x≤35, x in mol%) containing 0.5 mol% of Er(3+) ions were prepared by melt-quench technique (1150°C in air). The amorphous nature of the glasses was confirmed by X-ray diffraction. The spectroscopic properties of the glasses were investigated using optical absorption spectra and fluorescence spectra. The phenomenological Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters Ω(λ) (λ=2, 4, 6) were determined from the spectral intensities of absorption bands in order to calculate the radiative transition probability (A(R)), radiative life time (τ(R)), branching ratios (β(R)) for various excited luminescent states. Using the near infrared emission spectra, full width at half maxima (FWHM), stimulated emission cross-section (σ(e)) and figure of merit (FOM) were evaluated and compared with other hosts. Especially, the numerical values of these parameters indicate that the emission transition (4)I(13/2)→(4)I(15/2) at 1.506 μm in Er(3+)-doped cadmium bismuth borate glasses may be useful in optical communication. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Fluorescence properties and white light generation from Dy3+-doped niobium phosphate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Srihari, T.; Jayasankar, C. K.

2017-07-01

Niobium phosphate glasses (P2O5+Nb2O5+K2O + Al2O3+Dy2O3) doped with different concentrations of Dy3+ ions have been synthesized by melt quenching technique and characterized through structural and optical measurements to evaluate the fluorescence properties and find their suitability for white light emitting diodes (LEDs). Phonon energy and vibrational groups of the host matrix have been analyzed from Raman spectra. Judd-Ofelt analysis has been applied for 1.0 mol% Dy2O3-doped glass and inturn radiative properties have been evaluated for excited states of the Dy3+ ion. The higher value of stimulated emission cross-section (σe = 6.4 × 10-21 cm2) for the 4F9/2 → 6H13/2 level confirms its potentiality to be used as yellow laser. The decay curves exhibit non-exponential nature at higher concentrations (≥1 mol %) of Dy3+ ion. From the decay curve analysis, the quantum efficiency for the 4F9/2 level of 1.0 mol % Dy3+-doped glass is found to be 92%. The yellow to blue intensity ratios and chromaticity color co-ordinates are found to vary with Dy3+ ion concentrations/excitation wavelengths and are within the white light region.

An absorption spectral study of Nd (III) with glutathione (reduced), GSH in aqueous and aquated organic solvent in presence and absence of Zn (II)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mehta, Jignasu P.; Bhatt, Prashant N.; Misra, Sudhindra N.

2003-02-01

The coordination chemistry of glutathione (reduced) GSH is of great importance as it acts as an excellent model system for the binding of metal ions. The GSH complexation with metal ions is involved in the toxicology of different metal ions. Its coordination behaviour for soft metal ions and hard metal ions is found different because of the structure of GSH and its different potential binding sites. We have studied two chemically dissimilar metal ions viz. Nd (III) being hard metal ion, which will prefer hard donor sites like carboxylic groups, and Zn (II) the soft metal ion more suited to peptide-NH and sulfhydryl groups. The absorption difference and comparative absorption spectroscopy involving 4f-4f transitions of the heterobimetallic complexation of GSH with Nd (III) and Zn (II) has been explored in aqueous and aquated organic solvents. The changes in the oscillator strengths of different 4f-4f bands and Judd-Ofelt intensity (Tλ) parameters determined experimentally is being used to investigate the complexation of GSH. The in vivo intracellular complexation of GSH with Ca (II) in presence of Zn (II) ion has been mimicked through Nd (III)-GSH-Zn (II) absorption spectral studies in vitro.

Ce3+/Yb3+/Er3+ triply doped bismuth borosilicate glass: a potential fiber material for broadband near-infrared fiber amplifiers

PubMed Central

Chu, Yushi; Ren, Jing; Zhang, Jianzhong; Peng, Gangding; Yang, Jun; Wang, Pengfei; Yuan, Libo

2016-01-01

Erbium doped bismuth borosilicate (BBS) glasses, possessing the broadest 1.55 μm near infrared (NIR) emission band among oxide glasses, stand out as excellent fiber material for optical fiber amplifiers. In this work, we demonstrate that both broadened and enhanced NIR emission of Er3+ can be obtained by sensibly combining the effects such as mixed glass former effect, phonon-assisted energy transfer (PAET) and de-excitation effect induced by codopant. Specially, by codoping CeO2 in a controlled manner, it leads to not only much improved optical quality of the glasses, enhanced NIR emission, but also significantly suppressed energy transfer up-conversion (ETU) luminescence which is detrimental to the NIR emission. Cerium incorporated in the glasses exists overwhelmingly as the trivalent oxidation state Ce3+ and its effects on the luminescence properties of Er3+ are discussed. Judd-Ofelt analysis is used to evaluate gain amplification of the glasses. The result indicates that Ce3+/Yb3+/Er3+ triply doped BBS glasses are promising candidate for erbium doped fiber amplifiers. The strategy described here can be readily extended to other rare-earth ions (REs) to improve the performance of REs doped fiber lasers and amplifiers. PMID:27646191

2.7 μm emission properties of Er3+ doped tungsten-tellurite glass sensitized by Yb3+ ions.

PubMed

Guo, Yanyan; Ma, Yaoyao; Huang, Feifei; Peng, Yapei; Zhang, Liyan; Zhang, Junjie

2013-07-01

With a 980 nm laser diode (LD) pumped, the sensitized effect of Yb(3+) ions on 2.7 μm emission properties and energy transfer mechanism in Yb(3+)/Er(3+) co-doped tungsten-tellurite glass were investigated in present paper. Based on absorption spectra, Judd-Ofelt parameters and radiative transition probabilities were calculated and analyzed. The emission spectra were tested and the optimized concentration ratio of Yb(3+) to Er(3+) ions was found to be 3:0.5 with a largest calculated emission cross-section (6.05×10(-21) cm(2)) corresponding to Er(3+):(4)I11/2→(4)I13/2 transition. When the concentration ratio of Yb(3+) to Er(3+) ions was 4:0.5, 1.5 μm and 2.7 μm emission decreased while up-conversion increased. The decreased 1.5 μm and 2.7 μm emission were induced by the saturation of Er(3+):(4)I13/2 level. In brief, the advantageous spectroscopic characteristics indicated that Yb(3+)/Er(3+) co-doped tungsten-tellurite glass may be a promising candidate for application of 2.7 μm emission. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Novel EGCG assisted ultrasound synthesis of self-assembled Ca2SiO4:Eu(3+) hierarchical superstructures: Photometric characteristics and LED applications.

PubMed

Venkataravanappa, M; Nagabhushana, H; Darshan, G P; Daruka Prasad, B; Vijayakumar, G R; Premkumar, H B; Udayabhanu

2016-11-01

This paper reports for the first time ultrasound, EGCG assisted synthesis of pure and Eu(3+) (1-5mol%) activated Ca2SiO4 nanophosphors having self-assembled superstructures with high purity. The shape, size and morphology of the product were tuned by controlling influential parameters. It was found that morphology was highly dependent on EGCG concentration, sonication time, pH and sonication power. The probable formation mechanism for various hierarchical superstructures was proposed. The PL studies of Ca2SiO4:Eu(3+) phosphors can be effectively excited by the near ultraviolet (UV) (396nm) light and exhibited strong red emission around 613nm, which was attributed to the Eu(3+) ((5)D0→(7)F2) transition. The concentration quenching phenomenon was explained based on energy transfer between defect and Eu(3+) ions, electron-phonon coupling and Eu(3+)-Eu(3+) interaction. The Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters and radiative properties were estimated by using PL emission spectra. The photometric studies indicate that the obtained phosphors could be a promising red component for possible applications in the field of white light emitting diodes. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Absorption spectral analysis of 4f-4f transitions for the complexation of Pr(III) and Nd(III) with thiosemicarbazide in absence and presence of Zn(II) in aqueous and organic solvents

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Anita, K.; Rajmuhon Singh, N.

2011-10-01

The complexation of thiosemicarbazide with Pr(III) and Nd(III) in absence and presence of Zn(II), a soft metal ion in aqueous and organic solvents like CH 3OH,CH 3CN, dioxane (C 4H 8O 2) and DMF (C 3H 7NO) and their equimolar mixtures are discussed by employing absorption difference and comparative absorption spectrophotometry. Complexation of thiosemicarbazide with Pr(III) and Nd(III) is indicated by the changes in the absorption intensity following the subsequent changes in the oscillator strength of different 4f-4f bands and Judd-Ofelt intensity ( Tλ) parameters. The other spectral parameters like energy interaction parameters namely Slater-Condon ( Fk), Racah ( Ek), Lande ( ξ4f), Nephelauxetic ratio ( β) and bonding parameters ( b1/2) are further computed to explain the nature of complexation. The difference in the energy parameters with respect to donor atoms and solvents reveal that the chemical environment around the lanthanide ions has great impact on f-f transition and any change in the environment result in modification of the spectra. Various solvents and their equimolar mixtures are also used to discuss the participation of solvents in the complexation.

Driving the photoluminescent and structural properties of X2-Y2SiO5 by varying the dopant Dy3+ concentration towards cool WLED applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ramakrishna, G.; Nagabhushana, H.; Hareesh, K.; Sunitha, D. V.

2017-07-01

Dy3+ doped Y2SiO5 nanophosphors were synthesized by solution combustion technique using Calotropis gigantean milk latex and NaCl as fuel and flux respectively. Powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD) confirmed the formation of monoclinic X2-phase Y2SiO5 belonging to the phase group C2/c. Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) shows characteristic metal-oxygen (Y-O) vibration band at 721 cm-1. Transmission electron microscopic (TEM) and Scanning electron microscopic (SEM) morphological feature exhibits non-uniform almost spherical shaped nanosized particles. The photoluminescence (PL) emission peaks, recorded at 388 nm, showed radiative emissions at 483, 575 and 636 nm respectively. Judd-Ofelt (JO) analysis was carried out to estimate the radiative (AR) properties, radiative life time (τR), branching ratio (βR) and stimulated emission crossection (σλp). The CIE and CCT was estimated using McCamy empirical formula. In the beginning, the CIE co-ordinate values were lying in the light blue region. However, with increase in Dy3+ concentration the values shifted towards white region. CCT value was found to be ∼6984 K. Therefore, Y2SiO5:Dy3+ (9 mol%) can be used for cool day light and WLED applications.

Investigation of luminescence and laser transition of Dy3+ ion in P2O5sbnd PbOsbnd Bi2O3sbnd R2O3 (R = Al, Ga, In) glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ram, G. Chinna; Narendrudu, T.; Suresh, S.; Kumar, A. Suneel; Rao, M. V. Sambasiva; Kumar, V. Ravi; Rao, D. Krishna

2017-04-01

P2O5sbnd PbOsbnd Bi2O3sbnd R2O3 (R = Al, Ga, In) glasses doped with Dy2O3 were prepared by melt quenching technique. The prepared glasses were characterized by XRD, optical absorption, FTIR, luminescence studies. Judd-Ofelt parameters have been evaluated for three glass systems from optical absorption spectra and in turn radiative parameters for excited luminescent levels of Dy3+ ion are also calculated. Emission cross section and branching ratio values are observed to high for 6H13/2 level for Dy3+ ion. The yellow to blue intensity ratios and CIE chromaticity coordinates were calculated. Decay curves exhibit non exponential behavior. Quantum efficiency of prepared glasses was measured by using radiative and calculated life times. IR studies, J-O parameters and Y/B ratio values indicate that more asymmetry around Dy3+ ions in Ga2O3 mixed glass was observed. Chromaticity coordinates lie near ideal white light region. These coordinates and CCT values have revealed that all the prepared glasses emit quality white light especially the glasses mixed with Ga2O3 are suitable for development of white LEDs.

Spectroscopic investigation of zinc tellurite glasses doped with Yb(3+) and Er(3+) ions.

PubMed

Bilir, Gökhan; Kaya, Ayfer; Cinkaya, Hatun; Eryürek, Gönül

2016-08-05

This paper presents a detailed spectroscopic investigation of zinc tellurite glasses with the compositions (0.80-x-y) TeO2+(0.20) ZnO+xEr2O3+yYb2O3 (x=0, y=0; x=0.004, y=0; x=0, y=0.05 and x=0.004, y=0.05 per moles). The samples were synthesized by the conventional melt quenching method. The optical absorption and emission measurements were conducted at room temperature to determine the spectral properties of lanthanides doped zinc tellurite glasses and, to study the energy transfer processes between dopant lanthanide ions. The band gap energies for both direct and indirect possible transitions and the Urbach energies were measured from the absorption spectra. The absorption spectra of the samples were analyzed by using the Judd-Ofelt approach. The effect of the ytterbium ions on the emission properties of erbium ions was investigated and the energy transfer processes between dopant ions were studied by measuring the up-conversion emission properties of the materials. The color quality parameters of obtained visible up-conversion emission were also determined as well as possibility of using the Er(3+) glasses as erbium doped fiber amplifiers at 1.55μm in infrared emission region. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Optical spectroscopy of lanthanide ions in ZnO-TeO2 glasses.

PubMed

Rolli, R; Wachtler, K; Wachtler, M; Bettinelli, M; Speghini, A; Ajò, D

2001-09-01

Zinc tellurite glasses of compositions 19ZnO-80TeO2-1Ln2O3 with Ln = Eu, Er, Nd and Tm were prepared by melt quenching. The absorption spectra were measured and from the experimental oscillator strengths of the f-->f transitions the Judd-Ofelt parameters ohm(lambda) were obtained. The values of the ohm(lambda) parameters are in the range usually observed for oxide glasses. For Nd3+ and Er3+, luminescence spectra in the near infrared were measured and the stimulated emission cross sections sigma(p) were evaluated for some laser transitions. The high values of sigma(p), especially for Nd3+, make them possible candidates for optical applications. Fluorescence line narrowing (FLN) spectra of the Eu3+ doped glass were measured at 20 K, and the energies of the Stark components of the 7F1 and 7F2 states were obtained. A crystal field analysis was carried out assuming a C2v site symmetry. The behaviour of the crystal field ratios B22/B20 and B44/B40 agrees reasonably well with the values calculated using the geometric model proposed by Brecher and Riseberg. The crystal field strength at the Eu3+ sites appears to be very low compared to other oxide glasses.

Investigation of mid-infrared emission characteristics and energy transfer dynamics in Er3+ doped oxyfluoride tellurite glass

PubMed Central

Chen, Fangze; Wei, Tao; Jing, Xufeng; Tian, Ying; Zhang, Junjie; Xu, Shiqing

2015-01-01

Er3+ doped oxyfluoride tellurite glasses have been prepared. Three Judd-Ofelt parameters Ωt (t = 2, 4, 6) and radiative properties are calculated for prepared glasses. Emission characteristics are analyzed and it is found that prepared glasses possess larger calculated predicted spontaneous transition probability (39.97 s−1), emission cross section σem (10.18 × 10−21 cm2) and σem × Δλeff (945.32 × 10−28 cm3), corresponding to the 2.7 μm emission of Er3+: 4I11/2→ 4I13/2 transition. The results suggest that the prepared glasses might be appropriate optical material for mid-infrared laser application. Moreover, rate equation analysis which is rarely used in bulk glass has been carried out to explain the relationship between emission intensity and Er3+ concentration. The calculation results show that with the increment of Er3+ concentration, the energy transfer up-conversion rate of 4I13/2 state increases while the rate of 4I11/2 state reduces, resulting in the change of 2.7 μm emission. PMID:26032900

Spectroscopic investigation of zinc tellurite glasses doped with Yb3 + and Er3 + ions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bilir, Gökhan; Kaya, Ayfer; Cinkaya, Hatun; Eryürek, Gönül

2016-08-01

This paper presents a detailed spectroscopic investigation of zinc tellurite glasses with the compositions (0.80 - x - y) TeO2 + (0.20) ZnO + xEr2O3 + yYb2O3 (x = 0, y = 0; x = 0.004, y = 0; x = 0, y = 0.05 and x = 0.004, y = 0.05 per moles). The samples were synthesized by the conventional melt quenching method. The optical absorption and emission measurements were conducted at room temperature to determine the spectral properties of lanthanides doped zinc tellurite glasses and, to study the energy transfer processes between dopant lanthanide ions. The band gap energies for both direct and indirect possible transitions and the Urbach energies were measured from the absorption spectra. The absorption spectra of the samples were analyzed by using the Judd-Ofelt approach. The effect of the ytterbium ions on the emission properties of erbium ions was investigated and the energy transfer processes between dopant ions were studied by measuring the up-conversion emission properties of the materials. The color quality parameters of obtained visible up-conversion emission were also determined as well as possibility of using the Er3 + glasses as erbium doped fiber amplifiers at 1.55 μm in infrared emission region.

Role of Er3+ concentration in high-resolution spectra of BaY2 F8 single crystals

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Baraldi, A.; Capelletti, R.; Mazzera, M.; Ponzoni, A.; Amoretti, G.; Magnani, N.; Toncelli, A.; Tonelli, M.

2005-08-01

Fourier transform absorption spectroscopy with a resolution as fine as 0.02cm-1 was applied to Er3+ -doped monoclinic BaY2F8 laser crystals in a wide wave number range (500-24000cm-1) and in the temperature range 9-300 K. The careful analysis of the complex narrow line spectra induced by Er3+ allowed us to determine with high accuracy the crystal field splitting of the fundamental I15/24 and of the excited I13/24 , I11/24 , I9/24 , F9/24 , S3/24 , H11/22 , F7/24 , F5/24 , and F3/24 manifolds. On the basis of the experimental data, the crystal-field parameters were determined and Newman’s superposition model was applied: in this way a slight displacement of Er3+ with respect to the Y3+ position was foreseen. The Judd-Ofelt parameters were evaluated: the lifetime values deduced from them were compared to the experimental ones and discussed. The effects caused by increasing Er3+ concentrations (0.5%, 2%, 12%, and 20% atomic fraction) were studied in detail. The new lines, the line broadening, and the line-shape changes were explained in terms of Er3+-Er3+ interaction.

Comparative 4f-4f absorption spectral study for the interactions of Nd(III) with some amino acids: Preliminary thermodynamics and kinetic studies of interaction of Nd(III):glycine with Ca(II)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Moaienla, T.; Bendangsenla, N.; David Singh, Th.; Sumitra, Ch.; Rajmuhon Singh, N.; Indira Devi, M.

2012-02-01

Spectral analysis of Nd(III) complexes with some amino acids viz.; glycine, L-alanine, L-phenylalanine and L-aspartic acid in the presence and absence of Ca 2+ was carried out in some organic solvents; CH 3OH, CH 3CN, DMF and dioxane using comparative absorption spectra of 4f-4f transitions. The study was carried out by evaluating various energy interaction parameters like Slator-Condon ( Fk), Lande factor ( ξ4f), nephelauxetic ratio ( β), bonding parameter ( b1/2), percent-covalency ( δ) by applying partial and multiple regression analysis. The values of oscillator strength ( Pobs) and Judd-Ofelt electric dipole intensity parameter Tλ ( λ = 2, 4, 6) for different 4f-4f transitions have been calculated. On analysis of the variation of the various energy interaction parameters as well as the changes in the oscillator strength ( Pobs) and Tλ values, reveal the mode of binding with the different ligands. Kinetic studies for the complexation of Nd(III):glycine:Ca(II) have also been discussed at different temperatures in DMF medium and from it the values of activation energy ( Ea) and thermodynamic parameters like Δ H°, Δ S° and Δ G° for the complexation are evaluated.

Gamma radiation induced changes in nuclear waste glass containing Eu

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mohapatra, M.; Kadam, R. M.; Mishra, R. K.; Kaushik, C. P.; Tomar, B. S.; Godbole, S. V.

2011-10-01

Gamma radiation induced changes were investigated in sodium-barium borosilicate glasses containing Eu. The glass composition was similar to that of nuclear waste glasses used for vitrifying Trombay research reactor nuclear waste at Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, India. Photoluminescence (PL) and electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) techniques were used to study the speciation of the rare earth (RE) ion in the matrix before and after gamma irradiation. Judd-Ofelt ( J- O) analyses of the emission spectra were done before and after irradiation. The spin counting technique was employed to quantify the number of defect centres formed in the glass at the highest gamma dose studied. PL data suggested the stabilisation of the trivalent RE ion in the borosilicate glass matrix both before and after irradiation. It was also observed that, the RE ion distributes itself in two different environments in the irradiated glass. From the EPR data it was observed that, boron oxygen hole centre based radicals are the predominant defect centres produced in the glass after irradiation along with small amount of E’ centres. From the spin counting studies the concentration of defect centres in the glass was calculated to be 350 ppm at 900 kGy. This indicated the fact that bulk of the glass remained unaffected after gamma irradiation up to 900 kGy.

Optical studies of Sm³⁺ ions doped zinc alumino bismuth borate glasses.

PubMed

Swapna, K; Mahamuda, Sk; Srinivasa Rao, A; Shakya, S; Sasikala, T; Haranath, D; Vijaya Prakash, G

2014-05-05

Zinc Alumino Bismuth Borate (ZnAlBiB) glasses doped with different concentrations of samarium (Sm(3+)) ions were prepared by using melt quenching technique and characterized for their lasing potentialities in visible region by using the techniques such as optical absorption, emission and emission decay measurements. Radiative properties for various fluorescent levels of Sm(3+) ions were estimated from absorption spectral information using Judd-Ofelt (JO) analysis. The emission spectra and con-focal photoluminescence images obtained by 410 nm laser excitation demonstrates very distinct and intense orange-red emission for all the doped glasses. The suitable concentration of Sm(3+) ions in these glasses to act as an efficient lasing material has been discussed by measuring the emission cross-section and branching ratios for the emission transitions. The quantum efficiencies were also been estimated from emission decay measurements recorded for the (4)G5/2 level of Sm(3+) ions. From the measured emission cross-sections, branching ratios, strong photoluminescence features and CIE chromaticity coordinates, it was found that 1 mol% of Sm(3+) ions doped ZnAlBiB glasses are most suitable for the development of visible orange-red lasers. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Effect of Ga2O3 on the spectroscopic properties of erbium-doped boro-bismuth glasses.

PubMed

Ling, Zhou; Ya-Xun, Zhou; Shi-Xun, Dai; Tie-Feng, Xu; Qiu-Hua, Nie; Xiang, Shen

2007-11-01

The spectroscopic properties and thermal stability of Er3+-doped Bi2O3-B2O3-Ga2O3 glasses are investigated experimentally. The effect of Ga2O3 content on absorption spectra, the Judd-Ofelt parameters Omega t (t=2, 4, 6), fluorescence spectra and the lifetimes of Er3+:4I 13/2 level are also investigated, and the stimulated emission cross-section is calculated from McCumber theory. With the increasing of Ga2O3 content in the glass composition, the Omega t (t=2, 4, 6) parameters, fluorescence full width at half maximum (FWHM) and the 4I 13/2 lifetimes of Er3+ first increase, reach its maximum at Ga2O3=8 mol.%, and then decrease. The results show that Er3+-doped 50Bi2O3-42B2O3-8Ga2O3 glass has the broadest FWHM (81nm) and large stimulated emission cross-section (1.03 x1 0(-20)cm2) in these glass samples. Compared with other glass hosts, the gain bandwidth properties of Er+3-doped Bi2O3-B2O3-Ga2O3 glass is better than tellurite, silicate, phosphate and germante glasses. In addition, the lifetime of 4I 13/2 level of Er(3+) in bismuth-based glass, compared with those in other glasses, is relative low due to the high-phonon energy of the B-O bond, the large refractive index of the host and the existence of OH* in the glass. At the same time, the glass thermal stability is improved in which the substitution of Ga2O3 for B2O3 strengthens the network structure. The suitability of bismuth-based glass as a host for a Er3+-doped broadband amplifier and its advantages over other glass hosts are also discussed.

Structural and luminescence behavior of Er(3+) ions doped Barium tellurofluoroborate glasses.

PubMed

Annapoorani, K; Maheshvaran, K; Arunkumar, S; Suriya Murthy, N; Marimuthu, K

2015-01-25

Er(3+) doped Barium tellurofluoroborate glasses (BTFBxE) with the chemical composition (30-x)TeO2+30B2O3+20BaO+20BaF+xEr2O3 (where x=0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 in wt%) were prepared following the melt quenching technique. The different vibrational modes of borates and tellurites in the prepared glasses were explored through FTIR and Raman spectra. The optical absorption spectra have been used to determine the ionic/covalent nature of the metal-ligand bond in the prepared glasses with the help of Nephelauxetic ratio (β) and bonding parameter (δ) studies. The optical band gap of direct and indirect allowed transitions were determined from Tauc's plot and the variations of band gap energy with structural arrangements were discussed. The Urbach energy values were determined and the relatively lower values of the Urbach's energy reveal the minimal degree of disorderness in the prepared glasses. The oscillator strengths (fexp and fcal) and Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters (Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6) were calculated with the application of JO theory and the trends of the JO intensity parameters are found to be Ω2>Ω6>Ω4 for all the prepared glasses with a minimum variation in Ω2 intensity parameter values. A bright green emission was observed from the (2)H11/2+(4)S3/2→ (4)I15/2 transition and the radiative properties such as transition probability (A), stimulated emission cross-section (σP(E)), branching ratio (βr) and radiative lifetime (τ) were calculated using the JO parameters. The suitability of the prepared glasses for the fabrication of photonic devices were also discussed and reported in the present work. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Optical and spectroscopic properties of neodymium doped cadmium-sodium borate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mohan, Shaweta; Thind, Kulwant Singh

2017-10-01

Neodymium doped cadmium sodium borate glasses having composition xCdO-(40-x) Na2CO3-59.5H3BO3-0.5Nd2O3; x = 10, 20 and 30 mol% were prepared by conventional melt-quenching technique. X-ray diffraction studies confirmed the amorphous nature of the prepared glasses. Conventional methods were used to determine the physical properties such as density, molar volume, refractive index, and rare earth ion concentration. The Judd-Ofelt theory was applied on the optical absorption spectra of the glasses to evaluate the three phenomenological intensity parameters Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6. The calculated intensity parameters were further used to predict the radiative transition probability (A), radiative lifetime (τR) and branching ratio (βR) for the various fluorescent levels of Nd3+ ion in the prepared glass series. The effect of the compositional changes on the spectroscopic characteristics of Nd3+ ions have been studied and reported. The value of Ω2 is found to decrease with the decrease in the sodium content and the corresponding increase in the cadmium content. This can be ascribed to the changes in the asymmetry of the ligand field at the rare earth ion site and the change in rare earth oxygen (RE-O) covalency. Florescence spectra has been used to determine the peak wavelength (λp), effective line widths (Δλeff) and stimulated emission cross-section (σp) for the 4F3/2 → 4I9/2,4I11/2,4I13/2 transitions of the Nd3+ ion. The reasonably higher values of branching ratios and stimulated emission cross-section for the prepared glasses points towards the efficacy of these glasses as laser host materials. However, the glass with more sodium content is found to show better lasing properties.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Zhou Bo; Pun, Edwin Yue-Bun; Yang Dianlai

Ho{sup 3+}-doped and Ho{sup 3+}/Yb{sup 3+}-codoped lead bismuth gallate (PBG) oxide glasses were prepared and their spectroscopic properties were investigated. The derived Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters (OMEGA{sub 2}=6.81x10{sup -20} cm{sup 2}, OMEGA{sub 4}=2.31x10{sup -20} cm{sup 2}, and OMEGA{sub 6}=0.67x10{sup -20} cm{sup 2}) indicate a higher asymmetry and stronger covalent environment for Ho{sup 3+} sites in PBG glass compared with those in tellurite, fluoride (ZBLAN), and some other lead-contained glasses. Intense frequency upconversion emissions peaking at 547, 662, and 756 nm as well as infrared emissions at 1.20 and 2.05 mum in Ho{sup 3+}/Yb{sup 3+}-codoped PBG glass were observed, confirming that energymore » transfer between Yb{sup 3+} and Ho{sup 3+} takes place, and a two-phonon-assisted energy transfer from Yb{sup 3+} to Ho{sup 3+} ions was determined by the calculation using phonon sideband theory. The 1.20 mum emission observed was primarily due to the weak multiphonon deexcitation originated from the small phonon energy of PBG glass (approx535 cm{sup -1}). A large product of emission cross-section and measured lifetime (9.93x10{sup -25} cm{sup 2} s) was obtained for the 1.20 mum emission and the gain coefficient dependence on wavelength with population inversion rate (P) was performed. The peak emission cross-section for 2.05 mum emission was calculated to be 4.75x10{sup -21} cm{sup 2}. The relative mechanism of Ho{sup 3+}-doped and Ho{sup 3+}/Yb{sup 3+}-codoped PBG glasses on their spectroscopic properties was also discussed. Our results suggest that Ho{sup 3+}/Yb{sup 3+}-doped PBG glasses are a good potential candidate for the frequency upconversion devices and infrared amplifiers/lasers.« less

Spectroscopic properties of Sm3 + ions doped Alkaliborate glasses for photonics applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nagaraj, R.; Suthanthirakumar, P.; Vijayakumar, R.; Marimuthu, K.

2017-10-01

A new series of Sm3 + doped alkaliborate glasses have been prepared by melt quenching technique and their structural and spectroscopic properties were analysed employing XRD, FTIR, optical absorption, photoluminescence and decay spectral measurements in order to explore their suitability for photonic applications. The amorphous nature have been confirmed through XRD analysis and the FTIR spectra reveal the presence of fundamental stretching and bending vibrations of the borate networks in the prepared glasses. From the absorption peak positions, bonding parameter (δ) values were calculated to examine the nature of the metal-ligand bond. The optical band gap (Eopt) corresponds to the direct and indirect allowed transitions and the Urbach energies (ΔE) were calculated from the absorption spectra to understand the electronic band structure of the studied glasses. The Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters Ωλ (λ = 2, 4 and 6) were determined to explore the symmetry of the ligand environment around the Sm3 + ions in the studied glasses. The luminescence spectra exhibit four emission bands in the visible region due to the 4G5/2 → 6H5/2, 6H7/2, 6H9/2 and 6H11/2 transitions. The radiative parameters such as transition probability (A), stimulated emission cross-section (σPE), branching ratios (βR) and radiative lifetime (τR) have been determined from the luminescence spectra using JO theory to ensure the suitability of the studied glasses for optoelectronic applications. The luminescence spectra were characterized through CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram to examine the dominant emission color of the studied glasses. The lifetime values of the Sm3 + doped studied glasses pertaining to the 4G5/2 excited level have been determined through decay curve measurements and the non-exponential decay curves were fitted to the Inokuti-Hirayama model to analyze the energy transfer mechanism between the nearby Sm3 + ions. The obtained results were discussed and compared with the similar reported glasses.

Structural, thermal and optical investigations of Dy3+ ions doped lead containing lithium fluoroborate glasses for simulation of white light

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zulfiqar Ali Ahamed, Sd.; Madhukar Reddy, C.; Deva Prasad Raju, B.

2013-05-01

Lead containing barium zinc lithium fluoroborate (LBZLFB) glasses doped with different concentrations of trivalent dysprosium ions were synthesized by conventional melt quenching method and characterized through the XRD, DSC, FTIR, FT-Raman, optical absorption, photoluminescence and decay curve analysis. X-ray diffraction studies revealed amorphous nature of the studied glass matrices. The thermal behavior has been reported by recording DSC thermograms. Coexistence of trigonal BO3 and tetrahedral BO4 units was evidenced by IR and Raman spectroscopy. Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters have been evaluated for 1.0 mol% Dy3+ ions doped LBZLFB glass. The measuring branching ratios are reasonably high for transitions 4F9/2 → 6H15/2 and 6H13/2 suggesting that the emission at 486 and 577 nm, respectively can give rise to lasing action in the visible region. From the visible emission spectra, the yellow to blue (Y/B) intensity ratios and chromaticity color coordinates were estimated. A combination of blue and yellow emissions has emerged in the glasses, which allows the observation of white light when the glasses are excited by the ultraviolet/blue light. These Dy3+ doped glasses are studied for their utility for white light generation under 454 nm excitation and the present LBZLFB glass is more suitable for generation of white light for blue LED chips.

Optical properties of Sm3+ -doped TeO2sbnd WO3sbnd GeO2 glasses for solid state lasers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Subrahmanyam, T.; Gopal, K. Rama; Suvarna, R. Padma; Jamalaiah, B. Chinna; Rao, Ch Srinivasa

2018-03-01

Sm3+ -doped oxyfluoride tellurite-tungsten (TWGSm) glasses were prepared by conventional melt quenching method. The optical properties were investigated through photoluminescence excitation, emission and luminescence decay analysis. The optical band gap energy was determined as ∼3.425 eV for 1.0 mol% of Sm3+ -doped TWGSm glass. Upon 404 nm excitation, the TWGSm glasses emit luminescence through 4G5/2 → 6H5/2 (563 nm), 4G5/2 → 6H7/2 (600 nm), 4G5/2 → 6H9/2 (645 nm) and 4G5/2 → 6H11/2 (705 nm) transitions. The Judd-Ofelt analysis was performed using absorption spectrum and obtained radiative parameters were used to estimate the laser characteristics of present glasses. The concentration of Sm3+ has been optimized as 1.0 mol% for efficient luminescence. The luminescence decay of 4G5/2 emission level was studied by monitoring the emission and excitation wavelengths at 600 and 404 nm, respectively. The experimental lifetime of 4G5/2 level was decrease with increase of Sm3+ concentration. The 1.0 mol% of Sm3+ -doped TWGSm glass could be the best choice for solid state visible lasers to emit orange luminescence.

Visible upconversion emission and non-radiative direct Yb 3+ to Er 3+ energy transfer processes in nanocrystalline ZrO 2:Yb 3+,Er 3+

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Diaz-Torres, L. A.; Meza, O.; Solis, D.; Salas, P.; De la Rosa, E.

2011-06-01

Wide band gap Yb 3+ and Er 3+ codoped ZrO 2 nanocrystals have been synthesized by a modified sol-gel method. Under 967 nm excitation strong green and red upconversion emission is observed for several Er 3+ to Yb 3+ ions concentration ratios. A simple microscopic rate equation model is used to study the effects of non-radiative direct Yb 3+ to Er 3+ energy transfer processes on the visible and near infrared fluorescence decay trends of both Er 3+ and Yb 3+ ions. The microscopic rate equation model takes into account the crystalline phase as well as the size of nanocrystals. Nanocrystals phase and size were estimated from XRD patterns. The rate equation model succeeds to fit simultaneously all visible and near infrared fluorescence decay profiles. The dipole-dipole interaction parameters that drive the non-radiative energy transfer processes depend on doping concentration due to crystallite phase changes. In addition the non-radiative relaxation rate ( 4I11/2→ 4I13/2) is found to be greater than that estimated by the Judd-Ofelt parameters due to the action of surface impurities. Results suggest that non-radiative direct Yb 3+ to Er 3+ energy transfer processes in ZrO 2:Yb,Er are extremely efficient.

Spectroscopic properties and energy transfer analysis of Tm3+-doped BaF2-Ga2O3-GeO2-La2O3 glass.

PubMed

Yu, Shenglei; Yang, Zhongmin; Xu, Shanhui

2010-05-01

This paper reports on the spectroscopic properties and energy transfer analysis of Tm(3+)-doped BaF(2)-Ga(2)O(3)-GeO(2)-La(2)O(3) glasses with different Tm(2)O(3) doping concentrations (0.2, 0.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 3.5, 4.0 wt%). Mid-IR fluorescence intensities in the range of 1,300 nm-2,200 nm have been measured when excited under an 808 nm LD for all the samples with the same pump power. Energy level structure and Judd-Ofelt parameters have been calculated based on the absorption spectra of Tm(3+), cross-relaxation rates and multi-phonon relaxation rates have been estimated with different Tm(2)O(3) doping concentrations. The maximum fluorescence intensity at around 1.8 mum has been obtained in Tm(2)O(3)-3 wt% sample and the maximum value of calculated stimulated emission cross-section of Tm(3+) in this sample is about 0.48 x 10(-20) cm(2) at 1,793 nm, and there is not any crystallization peak in the DSC curve of this sample, which indicate the potential utility of Tm(3+)-doped BaF(2)-Ga(2)O(3)-GeO(2)- La(2)O(3) glass for 2.0-microm optical fiber laser.

Spectroscopic attributes of Sm3+ doped magnesium zinc sulfophosphate glass: Effects of silver nanoparticles inclusion

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ahmadi, F.; Hussin, R.; Ghoshal, S. K.

2017-11-01

We report the modified optical properties of Sm3+ doped magnesium zinc sulfophosphate glass system with silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) inclusion. Three glass samples were prepared using melt quenching method and characterized. TEM images revealed the nucleation of Ag NPs with average diameter ≈12.50 nm. The UV-Vis-NIR spectra showed thirteen absorption bands. The surface plasmon resonance (SPR) band of Ag NPs was manifested at 446 nm. FTIR spectra disclosed the bonding vibrations for P-O bonds, P-O-P linkages, and PO2 units. Ag NPs concentration dependent bonding parameters and Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters were calculated. The JO parameter Ω2 was reduced with the increase of Ag NPs contents, indicating the ionicity and symmetry enhancement between Sm3+ ions with their surrounding ligands. The emission spectra of all samples under the excitation wavelength of 402 nm exhibited four significant peaks centered at 562, 599, 644 and 702 nm which are allocated to 4G5/2 →6H5/2, 6H7/2, 6H9/2 and 6H11/2 transitions, respectively. Inclusion of Ag NPs was discerned to augment the luminescence intensity by a factor of two, which was majorly ascribed to the local field effect of Ag NPs and subsequent energy transfer from the NPs to Sm3+ ions.

The effects of Nd2O3 concentration in the laser emission of TeO2-ZnO glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Moreira, L. M.; Anjos, V.; Bell, M. J. V.; Ramos, C. A. R.; Kassab, L. R. P.; Doualan, D. J. L.; Camy, P.; Moncorgé, R.

2016-08-01

The present work reports the modification introduced by different Nd2O3 concentration on optical properties and the laser operation of Nd3+ doped (TeO2-ZnO) bulk tellurite glass. The spectroscopic data are analyzed within the Judd Ofelt formalism framework and the results are compared to the fluorescence lifetime and emission measurements to derive values for the quantum efficiency and the stimulated emission cross section of the considered 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 infrared laser transition around 1062.5 nm. Continuous-wave laser action is achieved with this bulk tellurite glass by pumping the sample inside a standard plan-concave mirror laser cavity with different output couplers. It is possible to observe coherent emission only for the lower concentration (0.5%(wt.) of Nd2 O3). Also laser action could only be observed for this sample with threshold pump power of 73 mW associated with a laser slope efficiency of 8% for an output coupler transmission of 4% indicating that TeO2-ZnO are potential materials for laser action. The results presented in this work together with those previously reported with higher concentration (1.0% (wt) of Nd2O3) determine the adequate Nd2O3 concentration for laser action and guide the correct experimental procedure for TeO2-ZnO glasses preparation.

Nd3+-doped lanthanum lead boro-tellurite glass for lasing and amplification applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Madhu, A.; Eraiah, B.; Manasa, P.; Srinatha, N.

2018-01-01

Nd3+-doped lanthanum lead boro-tellurite glass samples were prepared by conventional melt quenching method and their structural, thermal, fluorescence, and decay times of the glasses were investigated. Prepared glass samples exhibits amorphous nature and shows good thermal stability in the temperature range of 100-800 °C. Judd-Ofelt (JO) analysis was carried out and the intensity parameters (Ωλ = 2, 4, 6) also spontaneous radiative probability and stimulated-.emission cross-sections were estimated. The magnitude of Ωλ confirms the covalency nature. The near infrared emission spectra were measured by 808 nm excitation in which the emission intensity is found to be high at 1060 nm for the 4F3/2 → 4F11/2 transition. The stimulated cross section, effective band width and branching ratios are found to be 8.910 × 10-20 cm2, 21.57 nm and 53.72 % respectively, for 4F3/2 → 4F11/2 transition. The derived gain bandwidth, figure of merit, threshold and saturation intensity found to be comparable to some of the glass systems. Furthermore, the time decay rate found to decrease from 100 μs to 27 μs when the concentration increased from 0.1 to 3.0 mol% of Nd3+ ions and also all follow the single exponential behaviour which is attributed to the self quenching effect due to the cross-relaxation channels.

Spectroscopic properties and energy transfer parameters of Er3+-doped fluorozirconate and oxyfluoroaluminate glasses.

PubMed

Huang, Feifei; Liu, Xueqiang; Hu, Lili; Chen, Danping

2014-05-23

Er3+-doped fluorozirconate (ZrF4-BaF2-YF3-AlF3) and oxyfluoroaluminate glasses are successfully prepared here. These glasses exhibit significant superiority compared with traditional fluorozirconate glass (ZrF4-BaF2-LaF3-AlF3-NaF) because of their higher temperature of glass transition and better resistance to water corrosion. Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters are evaluated and used to compute the radiative properties based on the VIS-NIR absorption spectra. Broad emission bands located at 1535 and 2708 nm are observed, and large calculated emission sections are obtained. The intensity of 2708 nm emission closely relates to the phonon energy of host glass. A lower phonon energy leads to a more intensive 2708 nm emission. The energy transfer processes of Er3+ ions are discussed and lifetime of Er3+:4I13/2 is measured. It is the first time to observe that a longer lifetime of the 4I13/2 level leads to a less intensive 1535 nm emission, because the lifetime is long enough to generate excited state absorption (ESA) and energy transfer (ET) processes. These results indicate that the novel glasses possess better chemical and thermal properties as well as excellent optical properties compared with ZBLAN glass. These Er3+-doped ZBYA and oxyfluoroaluminate glasses have potential applications as laser materials.

Synthesis of Gd2O3:Eu nanoplatelets for MRI and fluorescence imaging

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Maalej, Nabil M.; Qurashi, Ahsanulhaq; Assadi, Achraf Amir; Maalej, Ramzi; Shaikh, Mohammed Nasiruzzaman; Ilyas, Muhammad; Gondal, Mohammad A.

2015-05-01

We synthesized Gd2O3 and Gd2O3 doped by europium (Eu) (2% to 10%) nanoplatelets using the polyol chemical method. The synthesized nanoplatelets were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), FESEM, TEM, and EDX techniques. The optical properties of the synthesized nanoplatelets were investigated by photoluminescence spectroscopy. We also studied the magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancement of T1 relaxivity using 3 T MRI. The XRD for Gd2O3 revealed a cubic crystalline structure. The XRD of Gd2O3:Eu3+ nanoplatelets were highly consistent with Gd2O3 indicating the total incorporation of the Eu3+ ions in the Gd2O3 matrix. The Eu doping of Gd2O3 produced red luminescence around 612 nm corresponding to the radiative transitions from the Eu-excited state 5D0 to the 7F2. The photoluminescence was maximal at 5% Eu doping concentration. The stimulated CIE chromaticity coordinates were also calculated. Judd-Ofelt analysis was used to obtain the radiative properties of the sample from the emission spectra. The MRI contrast enhancement due to Gd2O3 was compared to DOTAREM commercial contrast agent at similar concentration of gadolinium oxide and provided similar contrast enhancement. The incorporation of Eu, however, decreased the MRI contrast due to replacement of gadolinium by Eu.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Zhang, J.; Yang, D. L.; Gong, H.

Conventional visible and novel infrared (IR) emissions of Sm{sup 3+} in heavy-metal-gallate glasses (Li{sub 2}O-K{sub 2}O-BaO-PbO-Bi{sub 2}O{sub 3}-Ga{sub 2}O{sub 3}, LKBPBG for short) with low phonon energy have been observed. Judd-Ofelt parameters {Omega}{sub 2} (3.00x10{sup -20} cm{sup 2}), {Omega}{sub 4} (5.19x10{sup -20} cm{sup 2}), and {Omega}{sub 6} (1.69x10{sup -20} cm{sup 2}) indicate a higher asymmetry and stronger covalent environment in the optical glasses. For the visible fluorescence bands peaked at 564, 601, 648, and 710 nm, the maximum stimulated emission cross-sections ({sigma}{sub e}) were derived to be 1.35x10{sup -22}, 9.21x10{sup -22}, 9.58x10{sup -22}, and 3.91x10{sup -22} cm{sup 2}, respectively, themore » values are larger than those in phosphate, oxyfluoroborate, tellurite, and calibo glasses obviously. The observed 1185 nm IR emission lies in the low-loss window of telecommunication system, and the maximum value of {sigma}{sub e} for this band was obtained to be 6.09x10{sup -23} cm{sup 2}. The characterization of multichannel radiative transitions of Sm{sup 3+} in LKBPBG glasses is beneficial in exposing its potential applications in visible and IR optoelectronic devices.« less

Synthesis of Gd2O3:Eu nanoplatelets for MRI and fluorescence imaging.

PubMed

Maalej, Nabil M; Qurashi, Ahsanulhaq; Assadi, Achraf Amir; Maalej, Ramzi; Shaikh, Mohammed Nasiruzzaman; Ilyas, Muhammad; Gondal, Mohammad A

2015-01-01

We synthesized Gd2O3 and Gd2O3 doped by europium (Eu) (2% to 10%) nanoplatelets using the polyol chemical method. The synthesized nanoplatelets were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), FESEM, TEM, and EDX techniques. The optical properties of the synthesized nanoplatelets were investigated by photoluminescence spectroscopy. We also studied the magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast enhancement of T1 relaxivity using 3 T MRI. The XRD for Gd2O3 revealed a cubic crystalline structure. The XRD of Gd2O3:Eu(3+) nanoplatelets were highly consistent with Gd2O3 indicating the total incorporation of the Eu(3+) ions in the Gd2O3 matrix. The Eu doping of Gd2O3 produced red luminescence around 612 nm corresponding to the radiative transitions from the Eu-excited state (5)D0 to the (7)F2. The photoluminescence was maximal at 5% Eu doping concentration. The stimulated CIE chromaticity coordinates were also calculated. Judd-Ofelt analysis was used to obtain the radiative properties of the sample from the emission spectra. The MRI contrast enhancement due to Gd2O3 was compared to DOTAREM commercial contrast agent at similar concentration of gadolinium oxide and provided similar contrast enhancement. The incorporation of Eu, however, decreased the MRI contrast due to replacement of gadolinium by Eu.

Red light emission from europium doped zinc sodium bismuth borate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hegde, Vinod; Viswanath, C. S. Dwaraka; Upadhyaya, Vyasa; Mahato, K. K.; Kamath, Sudha D.

2017-12-01

Zinc sodium bismuth borate (ZNBB) glasses doped with different concentrations of europium were prepared by conventional melt quenching method and characterized through the measurements of density, refractive index, X-ray diffraction (XRD), Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectra, optical absorption, luminescence and radiative lifetimes. FTIR spectra showed seven characteristic peaks of bismuth and borate functional groups in the range of 400-1600 cm-1. The optical band gap and bonding parameters have been calculated from absorption spectra. Photoluminescence spectra recorded in the visible region with 394 nm excitation are used to calculate the Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters (Ω2 and Ω4). The JO intensity parameters have been used to calculate the radiative parameters such as branching ratio (β), stimulated emission cross-section (σse), transition probability (A) for the fluorescent level of 5D0→7F2. Decay rates through single exponential are used to calculate the lifetime (τm) of the meta-stable state 5D0 of (Eu3+ ion) these glasses. The radiative parameters measured for all these glasses show 0.7 mol% europium doped zinc sodium bismuth borate glass 5D0→7F2 transition has the potential for red laser applications. The quality of the colour emitted by the present glasses are estimated quantitatively by CIE chromaticity coordinates, which confirms the suitability of these glasses as a red emitting material for field emission technologies and LEDs.

Spectroscopic characterisation of Er-doped LuVO4 single crystals

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lisiecki, R.; Dominiak-Dzik, G.; Solarz, P.; Strzęp, A.; Ryba-Romanowski, W.; Łukasiewicz, T.

2010-12-01

The LuVO4:Er single crystals were grown by the Czochralski technique. The crystal-field split energy levels of Er3+ ion were derived experimentally employing absorption and emission spectra measured at T=10 K. The Judd-Ofelt phenomenological method was used to estimate intensity parameters, radiative lifetimes and branching ratios of luminescence. The excited state dynamics of the LuVO4:Er systems was investigated and experimental lifetimes of emitting levels were measured. The emission cross section of the 4I13/2→4I15/2 transition in the infrared was calculated by the Füchtbauer-Ladenburg method. The gain cross section, estimated for several inverse-population parameters, allowed us to evaluate a potential laser activity of the LuVO4:Er system at 1.6 μm. Also, the potential range of the optical pumping was assessed based on absorption spectra achieved at the room temperature. The optical losses related to the green up-converted emission, encountered under the 978 nm excitation between 300 and 670 K were indicated and discussed. Spectroscopic peculiarities of the Er3+-doped LuVO4 crystal were discussed in relation to optical properties of the YVO4:Er and GdVO4:Er crystals. Taking into account the high quantum efficiency of the 4I13/2 level, and satisfactory absorption and emission features, the LuVO4:Er crystal can be considered as a promising active material for laser operation near 1.6 μm.

Optical spectroscopy and luminescence properties of Ho3+ doped zinc fluorophosphate (ZFP) glasses for green luminescent device applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Reddy Prasad, V.; Damodaraiah, S.; Ratnakaram, Y. C.

2018-04-01

Ho3+ doped zinc fluorophosphate (ZFP) glasses with molar chemical compositions, (60-x) NH4H2PO4+20ZnO+10BaF2+10NaF+xHo2O3 (where x = 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1.0 and 1.5 mol%) were prepared by melt quenching technique. These glasses were characterized through physical, structural, optical, excitation, luminescence and decay curve analysis. From the absorption spectra, spectral intensities (fexp and fcal), Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters (Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6), radiative transition probabilities (AT), radiative lifetimes (τR) and branching ratios (βR) were evaluated for all Ho3+ doped ZFP glass matrices. From the photoluminescence spectra, peak stimulated emission cross-sections (σP) were calculated for all Ho3+ doped ZFP glasses. The Ho3+ doped ZFP glasses show strong green emission at 545 nm and red emission at 656 nm under excitation, 450 nm. The measured lifetimes (τmeas) of (5S2)5F4 level of Ho3+ doped ZFP glasses were obtained from decay profiles. The CIE color coordinates of Ho3+ doped ZFP glasses were calculated from emission spectra and 1.0 mol% of Ho3+ doped ZFP glass matrix gives green emission. Hence, these results confirm that the Ho3+ doped ZFP glasses could be considered as a promising candidate for visible green laser applications.

Spectroscopic investigations of neodymium doped barium bismuth fluoroborate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mariselvam, K.; Arun Kumar, R.; Manasa, P.

2018-06-01

A new series of neodymium doped barium bismuth fluoroborate glasses with the chemical composition of (70-x)H3BO3 + 5Bi2O3 + 10BaCO3 + 7.5CaF2 + 7.5ZnO + xNd2O3 (where x = 0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2 (in wt.%) have been prepared by the conventional melt quenching method. The powder X-ray diffraction pattern confirms the amorphous nature of the prepared glasses. The Urbach energy reveals the minimum disorderness of the glass samples. Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters (Ωλ = 2, 4 and 6) were derived from the absorption spectrum and were used to calculate the emission properties. The near infrared emission spectra recorded with 808 nm laser diode excitation for different concentrations of Nd3+ ions and the emission for the 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 transition at 1060 nm found to be high intense. The measured decay curves for 4F3/2 fluorescent level exhibit single exponential nature with shortening of lifetime with increase in concentration. The laser parameters such as stimulated emission cross-section, branching ratios, gain band width and optical gain values are found to be high for BBFB:Nd3+ (0.5 wt%) glass. Hence, the results suggested that the present BBFB:Nd3+ (0.5 wt%) glass could be used as an efficient infrared laser source around 1.06 μm region.

Structural and luminescence studies on Dy3+ doped lead boro-telluro-phosphate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Selvi, S.; Venkataiah, G.; Arunkumar, S.; Muralidharan, G.; Marimuthu, K.

2014-12-01

This paper reports results obtained on the structural and luminescence properties of Dy3+doped lead boro-telluro-phosphate glasses prepared following the melt quenching technique. FTIR spectra exhibit the presence of B-O vibrations, P-O-P symmetric vibrations and Te-O stretching modes of TeO3 and TeO6 units. The metal-ligand bond was identified through UV-vis-NIR absorption spectra and to determine the band tailing parameter, direct and indirect band gap energy of the prepared glasses. The Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters (Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6), experimental and theoretical oscillator strengths were also determined and reported. Luminescence measurements were made to determine the transition probability (A), stimulated emission cross-section (σPE) and branching ratio (βR) for the transitions that include 4F9/2→6H11/2, 6H13/2 and 6H15/2 bands. The effect of Dy3+ ion concentration on the intensity ratio of yellow to blue emission bands has also been studied and reported. The lifetime corresponding to the 4F9/2 level of the title glasses has been found to decrease with the increase in Dy3+ ion concentration. The chromaticity coordinates (x,y) have been estimated from the luminescence spectra and the suitability of title glasses for white light applications has been analyzed using CIE chromaticity diagram. The variation of optical properties with the concentration of dysprosium oxide content in the glasses have been studied and reported.

Structural refinement, band-gap analysis and optical properties of GdAlO3 nanophosphors influenced by Dy3+ ion concentrations for white light emitting device applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Jisha, P. K.; Naik, Ramachandra; Prashantha, S. C.; Nagaswarupa, H. P.; Nagabhushana, H.; Basavaraj, R. B.; Sharma, S. C.; Prasad, Daruka

2016-04-01

Nanosized GdAlO3 phosphors activated with Dy3+ were prepared by a combustion method. Synthesized phosphors were calcined at 1000 °C for 3 h in order to achieve crystallinity. Powder x-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscope (SEM) and transmission electron microscope (TEM) analysis was used to characterize the prepared product. The orthorhombic phase was observed in the XRD pattern. The particle size of the samples was calculated as around 25 nm. The SEM images show an irregular shape of the prepared nanophosphor. Functional groups of the phosphors were examined by Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy. Photoluminescence (PL) properties of Dy3+ doped GdAlO3 for near-ultraviolet excitation (352 nm) were studied in order to investigate the possibility of its use in white light emitting device applications. Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters, radiative transition rate (A T) and radiative lifetimes (τ rad) were evaluated from the emission spectrum by adopting a standard procedure. The Commission International de l’Eclairage (CIE) color coordinates and correlated color temperature (CCT) are studied for the optimized phosphor. It is found that the color coordinates of Dy3+ doped GdAlO3 powders fall in the white region of the CIE diagram, and the average CCT value was found to be about 6276 K. Therefore, the present phosphor is highly useful for display applications.

Enhanced broadband near-infrared luminescence from Pr3+-doped tellurite glass with silver nanoparticles

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cheng, Pan; Zhou, Yaxun; Zhou, Minghan; Su, Xiue; Zhou, Zizhong; Yang, Gaobo

2017-11-01

Pr3+-doped tellurite glasses containing metallic silver NPs were synthesized by the conventional melt-quenching technique. Structural, thermal and optical properties of the synthesized glass samples were characterized by X-Ray diffraction (XRD) curves, Raman spectra, differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) curves, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) images, UV/Vis/NIR absorption and near-infrared fluorescence emission spectra. The XRD curves confirmed the amorphous structural nature of the synthesized glasses, the Raman spectra identified the presence of different vibrational groups, the DSC curves verified the good thermal stability, and the TEM images revealed the nucleated silver NPs with average diameter about 10 nm dispersed in the glass matrix and its surface Plasmon resonance (SPR) absorption band was located at around 510 nm. Besides, Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters Ωt (t = 2, 4, 6) and other important spectroscopic parameters like transition probability, radiative lifetime, branching ratio were calculated to evaluate the radiative properties of Pr3+ levels from the measured optical absorption spectra. It was found that Pr3+-doped tellurite glasses could emit an ultra-broadband fluorescence extending from 1250 to 1650 nm under the 488 nm excitation, and this fluorescence emission increased further with the introduction of silver NPs. The enhanced fluorescence was mainly attributed to the increased local electric field around Pr3+ induced by silver NPs. The present results demonstrate that Pr3+-Ag codoped tellurite glass is a promising candidate for the near-infrared band ultra-broadband fiber amplifiers covering the expanded low-loss communication window.

Structural and spectroscopic characteristics of Eu3+-doped tungsten phosphate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dousti, M. Reza; Poirier, Gael Yves; de Camargo, Andrea Simone Stucchi

2015-07-01

Tungsten based phosphate glasses are interesting non-crystalline materials, commonly known for photochromic and electrochromic effects, but also promising hosts for luminescent trivalent rare earth ions. Despite very few reports in the literature, association of the host´s functionalities with the efficient emissions of the dopant ions in the visible and near-infrared spectra could lead to novel applications. This work reports the preparation and characterization of glasses with the new composition 4(Sb2O3)96-x(50WO3 50NaPO3)xEu2O3 where x = 0, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5 and 1.0 mol%, obtained by the melt quenching technique. The glasses present large density (∼4.6 g cm-3), high glass transition temperature (∼480 °C) and high thermal stability against crystallization. Upon excitation at 464 nm, the characteristic emissions of Eu3+ ions in the red spectral region are observed with high intensity. The Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters Ω2 = 6.86 × 10-20, Ω4 = 3.22 × 10-20 and Ω6 = 8.2 × 10-20 cm2 were calculated from the emission spectra and found to be higher than those reported for other phosphate glass compositions. An average excited state lifetime value of 1.2 ms, was determined by fitting the luminescence decay curves with single exponential functions and it is comparable or higher than those of other oxide glasses.

Optical characterization of Tm(3+) doped Bi2O3-GeO2-Ga2O3 glasses in absence and presence of BaF2.

PubMed

Han, Kexuan; Zhang, Peng; Wang, Shunbin; Guo, Yanyan; Zhou, Dechun; Yu, Fengxia

2016-08-10

In this paper, Two new Bi2O3-GeO2-Ga2O3 glasses (one presence of BaF2) doped with 1mol% Tm2O3 were prepared by melt-quenching technique. Differential thermal analysis (DTA), the absorption, Raman, IR spectra and fluorescence spectra were measured. The Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters, emission cross section, absorption cross section, and gain coefficient of Tm(3+) ions were comparatively investigated. After the BaF2 introduced, the glass showed a better thermal stability, lower phonon energy and weaker OH(-) absorption coefficient, meanwhile, a larger ~1.8 μm emission cross section σem (7.56 × 10(-21) cm(2)) and a longer fluorescence lifetime τmea (2.25 ms) corresponding to the Tm(3+): (4)F3 → (3)H6 transition were obtained, which is due to the addition of fluoride in glass could reduce the quenching rate of hydroxyls and raise the cross-relaxation ((3)H6 + (3)H4 → (3)F4 + (3)F4) rate. Our results suggest that the Tm(3+) doped Bi2O3-GeO2-Ga2O3 glass with BaF2 might be potential to the application in efficient ~1.8 μm lasers system.

Spectroscopic properties and energy transfer parameters of Er3+- doped fluorozirconate and oxyfluoroaluminate glasses

PubMed Central

Huang, Feifei; Liu, Xueqiang; Hu, Lili; Chen, Danping

2014-01-01

Er3+- doped fluorozirconate (ZrF4-BaF2-YF3-AlF3) and oxyfluoroaluminate glasses are successfully prepared here. These glasses exhibit significant superiority compared with traditional fluorozirconate glass (ZrF4-BaF2-LaF3-AlF3-NaF) because of their higher temperature of glass transition and better resistance to water corrosion. Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters are evaluated and used to compute the radiative properties based on the VIS-NIR absorption spectra. Broad emission bands located at 1535 and 2708 nm are observed, and large calculated emission sections are obtained. The intensity of 2708 nm emission closely relates to the phonon energy of host glass. A lower phonon energy leads to a more intensive 2708 nm emission. The energy transfer processes of Er3+ ions are discussed and lifetime of Er3+: 4I13/2 is measured. It is the first time to observe that a longer lifetime of the 4I13/2 level leads to a less intensive 1535 nm emission, because the lifetime is long enough to generate excited state absorption (ESA) and energy transfer (ET) processes. These results indicate that the novel glasses possess better chemical and thermal properties as well as excellent optical properties compared with ZBLAN glass. These Er3+- doped ZBYA and oxyfluoroaluminate glasses have potential applications as laser materials. PMID:24852112

Spectroscopic investigations of Nd3+ doped Lithium Lead Alumino Borate glasses for 1.06 μm laser applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Deopa, Nisha; Rao, A. S.; Gupta, Mohini; Vijaya Prakash, G.

2018-01-01

Neodymium doped lithium lead alumino borate glasses were synthesized with the molar composition 10Li2Osbnd 10PbOsbnd (10-x) Al2O3sbnd 70B2O3sbnd x Nd2O3 (where, x = 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 and 2.5 mol %) via conventional melt quenching technique to understand their lasing potentialities using the absorption, emission and photoluminescence decay spectral measurements. The oscillator strengths measured from the absorption spectra were used to estimate the Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters using least square fitting procedure. The emission spectra recorded for the as-prepared glasses under investigation exhibit two emission transitions 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 (1063 nm) and 4F3/2 → 4I9/2 (1350 nm) for which radiative parameters have been evaluated. The emission intensity increases with increase in Nd3+ ion concentration up to 1 mol % and beyond concentration quenching took place. The decay profile shows single exponential nature for lower Nd3+ ion concentration and non-exponential for higher concentration. To elucidate the nature of energy transfer process, the non-exponential decay curves were well fitted to Inokuti-Hirayama model. The relatively higher values of emission cross-sections, branching ratios and quantum efficiency values obtained for 1.0 mol% of Nd3+ ions in LiPbAlB glass suggests it's aptness in generating lasing action at 1063 nm in NIR region.

Spectroscopic investigations on Pr³+ and Nd³+ doped strontium-lithium-bismuth borate glasses.

PubMed

Rajesh, D; Balakrishna, A; Seshadri, M; Ratnakaram, Y C

2012-11-01

Spectroscopic investigations on different concentrations (0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0mol%) of Pr(3+) and Nd(3+) doped strontium lithium bismuth borate glasses have been done. X-ray diffraction, SEM with EDS, absorption and luminescence spectra were recorded for all the glass matrices and analyzed. X-ray diffraction profiles and SEM images conformed amorphous nature of investigated glass samples. EDS spectra of host glass and Pr(3+)doped glass matrices gave information about the chemical composition of glass samples. From the absorption spectra of Pr(3+) and Nd(3+) ions, Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters (Ω(λ),λ=2, 4 and 6) have been calculated and compared with other glass matrices. The emission characteristics such as radiative lifetimes (τ(R)), measured and calculated branching ratios (β) and stimulated emission cross-sections (σ(P)) have been obtained for the observed emission transitions of Pr(3+) and Nd(3+) ions in the above glass matrix for all the concentrations. From the emission spectra of Pr(3+) and Nd(3+) doped glass matrices, the effect of concentration on the quenching of intensity of (1)D(2)→(3)H(4) transition of Pr(3+) ion and (4)F(3/2)→(4)I(9/2), (4)I(11/2) and (4)I(13/2) transitions of Nd(3+) have been studied and discussed. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Bright up-conversion white light emission from Er3+ doped lithium fluoro zinc borate glasses for photonic applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vijayalakshmi, L.; Naveen Kumar, K.; Rao, K. Srinivasa; Hwang, Pyung

2018-03-01

Various concentrations of Er3+ (0.3, 0.5, 1.0 and 1.5 mol %) doped lithium fluoro zinc borate glasses were synthesized by a traditional melt quenching method. XRD, FTIR and FESEM have been employed to analyze the structural, compositional and morphological analysis respectively. Judd-Ofelt theory has been employed to analyze the intensity parameters (Ωλ, λ = 2, 4 and 6) which can be used to estimate the radiative properties of fluorescent levels of Er3+. We have been observed a strong NIR emission peak at 1.53 μm (4I13/2 → 4I15/2) under the excitation of 980 nm from Er3+: LBZ glasses. Nevertheless, the NIR emission is remarkably enhanced by increasing the Er3+ ions concentration until the optimized concentration of 0.5 mol%. The lifetime of the excited level of 4I13/2 in the NIR emission transition is evaluated and it is found to be1.22 ms from the decay analysis of 0.5 mol% Er3+: LBZ glass. Apart from the NIR emission, a bright up-conversion green emission is observed at 544 nm (4S3/2 → 4I15/2) along with an intense red emission at 659 nm (4F9/2 → 4I15/2) and a weak blue emission (2H9/2 → 4I15/2) under the excitation of 980 nm. Up-conversion emission features were significantly enhanced with increasing the Er3+ concentration up to 1.0 mol%. The combination of the obtained up-conversion emission colors of green, red and blue could generate white light emission. The cool white-light emission from the optimized glass sample has been confirmed from the Commission International de I'Echairage (CIE) 1931 chromaticity diagram analysis and their correlated color temperature (CCT) values. Based on the NIR and up-conversion emission features, Er3+: LBZ glasses could be suggested as promising candidates for optical amplifiers, optical telecommunication windows and white light photonic applications.

Structural and luminescence properties of samarium doped lead alumino borate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mohan, Shaweta; Kaur, Simranpreet; Singh, D. P.; Kaur, Puneet

2017-11-01

The study reports the effect of samarium concentration on the physical, structural and spectroscopic characteristics of samarium doped lead alumino borate glasses having composition 20PbO-(10-x)Al2O3-70B2O3-xSm2O3; x = 0.1, 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 mol %. The glasses were fabricated by conventional melt-quenching technique and then characterized by XRD, FTIR, optical absorption and fluorescence spectra. X-ray diffraction studies confirmed the amorphous nature of the prepared glasses. FTIR spectra indicate the presence of BO3, BO4, AlO6 and a few other structural groups. Various physical properties such as density, molar volume, refractive index, rare earth ion concentration, boron-boron distance and polarizability etc. were determined using conventional methods and standard formulae. The Judd-Ofelt theory was applied on the optical absorption spectra of the glasses to evaluate the three phenomenological intensity parameters Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6. The value of Ω2 was found to be highest for glass with 1 mol% Sm2O3 and attributed to the asymmetry of the ligand field at the rare earth ion site and the rare earth oxygen (Sm-O) covalency. The calculated intensity parameters and fluorescence spectra were further used to predict the radiative transition probability (A), radiative lifetime (τR), branching ratio (βR), peak wavelength (λp), effective line widths (Δλeff) and stimulated emission cross-section (σ) for the characteristic 4G5/2 → 6H5/2, 6H7/2 and 6H9/2 transitions of the Sm3+ ion. Concentration quenching was observed for 2 mol% concentration of Sm2O3 and ascribed to energy transfer through various cross-relaxation channels between Sm3+ ions. Reasonably high values of branching ratios and stimulated emission cross-section for the prepared glasses points towards their utility in the development of visible lasers emitting in the reddish-orange spectral region. However, the glass with 1 mol% Sm2O3 was found to show better radiative properties.

Investigation of the Fisheries of Africa, Buck, and Judd Lakes, Louisiana.

DTIC Science & Technology

1987-10-01

D-A188 978 INVESTIGATION OF THE FISHERIES VVW NJ 7 LAKES LOUISIA A(U) ARMY ENGINEER UATERWiAYS EXPERIMENT STATION VICKSBURG MS ENVIR L G SANDERS ET...MISCELLANEOUS PAPER EL-87-10 INVESTIGATION OF THE FISHERIES OF AFRICA, S BUCK, AND JUDD LAKES, LOUISIANA by AD-A188 978 Larry G. Sanders, John A...0060 ELEMENT NO. NO NO. rCCESSION NO 11 TITLE (Include Security Classification) Investigation of the Fisheries of Africa, Buck, and Judd Lakes

Red-emitting LaOF:Eu{sup 3+} phosphors: Synthesis, structure and their Judd–Ofelt analysis for LED applications

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Dhananjaya, N., E-mail: ndhananjayas@gmail.com; Shivakumara, C.; Saraf, Rohit

Highlights: • Red-emitting LaOF:Eu{sup 3+} phosphors were synthesized via facile solid state route. • Judd–Ofelt intensity parameters and radiative properties were determined from PL data. • CIE color coordinates of LaOF:Eu{sup 3+} phosphor is close to the commercial red phosphors. • Eu{sup 3+}-activated LaOF phosphor is a potential candidate for the production of red component in white LEDs. - Abstract: In the present study, we have synthesized a series of La{sub 1−x}Eu{sub x}OF (0.01 ≤ x ≤ 0.09) phosphors by the conventional solid-state reaction route at relatively low temperature (500 °C) and shorter duration of 2 h. The compounds weremore » crystallized in the rhombohedral structure with the space group R-3m (No. 166). Upon UV excitation (254 nm), the photoluminescence spectra exhibit characteristic luminescence {sup 5}D{sub 0} → {sup 7}F{sub J} (J = 1, 2, 3, and 4) intra-4f shell Eu{sup 3+} ion transitions. An intense red emission peak at 610 nm was observed due to electric dipole ({sup 5}D{sub 0} → {sup 7}F{sub 2}) transition. Judd–Ofelt theory was employed to evaluate various radiative parameters such as radiative emission rates, lifetime, branching and asymmetry ratios. CIE color coordinates confirmed the red emission of the phosphors. The luminescent results reveal that LaOF:Eu{sup 3+} phosphor can be used as potential candidate for developing red component in white LED applications.« less

40 CFR 81.320 - Maine.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

..., Coburn Street northwest to Mechanic Street, Mechanic Street west to Judd Street, Judd Street northeast to... circumscribe the area of high emission densities and ambient PM10 levels. (60 FR 2885, January 12, 1995) Maine...

Bruce D. Judd, FAIA, Photographer August 1997. VIEW OF LOS ...

Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

Bruce D. Judd, FAIA, Photographer August 1997. VIEW OF LOS ANGELES CITY HALL SIXTH FLOOR NORTH OFFICE AREA, FACING NORTH - Los Angeles City Hall, 200 North Spring Street, Los Angeles, Los Angeles County, CA

Bruce D. Judd, FAIA, Photographer August 1997. DETAIL OF LOS ...

Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

Bruce D. Judd, FAIA, Photographer August 1997. DETAIL OF LOS ANGELES CITY HALL SIXTH FLOOR NORTH OFFICE AREA WINDOW, FACING NORTHWEST - Los Angeles City Hall, 200 North Spring Street, Los Angeles, Los Angeles County, CA

Synthesis and spectroscopic behavior of highly luminescent Eu 3+-dibenzoylmethanate (DBM) complexes with sulfoxide ligands

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Niyama, E.; Brito, H. F.; Cremona, M.; Teotonio, E. E. S.; Reyes, R.; Brito, G. E. S.; Felinto, M. C. F. C.

2005-09-01

In this paper the synthesis, characterization and photoluminescent behavior of the [RE(DBM) 3L 2] complexes (RE = Gd and Eu) with a variety of sulfoxide ligands; L = benzyl sulfoxide (DBSO), methyl sulfoxide (DMSO), phenyl sulfoxide (DPSO) and p-tolyl sulfoxide (PTSO) have been investigated in solid state. The emission spectra of the Eu 3+-β-diketonate complexes show characteristics narrow bands arising from the 5D 0 → 7F J ( J = 0-4) transitions, which are split according to the selection rule for C n, C nv or C s site symmetries. The experimental Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters ( Ω2 and Ω4), radiative ( Arad) and non-radiative ( Anrad) decay rates, and R02 for the europium complexes have been determined and compared. The highest value of Ω2 (61.9 × 10 -20 cm 2) was obtained to the complex with PTSO ligand, indicating that Eu 3+ ion is in the highly polarizable chemical environment. The higher values of the experimental quantum yield ( q) and emission quantum efficiency of the emitter 5D 0 level ( η) for the Eu-complexes with DMSO, DBSO and PTSO sulfoxides suggest that these complexes are promising Light Conversion Molecular Devices (LCMDs). The lower value of quantum yield ( q = 1%), for the hydrated complex [Eu(DBM) 3(H 2O)], indicates that the luminescence quenching occurs via multiphonon relaxation by coupling with the OH-oscillators from water molecule coordinated to rare earth ion. The pure red emission of the Eu-complexes has been confirmed by ( x, y) color coordinates.

Spectroscopic studies of Nd3+ doped lead tungsten tellurite glasses for the NIR emission at 1062 nm

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Venkateswarlu, M.; Mahamuda, Sk.; Swapna, K.; Prasad, M. V. V. K. S.; Srinivasa Rao, A.; Mohan Babu, A.; Shakya, Suman; Vijaya Prakash, G.

2015-01-01

Lead Tungsten Tellurite (LTT) glasses doped with different concentrations of Nd3+ ions were prepared by using the melt quenching technique to study the absorption, emission and decay spectral profiles with an aim to understand the lasing potentialities of these glasses. From the absorption spectra, the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) parameters are evaluated and in turn used to calculate the transition probability (AR), total transition probability (AT), radiative lifetime (τR) and branching ratios (βR) for prominent emission levels of Nd3+. The emission spectra recorded for LTT glasses gives three emission transitions 4F3/2 → 4I9/2, 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 and 4F3/2 → 4I13/2 for which effective band widths (ΔλP) and stimulated emission cross-sections (σse) are evaluated. Branching ratios (βR) measured for all the LTT glasses show that 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 transition is quite suitable for lasing applications. The intensity of emission spectra increases with increase in the concentrations of Nd3+ up to 1.0 mol% and beyond concentration quenching is observed. Relatively higher emission cross-sections and branching ratios observed for the present LTT glasses over the reported glasses suggests the feasibility of using LTT glasses for infrared laser applications. From the absorption, emission and decay spectral measurements, it was found that 1.0 mol% of Nd3+ ion concentration is aptly suitable for LTT glasses to give a strong NIR laser emission at 1062 nm.

Thermal properties and optical transition probabilities of Tm3 + doped TeO2-WO3 glass.

PubMed

Cenk, S; Demirata, B; Oveçoglu, M L; Ozen, G

2001-10-01

Glasses with the composition of (1 - x)TeO2 + (x)WO3, where x = 0.15, 0.25 and 0.3 were prepared and, their thermal and absorption measurements were carried out. Differential thermal analysis (DTA) curves taken in the 23-600 degrees C temperature range with a heating rate of 10 degrees C/min reveal a change in the value of the glass transition temperature, Tg, while crystallization was not observed for the glasses containing a WO3 content of more than 15 mol%. All the glasses were found to be moisture-resistant. The absorption bands corresponding to the absorption of the 1G4, 3F2, 3F3 and 3F4, 3H5 and 3H4 levels from the 3H6 ground level of the Tm3+ ion were observed in the optical absorption spectra. Integrated absorption cross-sections of each band except that of 3H5 level was found to vary with the glass composition. Judd-Ofelt analysis was carried out for the samples doped with 1.0 mol% Tm2O3. The omega2 parameter shows the strongest dependence on the host composition and it increases with the increasing WO3 amount. The value of omega4 increases rather slowly while the value of omega6 is practically independent of the composition. The strong dependence of the parameter omega2 indicates that this parameter is related to the structural change and the symmetry of the local environment of the Tm3+ ions in this glass.

Optical spectroscopy of Sm(3+) doped Na2O-ZnO-La2O3-TeO2 glasses.

PubMed

Sobczyk, Marcin

2015-10-05

Telluride glasses with the composition xSm2O3-(7-x)La2O3-3Na2O-25ZnO-65TeO2 (where x=0.1, 1, 2, 5 and 7 mol%) were obtained by the melt quenching technique. Electronic absorption and fluorescence spectra as well as fluorescence dynamics of the Sm(3+)-doped title glasses are presented and analysed in detail. A Judd-Ofelt intensity analysis of the absorption spectrum at 300 K has been applied for determination of Ωλ parameters (Ω2=3.10, Ω4=3.80, Ω6=1.61×10(-20) cm(2)) which in turn have been used for calculations of the radiative transition probabilities (AT), the natural (radiative) lifetimes (τR) of the (4)G5/2 level of Sm(3+), the fluorescence branching ratios (β) and the emission cross-sections (σem). The τR value of the (4)G5/2 level amount to 1546 μs and is slightly higher than the measured decay time of 1306 μs. With the increasing of Sm2O3 concentration from 0.1 to 7.0 mol% the experimental lifetime of the fluorescent level decreases from 1306 to 41 μs. An analysis of the non-radiative decay was based on the cross-relaxation mechanisms. The optical achieved results indicate that the investigated glasses are potentially applicable as an orange and/or red laser host. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Optical properties of Nd3+ doped barium lithium fluoroborate glasses for near-infrared (NIR) emission

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Mariselvam, K.; Arun Kumar, R.; Suresh, K.

2018-04-01

The neodymium doped barium lithium fluoroborate (Nd3+: BLFB) glasses with the chemical composition (70-x) H3BO3 - 10 Li2CO3 - 10 BaCO3- 5 CaF2-5 ZnO - x Nd2O3 (where x = 0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2 in wt %) have been prepared by the conventional melt quenching technique and characterised through optical absorption, near infrared emission and decay-time measurements. The x-ray diffraction studies confirm the amorphous nature of the prepared glasses. The optical absorption spectra and emission spectra were recorded in the wavelength ranges of 190-1100 nm. The optical band gap (Eg) and Urbach energy (ΔE) values were calculated from the absorption spectra. The Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters were determined from the systematic analysis of the absorption spectrum of neodymium ions in the prepared glasses. The emission spectra exhibited three prominent peaks at 874, 1057, 1331 nm corresponding to the 4F3/2 → 4I9/2, 11/2, 13/2 transitions levels respectively in the near infrared region. The emission intensity of the 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 transition increases with the increase in neodymium concentration up to 0.5 wt% and the concentration quenching mechanism was observed for 1 wt% and 2 wt% concentrations. The lifetime of the 4F3/2 level was found to decrease with increasing Nd3+ ion concentration. The nature of energy transfer process was a single exponential curve which was studied for all the glasses and analysed.

Concentration-dependent studies of Nd3+ -doped zinc phosphate glasses for NIR photoluminescence at 1.05 μm.

PubMed

Reddy Prasad, V; Seshadri, M; Babu, S; Ratnakaram, Y C

2017-05-01

Nd 3 + -doped lead-free zinc phosphate glasses with the chemical compositions (60-x) NH 4 H 2 PO 4  + 20ZnO + 10BaF 2  + 10NaF + xNd 2 O 3 (where x = 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 and 2.5 mol%) were prepared using a melt quenching technique. Vibrational bands were assigned and clearly elucidated by Raman spectral profiles for all the glass samples. Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters (Ω λ : λ = 2, 4, 6) were obtained from the spectral intensities of different absorption bands of Nd 3 + ions. Radiative properties such as radiative transition probabilities (A R ), radiative lifetimes (τ R ) and branching ratios (β R ) for different excited states were calculated using J-O parameters. The near infrared (NIR) photoluminescence spectra exhibited three emission bands ( 4 F 3 /2 level to 4 I 13 /2 , 4 I 11 /2 and 4 I 9 /2 states) for all the concentrations of Nd 3 + ions. Various luminescence properties were studied by varying the Nd 3 + concentration for the three spectral profiles. Fluorescence decay curves of the 4 F 3 /2 level were recorded. The energy transfer mechanism that leads to quenching of the 4 F 3 /2 state lifetimes was discussed at higher concentration of Nd 3 + ions. These glasses are suggested as suitable hosts to produce efficient lasing action in NIR region at 1.05 μm. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Bruce D. Judd, FAIA, Photographer August 1997. VIEW OF LOS ...

Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

Bruce D. Judd, FAIA, Photographer August 1997. VIEW OF LOS ANGELES CITY HALL ELEVENTH FLOOR KITCHEN OF EXECUTIVE DINING AREA SHOWING ARCHED STRUCTURE, FACING NORTHWEST - Los Angeles City Hall, 200 North Spring Street, Los Angeles, Los Angeles County, CA

Structural and optical studies of Er3+-doped alkali/alkaline oxide containing zinc boro-aluminosilicate glasses for 1.5 μm optical amplifier applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kaky, Kawa M.; Lakshminarayana, G.; Baki, S. O.; Lira, A.; Caldiño, U.; Meza-Rocha, A. N.; Falcony, C.; Kityk, I. V.; Taufiq-Yap, Y. H.; Halimah, M. K.; Mahdi, M. A.

2017-07-01

In the present work, we report on the optical spectral properties of Er3+-doped zinc boro-aluminosilicate glasses with an addition of 10 mol % alkali/alkaline modifier regarding the fabrication of new optical materials for optical amplifiers. A total of 10 glasses were prepared using melt-quenching technique with the compositions (40-x)B2O3 - 10SiO2 - 10Al2O3 - 30ZnO - 10Li2O - xEr2O3 and (40-x)B2O3 - 10SiO2 - 10Al2O3 - 30ZnO - 10MgO - xEr2O3 (x = 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mol %). We confirm the amorphous-like structure for all the prepared glasses using X-ray diffraction (XRD). To study the functional groups of the glass composition after the melt-quenching process, Raman spectroscopy was used, and various structural units such as triangular and tetrahedral-borates (BO3 and BO4) have been identified. All the samples were characterized using optical absorption for UV, visible and NIR regions. Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters (Ωλ, λ = 2, 4 and 6) were calculated from the optical absorption spectra of two glasses LiEr 2.0 and MgEr 2.0 (doped with 2 mol % of Er3+). JO parameters for LiEr 2.0 and MgEr 2.0 glasses follow the trend as Ω6>Ω2>Ω4. Using Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters, we obtained radiative probability A (S-1), branching ratios (β), radiative decay lifetimes τrad (μs) of emissions from excited Er+3 ions in LiEr 2.0 and MgEr 2.0 to all lower levels. Quantum efficiency (η) of 4I13/2 and 4S3/2 levels for LiEr 2.0 and MgEr 2.0 with and without 4D7/2 level was calculated using the radiative decay lifetimes τrad. (μs) and measured lifetimes τexp. (μs). We measured the visible photoluminescence under 377 nm excitation for both LiEr and MgEr glass series within the region 390-580 nm. Three bands were observed in the visible region at 407 nm, 530 nm, and 554 nm, as a result of 2H9/2 → 4I15/2, 2H11/2 → 4I15/2 and 4S3/2 → 4I15/2 transitions, respectively. Decay lifetimes for emissions at 407 nm, 530 nm, and 554 nm were measured and they show single exponential behavior for all the LiEr and MgEr glass series. From the photoluminescence and radiative decay lifetimes (τrad), we calculated the full-width at half-maximum (FWHM), emission cross-section (σPE) and bandwidth gain (FWHM × σPE) parameters. Near-infrared photoluminescence under 980 nm excitation was measured for all the LiEr and MgEr glass series in the region 1420-1620 nm. NIR emissions show a broadband centered at ∼1530 nm due to the transition of Er3+: 4I13/2 → 4I15/2. Decay lifetimes for NIR emission at ∼1530 nm were measured and they show a quite exponential nature for all the LiEr and MgEr glass series. From the NIR emission spectra and decay lifetimes, we calculated the full-width at half-maximum (FWHM), the emission cross-section (σPE) and the bandwidth gain (FWHM × σPE) for the NIR emission and it shows FWHM of 50-70 nm for prepared glasses, emission cross-section of (∼3.5) × 10-20 cm2, while bandwidth gain was (∼25) × 10-26 cm3.

Spectroscopic and laser properties of Er{sup 3+} doped fluoro-phosphate glasses as promising candidates for broadband optical fiber lasers and amplifiers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Babu, S.; Seshadri, M.; Reddy Prasad, V.

2015-10-15

Highlights: • Erbium doped different fluoro-phosphate glasses are prepared and characterized. • Spectroscopic properties have been determined using Judd–Ofelt and Mc-Cumber theory. • Prominent laser transition Er{sup 3+}:{sup 4}I{sub 13/2} → {sup 4}I{sub 15/2} is observed at 1.53 μm. - Abstract: Different fluoro-phosphate glasses doped with 0.5 mol% Er{sup 3+} doped are prepared by melt quenching method. Both structural and spectroscopic properties have been characterized in order to evaluate their potential as both laser source and amplifier materials. Optical absorption measurements are carried out and analyzed through Judd–Ofelt and Mc-Cumber theories where spectroscopic parameters such as intensity parameters Ω{sub l}more » (λ = 2,4,6), transition probabilities, radiative lifetimes, stimulated absorption cross-sections and emission cross-sections at 1.5 μm have been evaluated for Er{sup 3+} doped different fluorophosphate glasses. The various luminescence and gain properties are explained from photoluminescence studies. The decay curve analysis have been done for obtaining the decay time constants of Er{sup 3+} excited level {sup 4}I{sub 13/2} in all the fluoro-phosphate glasses. The obtained results of each glass matrix are compared with the equivalent parameters for several other host glasses. These fluoro-phosphate glasses are found to be suitable candidates for laser and amplifier applications.« less

Recycle Runway

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Stephens, Pam

2009-01-01

Nancy Judd has been called a folk artist, an outsider artist, and a designer--all characterizations that she tends to shirk. Perhaps if labels are needed, environmental artist educator is more appropriate. Judd lives and works in Santa Fe, New Mexico. She dedicates much of her time to creating art that raises public awareness of environmental…

Structural and photoluminescence properties of stannate based displaced pyrochlore-type red phosphors: Ca(3-x)Sn₃Nb₂O₁₄:xEu³⁺.

PubMed

Sreena, T S; Prabhakar Rao, P; Francis, T Linda; Raj, Athira K V; Babu, Parvathi S

2015-05-14

New stannate based displaced pyrochlore-type red phosphors, Ca(3-x)Sn3Nb2O14:xEu(3+), were prepared via a conventional solid state method. The influence of partial occupancy of Sn in both A and B sites of the pyrochlore-type oxides on the photoluminescence properties was studied using powder X-ray diffraction, FT-Raman, transmission electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy with energy dispersive spectrometry, UV-visible absorption spectroscopy, and photoluminescence excitation and emission spectra with lifetime measurements. The structural analysis establishes that these oxides belong to a cubic displaced pyrochlore type structure with a space group Fd3̄m. These phosphors exhibit strong absorptions at near UV and blue wavelength regions and emit intense multiband emissions due to Eu(3+ 5)D0-(7)F(0, 1, 2) transitions. The absence of characteristic MD transition splitting points out that local cation disorder exists in this type of displaced pyrochlores, reducing the D(3d) inversion symmetry, which is not evidenced by such disorder in the X-ray diffraction analysis. The unusual forbidden intense sharp (5)D0-(7)F0 transition indicates single site occupancy of Eu(3+) with a narrower range of bonding environment, preventing the cluster formation. This is supported by the stable (5)D0 lifetime with Eu(3+) concentration. The Judd-Ofelt intensity parameter assessment corroborates these results. The CIE color coordinates of these phosphors were found to be (0.60, 0.40), which are close to the NTSC standard values (0.67, 0.33) for a potential red phosphor.

Structural, optical absorption and photoluminescence spectral studies of Sm3+ ions in Alkaline-Earth Boro Tellurite glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Siva Rama Krishna Reddy, K.; Swapna, K.; Mahamuda, Sk.; Venkateswarlu, M.; Srinivas Prasad, M. V. V. K.; Rao, A. S.; Prakash, G. Vijaya

2018-05-01

Sm3+ ions doped Alkaline-Earth Boro Tellurite (AEBT) glasses were prepared by using conventional melt quenching technique and characterized using the spectroscopic techniques such as FT-IR, optical absorption, emission and decay spectral measurements to understand their utility in optoelectronic devices. From absorption spectra, the bonding parameters, nephelauxetic ratios were determined to know the nature of bonding between Sm3+ ions and its surrounding ligands. From the measured oscillator strengths, the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters were evaluated and in turn used to estimate various radiative parameters for the fluorescent levels of Sm3+ ions in AEBT glasses. The PL spectra of Sm3+ ions exhibit three emission bands corresponding to the transitions 4G5/2 → 6H5/2, 6H7/2 and 6H9/2 in the visible region for which the emission cross-sections and branching ratios were evaluated. The decay spectral profiles measured for 4G5/2 → 6H7/2 transition showed single exponential for lower concentration and non-exponential for higher concentration of doped rare earth ion in the as prepared glasses. Conversion of decay spectral profiles from single to non-exponential have been analyzed using Inokuti-Hirayama (I-H) model to understand the energy transfer mechanism involved in the decay process. CIE Chromaticity coordinates were measured using emission spectral data to identify the exact region of emission from the as-prepared glasses. From the evaluated radiative parameters, emission cross-sections and quantum efficiencies, it was observed that AEBT glass with 1 mol% of Sm3+ ions is more suitable for designing optoelectronic devices.

Spectroscopic studies of Sm3+ ions activated lithium lead alumino borate glasses for visible luminescent device applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Deopa, Nisha; Rao, A. S.

2017-10-01

Photoluminescence (PL) characterization of Lithium Lead Alumino Borate (LiPbAlB) glasses doped with Sm3+ ions at varying concentrations have been studied by using absorption, excitation, emission, time resolved and confocal image measurements. From the absorption spectra, Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters were evaluated and in turn used to estimate various radiative parameters for the fluorescent levels of Sm3+ ion doped LiPbAlB glasses. The PL spectra of Sm3+ ions exhibit three emission bands corresponding to the transitions 4G5/2 → 6H5/2, 6H7/2 and 6H9/2, for which the emission cross-sections and branching ratios were evaluated to know the potentialities of these materials as visible luminescent devices. The decay spectral profiles measured for 4G5/2 → 6H7/2 transition level were used to estimate quantum efficiency of the as-prepared glasses. The non-exponential decay curves observed for higher Sm3+ ion concentrations were well fitted to Inokuti-Hirayama model to understand the predominant energy transfer mechanism involved in the as-prepared glasses. CIE chromaticity coordinates and correlated color temperatures (CCT) were evaluated to understand the utility of the titled glasses in cool white light generation. The confocal images captured under 405 nm CW laser excitation show intense reddish-orange color. From the evaluated radiative parameters, emission cross-sections, quantum efficiency, CIE co-ordinates, CCT temperatures and confocal images, it was observed that LiPbAlB glass with 0.5 mol% Sm3+ ions are more suitable for w-LEDs and reddish-orange luminescent device applications.

Spectroscopic analysis of a novel Nd3+-activated barium borate glass for broadband laser amplification

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vázquez, G. V.; Muñoz H., G.; Camarillo, I.; Falcony, C.; Caldiño, U.; Lira, A.

2015-08-01

Spectroscopic parameters of a novel Nd3+-activated barium borate (BBONd) glass have been analyzed for broadband laser amplification. The Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters were determined through a systematic analysis of the absorption spectrum of Nd3+ ions in the BBONd glass. High values of the JO intensity parameters reveal a great centro-symmetrical loss of the Nd3+ sites and high covalency degree of the ligand field. The very high Ω6 intensity parameter value makes evident both a great structural distortion of the Nd3+ sites and a strong electron-phonon coupling between Nd3+ and free OH- ions, which is consistent with the phonon energy maximum (3442.1 cm-1) recorded by Raman spectroscopy. This strong electron-phonon coupling favors high effective bandwidth and gain bandwidth values of the laser emission (4F3/2 → 4I11/2) of Nd3+ ions. The electric-dipole oscillator strengths of all the Nd3+ absorption transitions, and in particular that of the hypersensitive transition (4I9/2 → 4G5/2), are enhanced by this great structural distortion of the host. Broadband laser amplification of the 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 emission (1062 nm) of Nd3+ ions in the BBONd glass pumped at 805 nm (4I9/2 → 4F5/2 + 2H9/2) is evaluated through the main fluorescent parameters in competition with non-radiative processes. In general, the BBONd glass exhibits spectroscopic parameters comparable with those reported in the literature for broadband laser amplification into the IR region.

Optical and spectroscopic study of erbium doped calcium borotellurite glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gomes, J. F.; Lima, A. M. O.; Sandrini, M.; Medina, A. N.; Steimacher, A.; Pedrochi, F.; Barboza, M. J.

2017-04-01

In this study, 10CaF2 - (29.9-0.4x)CaO - (60-0.6x)B2O3 - xTeO2 - 0,1Er2O3 (x = 10, 16, 22, 30 and 50 mol %) glasses were synthesized, and their optical and spectroscopic properties were investigated. X-ray diffraction, density, glass transition temperature (Tg), crystallization temperature (Tx), refraction index, luminescence, radiative lifetime and optical absorption measurements were carried out. Molar volume (Vm), thermal stability (Tx-Tg), electronic polarizability (αm), optical bang gap energy (Eg) and Judd-Ofelt (JO) parameters Ωt (2,4,6) were also calculated. The results are discussed in terms of tellurium oxide content. The increase of TeO2 in the glasses composition increases density, refractive index and electronic polarizability. The optical band gap energy decreases varying from 3.37 to 2.71 eV for the glasses with 10 and 50 mol% of TeO2, respectively. The optical absorption coefficient spectra show characteristic bands of Er3+ ions. Furthermore, these spectra in NIR region show a decrease of hydroxyl groups as a function of TeO2 addition. Luminescence intensity and radiative lifetimes at 1530 nm show an increasing with the TeO2 content. The JO parameters of Er:CaBTeX glasses follow the trend Ω2 > Ω4 > Ω6 and the quality factor values (Ω4/Ω6) were between 1.37 and 3.07. By comparing the measured lifetime with the calculated radiative decay time, quantum efficiency was calculated. The luminescence emission intensity at 1530 nm decreases with the increase of temperature. The lifetime values show a slight trend to decrease with the temperature increase, from 300 to 420 K, for all the samples.

Optical and luminescence properties of Dy3+ ions in phosphate based glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Rasool, Sk. Nayab; Rama Moorthy, L.; Jayasankar, C. K.

2013-08-01

Phosphate glasses with compositions of 44P2O5 + 17K2O + 9Al2O3 + (30 - x)CaF2 + xDy2O3 (x = 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 and 4.0 mol %) were prepared and characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), differential thermal analysis (DTA), Fourier transform infrared (FTIR), optical absorption, emission and decay measurements. The observed absorption bands were analyzed by using the free-ion Hamiltonian (HFI) model. The Judd-Ofelt (JO) analysis has been performed and the intensity parameters (Ωλ, λ = 2, 4, 6) were evaluated in order to predict the radiative properties of the excited states. From the emission spectra, the effective band widths (Δλeff), stimulated emission cross-sections (σ(λp)), yellow to blue (Y/B) intensity ratios and chromaticity color coordinates (x, y) have been determined. The fluorescence decays from the 4F9/2 level of Dy3+ ions were measured by monitoring the intense 4F9/2 → 6H15/2 transition (486 nm). The experimental lifetimes (τexp) are found to decrease with the increase of Dy3+ ions concentration due to the quenching process. The decay curves are perfectly single exponential at lower concentrations and gradually changes to non-exponential for higher concentrations. The non-exponential decay curves are well fitted to the Inokuti-Hirayama (IH) model for S = 6, which indicates that the energy transfer between the donor and acceptor is of dipole-dipole type. The systematic analysis of revealed that the energy transfer mechanism strongly depends on Dy3+ ions concentration and the host glass composition.

Understanding the complexation of Eu3+ with potential ligands used for preferential separation of lanthanides and actinides in various stages of nuclear fuel cycle: A luminescence investigation.

PubMed

Sengupta, Arijit; Kadam, R M

2017-02-15

A systematic photoluminescence based investigation was carried out to understand the complexation of Eu 3+ with different ligands (TBP: tri-n-butyl phosphate, DHOA: di-n-hexyl octanamide, Cyanex 923: tri-n-alkyl phosphine oxide and Cyanex 272: Bis (2,4,4 trimethyl) pentyl phosphinic acid) used for preferential separation of lanthanides and actinides in various stages of nuclear fuel cycle. In case of TBP and DHOA complexes, 3 ligand molecules coordinated in monodentate fashion and 3 nitrate ion in bidentate fashion to Eu 3+ to satisfy the 9 coordination of Eu. In case of Cyanex 923 and Cyanex 272 complexes, 3 ligand molecules, 3 nitrate ion and 3 water molecules coordinated to Eu 3+ in monodentate fashion. The Eu complexes of TBP and DHOA were found to have D 3h local symmetry while that for Cyanex 923 and Cyanex 272 were C 3h . Judd-Ofelt analysis of these systems revealed that the covalency of EuO bond followed the trend DHOA>TBP>Cyanex 272>Cyanex 923. Different photophysical properties like radiative and non-radiative life time, branching ratio for different transitions, magnetic and electric dipole moment transition probabilities and quantum efficiency were also evaluated and compared for these systems. The magnetic dipole transition probability was found to be almost independent of ligand field perturbation while electric dipole transition probability for 5 D 0 - 7 F 2 transition was found to be hypersensitive with ligand field with a trend DHOA>TBP>Cyanex 272>Cyanex 923. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Understanding the complexation of Eu3 + with potential ligands used for preferential separation of lanthanides and actinides in various stages of nuclear fuel cycle: A luminescence investigation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sengupta, Arijit; Kadam, R. M.

2017-02-01

A systematic photoluminescence based investigation was carried out to understand the complexation of Eu3 + with different ligands (TBP: tri-n-butyl phosphate, DHOA: di-n-hexyl octanamide, Cyanex 923: tri-n-alkyl phosphine oxide and Cyanex 272: Bis (2,4,4 trimethyl) pentyl phosphinic acid) used for preferential separation of lanthanides and actinides in various stages of nuclear fuel cycle. In case of TBP and DHOA complexes, 3 ligand molecules coordinated in monodentate fashion and 3 nitrate ion in bidentate fashion to Eu3 + to satisfy the 9 coordination of Eu. In case of Cyanex 923 and Cyanex 272 complexes, 3 ligand molecules, 3 nitrate ion and 3 water molecules coordinated to Eu3 + in monodentate fashion. The Eu complexes of TBP and DHOA were found to have D3h local symmetry while that for Cyanex 923 and Cyanex 272 were C3h. Judd-Ofelt analysis of these systems revealed that the covalency of Eusbnd O bond followed the trend DHOA > TBP > Cyanex 272 > Cyanex 923. Different photophysical properties like radiative and non-radiative life time, branching ratio for different transitions, magnetic and electric dipole moment transition probabilities and quantum efficiency were also evaluated and compared for these systems. The magnetic dipole transition probability was found to be almost independent of ligand field perturbation while electric dipole transition probability for 5D0-7F2 transition was found to be hypersensitive with ligand field with a trend DHOA > TBP > Cyanex 272 > Cyanex 923. Supplementary Table 2: Determination of inner sphere water molecules from the different empirical formulae reported in the literature.

Mid-infrared emissions of Pr{sup 3+}-doped GeS{sub 2}–Ga{sub 2}S{sub 3}–CdI{sub 2} chalcohalide glasses

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Lu, Chunfeng; Guo, Haitao, E-mail: guoht_001@opt.ac.cn; Xu, Yantao

2014-12-15

Graphical abstract: ∼4.6 μm mid-infrared fluorescence emission from Pr{sup 3+} in the sulfide glass is successfully observed at room temperature excited by a 2.01 μm Tm{sup 3+}:YAG ceramic laser system. - Highlights: • Serial Pr{sup 3+}-doped GeS{sub 2}–Ga{sub 2}S{sub 3}–CdI{sub 2} chalcohalide glasses were synthesized. • ∼4.6 μm mid-infrared fluorescence from Pr{sup 3+} was observed at room temperature. • The compositional dependence of luminescence properties was studied. • Radiative properties have been determined using the Judd–Ofelt theory. - Abstract: For elucidation of the glass composition’s influence on the spectroscopic properties in the chalcohalide system and the discovery of a newmore » material for applications in mid-infrared fiber-lasers, a serial Pr{sup 3+}-doped (100 − x)(0.8GeS{sub 2}·0.2Ga{sub 2}S{sub 3})xCdI{sub 2} (x = 5, 10, 15 and 20) chalcohalide glasses were prepared. ∼4.6 μm mid-infrared fluorescence emission from Pr{sup 3+} in the sulfide glass is successfully observed at room temperature excited by a 2.01 μm Tm{sup 3+}:YAG ceramic laser system, and the effective line-width of fluorescence band is 106–227 nm. Intense compositional dependence of mid-infrared emissions is found. The radiative rates of Pr{sup 3+} ions in these glasses were calculated by using the Judd–Ofelt theory.« less

Optical absorption and gamma-radiation-shielding parameter studies of Tm3+-doped multicomponent borosilicate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lakshminarayana, G.; Sayyed, M. I.; Baki, S. O.; Lira, A.; Dong, M. G.; Kaky, Kawa M.; Kityk, I. V.; Mahdi, M. A.

2018-05-01

Different concentrations (0.1‒2.0 mol%) of Tm3+-doped multicomponent borosilicate glasses with 10 mol% Li2O (alkali) or MgO (alkaline) have been synthesized and their optical absorption and radiation shielding features were studied. For both Li2O and MgO series 0.5 mol% Tm3+-doped glass samples, the evaluated Ωλ ( λ = 2, 4, and 6) Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters from experimental oscillator strengths were used in estimating the radiative transition probabilities ( A R), branching ratios ( β R), and radiative lifetimes ( τ R) for several emission transitions. Using the XCOM software, the mass attenuation coefficients ( µ/ ρ) for all the fabricated glasses were evaluated within the 0.015‒10 MeV energy range. Also, the ( µ/ ρ) values were calculated at 0.356, 0.662, 1.173, and 1.33 MeV photon energies by MCNP5 simulation code and the results were compared with those obtained by XCOM. The ( µ/ ρ) values for Li2O, as well as MgO series glasses, increase with the addition of Tm2O3 and these values for MgO series glasses are slightly higher with respect to Li2O series glasses. From the ( µ/ ρ) values, effective atomic number ( Z eff), half-value layer (HVL), and mean free path (MFP) were calculated and the HVL and MFP results revealed that high-energy photons have more penetration into a glass sample compared to low-energy photons. Further, geometric progression (GP) fitting method was utilized to calculate the exposure buildup factor (EBF) within the 0.015‒15 MeV energy range. The 2.0 mol% Tm2O3-doped glasses show a better ability to attenuate gamma-rays in comparison to other glass samples, so the addition of Tm2O3 content leads to improvement of the shielding efficiency of the prepared glasses.

Compositional dependence of red luminescence from Eu3+ ions doped single and mixed alkali fluoro tungsten tellurite glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Annapurna Devi, C. h. B.; Mahamuda, Sk.; Swapna, K.; Venkateswarlu, M.; Srinivasa Rao, A.; Vijaya Prakash, G.

2017-11-01

Trivalent europium ions doped single and mixed alkali fluoro tungsten tellurite glasses have been prepared via melt quenching method and characterized by using Raman, optical absorption, excitation, emission and time resolved spectral measurements to understand their utility in visible red emission. Raman spectrum is used to identify different functional groups present in the as prepared glasses. The optical absorption spectra recorded for all the glasses show six bands corresponding to the transitions 7F0→6D2, 7F0→6D1, 7F1→6D1, 7F0→6D0, 7F0→7F6, and 7F1→7F6. An excitation spectrum is used to measure the electron-phonon coupling strength 'g' and phonon energy of the glass host 'hω'. The photoluminescence (PL) spectra measured under 464 nm excitation show eight luminescence peaks related to the transitions 5D1→7F0 (509 nm), 5D1→7F1 (537 nm), 5D1→7F2 (556 nm), 5D0→7F0 (580 nm), 5D0→7F1 (592 nm), 5D0→7F2 (614 nm), 5D0→7F3 (652 nm) and 5D0→7F4 (701 nm) in all the glasses under investigation. Utilizing the Judd-Ofelt (J-O) parameters evaluated from the PL spectra, various radiative properties have been evaluated. From the decay spectra, experimental lifetimes were measured which are in turn used to evaluate the quantum efficiencies and non-radiatve decay rates in the as prepared glasses. The branching ratios, stimulated emission cross-section, quantum efficiency, colour co-ordinates and confocal images captured to confirm the suitability of these glasses for visible red luminescent devices.

Optical spectra and emission characteristics of terbium-doped potassium-lead double chloride crystals (KPb2Cl5:Tb3+)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Tkachuk, A. M.; Ivanova, S. E.; Mirzaeva, A. A.; Isaenko, L. I.

2017-05-01

Optical transitions in KPb2Cl5:Tb3+ crystals are studied experimentally and theoretically. The absorption cross-section spectra are plotted and the oscillator strengths of transitions from the ground terbium state to excited multiplets are determined. Intensity parameters Ωt for KPC:Tb3+ are determined by the Judd-Ofelt method to be Ω2 = 2.70 × 10-20 cm2, Ω4 = 7.0 × 10-20 cm2, and Ω6 = 0.72 × 10-20 cm2. These values were used to calculate such characteristics of spontaneous radiative transitions as oscillator strengths, probabilities of radiative transitions, and radiative lifetimes. The emission spectra of KPb2Cl5:Tb3+ crystals upon UV excitation and the decay kinetics of luminescence from the excited 5 D 3 and 5 D 4 levels are studied experimentally, the lifetimes of these levels are determined, and the dependences of the rates of nonradiative relaxation from the excited 7 F j ( j = 0-5), 5 D 4, and 5 D 3 levels to lower-lying terbium levels are calculated. It is shown that the population of the 5 D 4 level in KPC:Tb3+ crystals occurs according to a cascade scheme, which leads to quenching of the 5 D 3 level. The calculated data agree well with the known experimental rates of multiphonon nonradiative transitions for Dy:KPC, Nd:KPC, Er:KPC, Tb:KPB, and Nd:KPB crystals. It is shown that transitions in the near-IR (3-6 μm) region in double halide crystals (MPb2Hal5) are almost unquenched and the rates of nonradiative relaxation of excited levels spaced by energy gaps Δ E ji > 1000 cm-1 are W ji NR < 103s-1. This circumstance suggests that it is possible to obtain stimulated emission in KPb2Cl5:RE3+ crystals in the IR spectral region up to 6 μm.

Investigations on the spectroscopic properties of Dy3 + ions doped Zinc calcium tellurofluoroborate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Karthikeyan, P.; Arunkumar, S.; Annapoorani, K.; Marimuthu, K.

2018-03-01

A new series of Dy3 + doped (30-x)B2O3 + 30TeO2 + 20CaCO3 + 10ZnO + 10ZnF2 + xDy2O3 (x = 0.01, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2 and 3 in wt%) Zinc calcium tellurofluoroborate glasses were prepared and their structural, luminescence and excited state dynamics have been studied and reported. The structural properties have been characterized through XRD and FTIR studies to confirm the amorphous nature and to explore the presence of fundamental stretching vibrations. The bonding parameters (δ and β), optical band gap, Urbach's energy, oscillator strengths and Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters were calculated from the absorption spectra. The JO intensity parameters and the Y/B intensity ratio values have been used to explore the nature of the bonding and asymmetry around the Dy-ligand field environment. The luminescence properties of the present Dy3 + doped glasses have been analyzed through luminescence excited state dynamics and radiative properties such as transition probability (A), stimulated emission cross-section (σPE) branching ratio (β) and radiative lifetime (τR) values. The combination of dominant blue (4F9/2 → 6H15/2) and yellow (4F9/2 → 6H13/2) emissions generates white light emission in the CIE chromaticity diagram thus suggests that the present Dy3 + doped glasses are suitable for white light applications. The lifetime of the 4F9/2 excited state is found to decrease with the increase in Dy3 + ion content and the concentration quenching of the Dy3 + ions emission could be ascribed due to the resonant energy transfer and cross-relaxation processes. The non-exponential behavior of the decay curves has been analyzed with Inokuti-Hirayama model and the interaction between the Dy3 + ions is of electric dipole-dipole in nature.

Spectroscopy and enhanced frequency upconversion in Nd3+-Yb3+ codoped TPO glasses: energy transfer and NIR to visible upconverter.

PubMed

Azam, Mohd; Rai, Vineet Kumar; Mohanty, Deepak Kumar

2017-09-22

TeO 2 -Pb 3 O 4 (TPO) glasses codoped with Nd 3+ and Yb 3+ ions have been fabricated by conventional melting technique. The absorption, emission and excitation spectra of the samples have been recorded. The optical band gap in both the doped/codoped glasses is found to be ∼3.31 eV. Judd-Ofelt analysis has been carried out by using the absorption spectrum of 0.8 mol% Nd 3+ doped glass to determine the radiative properties viz radiative transition probabilities, branching ratios, radiative lifetimes, quality factor and emission cross sections of some emitting levels for Nd 3+ ions. The radiative transition probability for the 4 G 7/2  →  4 I 9/2 transition (∼1926 Hz) is found to be maximum compared to other 4 G 5/2  →  4 I 9/2 (∼1622 Hz) and 4 F 5/2  →  4 I 9/2 (∼865 Hz) transitions. Upconversion (UC) luminescence of the samples has been examined by the 980 nm CW diode laser excitation. Effect of addition of Yb 3+ ions in the Nd 3+ doped glasses on UC emission intensity has been discussed. The UC emission intensity corresponding to the green, red and NIR bands in the codoped glass has been enhanced by ∼17, ∼12 and ∼42 times as compared to that of the Nd 3+ singly doped glass. The quantum efficiency for the 4 G 7/2 level is found to be ∼32%. The nephelauxetic ratio, bonding parameter and covalency of Nd 3+ ions have been found positive which represents the covalent bonding between Nd 3+ ion and oxygen atom. The colour tunability from yellowish-green to dominant green region has been obtained in the optimized codoped TPO glass.

Spectroscopy and enhanced frequency upconversion in Nd3+-Yb3+ codoped TPO glasses: energy transfer and NIR to visible upconverter

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Azam, Mohd; Rai, Vineet Kumar; Mohanty, Deepak Kumar

2017-09-01

TeO2-Pb3O4 (TPO) glasses codoped with Nd3+ and Yb3+ ions have been fabricated by conventional melting technique. The absorption, emission and excitation spectra of the samples have been recorded. The optical band gap in both the doped/codoped glasses is found to be ˜3.31 eV. Judd-Ofelt analysis has been carried out by using the absorption spectrum of 0.8 mol% Nd3+ doped glass to determine the radiative properties viz radiative transition probabilities, branching ratios, radiative lifetimes, quality factor and emission cross sections of some emitting levels for Nd3+ ions. The radiative transition probability for the 4G7/2 → 4I9/2 transition (˜1926 Hz) is found to be maximum compared to other 4G5/2 → 4I9/2 (˜1622 Hz) and 4F5/2 → 4I9/2 (˜865 Hz) transitions. Upconversion (UC) luminescence of the samples has been examined by the 980 nm CW diode laser excitation. Effect of addition of Yb3+ ions in the Nd3+ doped glasses on UC emission intensity has been discussed. The UC emission intensity corresponding to the green, red and NIR bands in the codoped glass has been enhanced by ˜17, ˜12 and ˜42 times as compared to that of the Nd3+ singly doped glass. The quantum efficiency for the 4G7/2 level is found to be ˜32%. The nephelauxetic ratio, bonding parameter and covalency of Nd3+ ions have been found positive which represents the covalent bonding between Nd3+ ion and oxygen atom. The colour tunability from yellowish-green to dominant green region has been obtained in the optimized codoped TPO glass.

Photoluminescence characteristics of Eu2O3 doped calcium fluoroborate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Krishnapuram, Pavani; Jakka, Suresh Kumar; Thummala, Chengaiah; Lalapeta, Rama Moorthy

2012-11-01

The present work reports the preparation and characterization of calcium fluoroborate (CFB) glasses doped with different concentrations of Eu2O3. The spectroscopic free-ion parameters are evaluated from the experimentally observed energy levels of Eu3+ ions in CFB glasses by using the free-ion Hamiltonian model (HFI). The phenomenological Judd-Ofelt (J-O) parameters, Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6, are evaluated from the intensities of Eu3+ ion absorption bands by various constraints. From these J-O parameters (Ωλ), the radiative parameters such as transition probabilities (AR), branching ratios (βR), stimulated emission cross sections (σe) and radiative lifetimes (τR) are evaluated for 5D→7(4fASO+αL(L+1)+βG(G2)+γG(R7)+∑j=0,2,4 Mjmj+∑k=2,4,6 PKpK where Eavg includes the kinetic energy of the electrons and their interaction with the nucleus. It shifts only the barycentre of the whole 4fN configuration. Fk (k = 2, 4, 6) are free electron repulsion parameters, ξ4f is the spin-orbit coupling constant, α, β and γ are the three interaction parameters, Mj (j = 0, 2, 4) and Pk (k = 2, 4, 6) are magnetic interaction parameters. Among all the interactions, Fk and ξ4f are the main ones which give rise to the 2LJ levels. The rest only make corrections in the energies of these levels without removing their degeneracy. The parametric fits have been carried out as has been done in our earlier work [16]. The quality of the parametric fit is generally described in terms of the root mean square (rms) deviation, σrms between the experimental and calculated energies by the relation σrms=√{{∑}/{i=1N(Eiexp-Eical)2N}} where Eiexp and Eical are the experimental and calculated energies, respectively, for level 'i' and N denotes the total number of levels included in the energy level fit.

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pfefferlé, D.; Hirvijoki, E.; Lingam, M.

2017-04-01

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely, the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow, or mass ratio of the species. The result can be applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to derive collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum- and energy-transfer rates.

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Pfefferle, David; Hirvijoki, Eero; Lingam, Manasvi

2017-10-01

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of the distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities, and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow or mass ratio of the species. The result can be applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas, that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to deriving collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum- and energy-transfer rate.

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Pfefferlé, D.; Hirvijoki, E.; Lingam, M.

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely, the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow, or mass ratio of the species. The result can bemore » applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to derive collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum-and energy-transfer rates.« less

Exact collisional moments for plasma fluid theories

DOE PAGES

Pfefferlé, D.; Hirvijoki, E.; Lingam, M.

2017-04-01

The velocity-space moments of the often troublesome nonlinear Landau collision operator are expressed exactly in terms of multi-index Hermite-polynomial moments of distribution functions. The collisional moments are shown to be generated by derivatives of two well-known functions, namely, the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd-Trubnikov potentials for a Gaussian distribution. The resulting formula has a nonlinear dependency on the relative mean flow of the colliding species normalised to the root-mean-square of the corresponding thermal velocities and a bilinear dependency on densities and higher-order velocity moments of the distribution functions, with no restriction on temperature, flow, or mass ratio of the species. The result can bemore » applied to both the classic transport theory of plasmas that relies on the Chapman-Enskog method, as well as to derive collisional fluid equations that follow Grad's moment approach. As an illustrative example, we provide the collisional ten-moment equations with exact conservation laws for momentum-and energy-transfer rates.« less

White light emission of dysprosium doped lanthanum calcium phosphate oxide and oxyfluoride glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Luewarasirikul, N.; Kim, H. J.; Meejitpaisan, P.; Kaewkhao, J.

2017-04-01

Lanthanum calcium phosphate oxide and oxyfluoride glasses doped with dysprosium oxide were prepared by melt-quenching technique with chemical composition 20La2O3:10CaO:69P2O5:1Dy2O3 and 20La2O3:10CaF2:69P2O5:1Dy2O3. The physical, optical and luminescence properties of the glass samples were studied to evaluate their potential to using as luminescence materials for solid-state lighting applications. The density, molar volume and refractive index of the glass samples were carried out. The optical and luminescence properties were studied by investigating absorption, excitation, and emission spectra of the glass samples. The absorption spectra were investigated in the UV-Vis-NIR region from 300 to 2000 nm. The excitation spectra observed under 574 nm emission wavelength showed the highest peak centered at 349 nm (6H15/2 → 6P7/2). The emission spectra, excited with 349 nm excitation wavelength showed two major peaks corresponding to 482 nm blue emission (4F9/2 → 6H15/2) and 574 nm yellow emission (4F9/2 → 6H13/2). The experimental lifetime were found to be 0.539 and 0.540 for oxide and oxyfluoride glass sample, respectively. The x,y color coordinates under 349 nm excitation wavelength were (0.38, 0.43) for both glass samples, that be plotted in white region of CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram. The CCT values obtained from the glass samples are 4204 K for oxide glass and 4228 K for oxyfluoride glass corresponding to the commercial cool white light (3100-4500 K). Judd-Ofelt theory had also been employed to obtain the J-O parameters (Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6), oscillator strength, radiative transition possibility, stimulated emission cross section and branching ratio. The Ω2 > Ω4 > Ω6 trend of J-O parameters of both glass samples may indicate the good quality of a glass host for using as optical device application. Temperature dependence of emission spectra was studied from 300 K to 10 K and found that the intensity of the emission peak was found to be increased with decreasing of the temperature. The results of the investigations in this work confirmed that the present Dy-doped lanthanum calcium phosphate oxide and oxyfluoride glasses perform high potential for using as efficient luminescence materials for solid-state lighting applications, especially for white LEDs. Furthermore, the oxyfluoride glass sample provides more luminescence potential than the oxide glass sample.

Looking like a criminal: stereotypical black facial features promote face source memory error.

PubMed

Kleider, Heather M; Cavrak, Sarah E; Knuycky, Leslie R

2012-11-01

The present studies tested whether African American face type (stereotypical or nonstereotypical) facilitated stereotype-consistent categorization, and whether that categorization influenced memory accuracy and errors. Previous studies have shown that stereotypically Black features are associated with crime and violence (e.g., Blair, Judd, & Chapleau Psychological Science 15:674-679, 2004; Blair, Judd, & Fallman Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 87:763-778, 2004; Blair, Judd, Sadler, & Jenkins Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 83:5-252002); here, we extended this finding to investigate whether there is a bias toward remembering and recategorizing stereotypical faces as criminals. Using category labels, consistent (or inconsistent) with race-based expectations, we tested whether face recognition and recategorization were driven by the similarity between a target's facial features and a stereotyped category (i.e., stereotypical Black faces associated with crime/violence). The results revealed that stereotypical faces were associated more often with a stereotype-consistent label (Study 1), were remembered and correctly recategorized as criminals (Studies 2-4), and were miscategorized as criminals when memory failed. These effects occurred regardless of race or gender. Together, these findings suggest that face types have strong category associations that can promote stereotype-motivated recognition errors. Implications for eyewitness accuracy are discussed.

Coupling Climate Models and Forward-Looking Economic Models

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Judd, K.; Brock, W. A.

2010-12-01

Authors: Dr. Kenneth L. Judd, Hoover Institution, and Prof. William A. Brock, University of Wisconsin Current climate models range from General Circulation Models (GCM’s) with millions of degrees of freedom to models with few degrees of freedom. Simple Energy Balance Climate Models (EBCM’s) help us understand the dynamics of GCM’s. The same is true in economics with Computable General Equilibrium Models (CGE’s) where some models are infinite-dimensional multidimensional differential equations but some are simple models. Nordhaus (2007, 2010) couples a simple EBCM with a simple economic model. One- and two- dimensional ECBM’s do better at approximating damages across the globe and positive and negative feedbacks from anthroprogenic forcing (North etal. (1981), Wu and North (2007)). A proper coupling of climate and economic systems is crucial for arriving at effective policies. Brock and Xepapadeas (2010) have used Fourier/Legendre based expansions to study the shape of socially optimal carbon taxes over time at the planetary level in the face of damages caused by polar ice cap melt (as discussed by Oppenheimer, 2005) but in only a “one dimensional” EBCM. Economists have used orthogonal polynomial expansions to solve dynamic, forward-looking economic models (Judd, 1992, 1998). This presentation will couple EBCM climate models with basic forward-looking economic models, and examine the effectiveness and scaling properties of alternative solution methods. We will use a two dimensional EBCM model on the sphere (Wu and North, 2007) and a multicountry, multisector regional model of the economic system. Our aim will be to gain insights into intertemporal shape of the optimal carbon tax schedule, and its impact on global food production, as modeled by Golub and Hertel (2009). We will initially have limited computing resources and will need to focus on highly aggregated models. However, this will be more complex than existing models with forward-looking economic modules, and the initial models will help guide the construction of more refined models that can effectively use more powerful computational environments to analyze economic policies related to climate change. REFERENCES Brock, W., Xepapadeas, A., 2010, “An Integration of Simple Dynamic Energy Balance Climate Models and Ramsey Growth Models,” Department of Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, and University of Athens. Golub, A., Hertel, T., etal., 2009, “The opportunity cost of land use and the global potential for greenhouse gas mitigation in agriculture and forestry,” RESOURCE AND ENERGY ECONOMICS, 31, 299-319. Judd, K., 1992, “Projection methods for solving aggregate growth models,” JOURNAL OF ECONOMIC THEORY, 58: 410-52. Judd, K., 1998, NUMERICAL METHODS IN ECONOMICS, MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass. Nordhaus, W., 2007, A QUESTION OF BALANCE: ECONOMIC MODELS OF CLIMATE CHANGE, Yale University Press, New Haven, CT. North, G., R., Cahalan, R., Coakely, J., 1981, “Energy balance climate models,” REVIEWS OF GEOPHYSICS AND SPACE PHYSICS, Vol. 19, No. 1, 91-121, February Wu, W., North, G. R., 2007, “Thermal decay modes of a 2-D energy balance climate model,” TELLUS, 59A, 618-626.

Dual color emitting Eu doped strontium orthosilicate phosphors synthesized by bio-template assisted ultrasound for solid state lightning and display applications.

PubMed

Venkataravanappa, M; Nagabhushana, H; Daruka Prasad, B; Darshan, G P; Basavaraj, R B; Vijayakumar, G R

2017-01-01

A novel Sr 2 SiO 4 :Eu (1-5mol %) superstructures (SS) were synthesized using bio-sacrificial A.V. gel assisted ultrasound method. Powder X-ray diffraction patterns confirmed the presence of both α and β phase formation. It was evident that the morphological growth was highly reliant on A.V. gel concentration, sonication time, pH and sonication power. The formation mechanisms for different hierarchical SS were proposed. From diffuse reflectance spectra, the energy band gap was estimated and found to be ∼4.70-5.11eV. The photoluminescence emission spectra for the excitation at 392nm, shows characteristic emission peaks at 593, 613, 654 and 702nm which were attributed to 5 D 0 → 7 F 0 , 7 F 1, 7 F 2 and 7 F 3 transitions of Eu 3+ ions respectively. Conversely, when the samples were subjected to the heat treatment at 850°C for 3h under argon atmosphere, display an intense broad emission peak with two de-convoluted peaks at 490 and 550nm due to 4f 6 5d 1 →4f 1 ( 8 S 7/2 ) transitions of Eu 2+ ions. The concentration quenching phenomenon was discussed which attributes to energy transfer, electron-phonon coupling and ion-ion interaction. The Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters and other radiative properties were estimated by using emission spectra. The CIE chromaticity coordinate values of Sr 2 SiO 4 :Eu 2+ and Eu 3+ nanophosphors were located in green and red regions respectively. The calculated CCT and CRI values specify that the present phosphor can be fairly useful for both green and red components of white LED's. Luminescence decay and quantum yield suggest the suitability of this phosphor as an efficient luminescent medium for light emitting diodes. Overall, the results elucidated a rapid, environmentally benign, cost-effective and convenient method for Sr 2 SiO 4 :Eu 3+ synthesis and for the possible applications such as solid state lighting and display devices. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Effect of silver nanoparticles on the 1.53 μm fluorescence in Er3+/Yb3+ codoped tellurite glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wu, Libo; Zhou, Yaxun; Zhou, Zizhong; Cheng, Pan; Huang, Bo; Yang, Fengjing; Li, Jun

2016-07-01

Improving the spectroscopic properties of rare earth (RE) doped glass materials is a challenging task. In the present work the metallic silver nanoparticles (Ag NPs) were embedded into Er3+/Yb3+ codoped tellurite glasses with composition TeO2-Bi2O3-TiO2, prepared using melt-quenching and subsequent heat-treated techniques, and the improved effect of Ag NPs on the 1.53 μm band fluorescence of Er3+ ions was investigated. About 24 h heat-treatment of Er3+/Yb3+ codoped tellurite glass containing 1 mol % amount of AgNO3 at the temperature 370 °C yielded the well-dispersed and near-spherical Ag NPs with ∼11.4 nm average diameter as evidenced by transmission electron microscopy (TEM) image. The intense 1.53 μm band fluorescence was observed in the prepared Er3+/Yb3+ codoped tellurite glasses under the excitation of 980 nm and was further improved with the presence of Ag NPs in the glass matrix, which is attributed to the enhanced local electric field around doped RE ions induced by Ag NPs and the possible energy transfer from Ag NPs to Er3+ ions. The enhanced local electric field was well demonstrated by comparing the variation of emission spectra of hypersensitive probe Eu3+ ions in tellurite glasses with and without Ag NPs. From the Judd-Ofelt analysis, it was also found that the value of Ω6 intensity parameter increased slightly with the increase of Ag NPs concentration in a certain range, also confirming the possibility of realizing strong fluorescence emission. In addition, the amorphous structural nature was demonstrated by the measured X-ray diffraction (XRD) patterns with no sharp diffraction peak. The enhanced 1.53 μm band fluorescence indicates that the Er3+/Yb3+ codoped tellurite glass with an appropriate amount of Ag NPs is a promising candidate for the development of Er3+-doped fiber amplifiers (EDFAs) applied in the WDM systems.

Full-profile fitting of emission spectrum to determine transition intensity parameters of Yb3 +:GdTaO4

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Qingli; Sun, Guihua; Ning, Kaijie; Shi, Chaoshu; Liu, Wenpeng; Sun, Dunlu; Yin, Shaotang

2016-11-01

The Judd-Ofelt theoretic transition intensity parameters of luminescence of rare-earth ions in solids are important for the quantitative analysis of luminescence. It is very difficult to determine them with emission or absorption spectra for a long time. A “full profile fitting” method to obtain in solids with its emission spectrum is proposed, in which the contribution of a radiative transition to the emission spectrum is expressed as the product of transition probability, line profile function, instrument measurement constant and transition center frequency or wavelength, and the whole experimental emission spectrum is the sum of all transitions. In this way, the emission spectrum is expressed as a function with the independent variables intensity parameters , full width at half maximum (FWHM) of profile functions, instrument measurement constant, wavelength, and the Huang-Rhys factor S if the lattice vibronic peaks in the emission spectrum should be considered. The ratios of the experimental to the calculated energy lifetimes are incorporated into the fitting function to remove the arbitrariness during fitting and other parameters. Employing this method obviates measurement of the absolute emission spectrum intensity. It also eliminates dependence upon the number of emission transition peaks. Every experiment point in emission spectra, which usually have at least hundreds of data points, is the function with variables and other parameters, so it is usually viable to determine and other parameters using a large number of experimental values. We applied this method to determine twenty-five of Yb3+ in GdTaO4. The calculated and experiment energy lifetimes, experimental and calculated emission spectrum are very consistent, indicating that it is viable to obtain the transition intensity parameters of rare-earth ions in solids by a full profile fitting to the ions’ emission spectrum. The calculated emission cross sections of Yb3+:GdTaO4 also indicate that the F-L formula gives larger values in the wavelength range with reabsorption. Project supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (Grant Nos. 51172236, 51502292, 51272254, 51102239, 61205173, and 61405206).

Preparation and characterization of Tb3+ ions doped zincborophosphate glasses for green emission

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bindu, S. Hima; Raju, D. Siva; Krishna, V. Vinay; Raju, Ch. Linga

2017-06-01

The present study reports the preparation of various concentrations of Tb3+ ions doped zincborophosphate glasses and analysis by XRD, FTIR, optical, emission and decay curve spectras. The effect of borate groups on the phosphate was evidenced by FTIR spectroscopy. The JO intensity parameters was calculated using Judd-Offlet theory. The fluroscence spectra of Tb3+ doped zincborophosphate glasses revealed the efficient blue and green emissions due to 5D3 and 5D4 excited levels to 7Fj ground state respectively. The decay curves exhibits single exponential curves for all the Tb3+ ion concentrations. Various radiative and fluorescence parameters are calculated using JO intensity parameters. Based on the results obtained in the present study, the Tb3+ ions doped zincborophosphate glasses behaves as a efficient laser active materials for highintensity emissions in the green region.

Predictive wall adjustment strategy for two-dimensional flexible walled adaptive wind tunnel: A detailed description of the first one-step method

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wolf, Stephen W. D.; Goodyer, Michael J.

1988-01-01

Following the realization that a simple iterative strategy for bringing the flexible walls of two-dimensional test sections to streamline contours was too slow for practical use, Judd proposed, developed, and placed into service what was the first Predictive Strategy. The Predictive Strategy reduced by 75 percent or more the number of iterations of wall shapes, and therefore the tunnel run-time overhead attributable to the streamlining process, required to reach satisfactory streamlines. The procedures of the Strategy are embodied in the FORTRAN subroutine WAS (standing for Wall Adjustment Strategy) which is written in general form. The essentials of the test section hardware, followed by the underlying aerodynamic theory which forms the basis of the Strategy, are briefly described. The subroutine is then presented as the Appendix, broken down into segments with descriptions of the numerical operations underway in each, with definitions of variables.

Minimalism. Clip and Save.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hubbard, Guy

2002-01-01

Provides background information on the art movement called "Minimalism" discussing why it started and its characteristics. Includes learning activities and information on the artist, Donald Judd. Includes a reproduction of one of his art works and discusses its content. (CMK)

Two-condition within-participant statistical mediation analysis: A path-analytic framework.

PubMed

Montoya, Amanda K; Hayes, Andrew F

2017-03-01

Researchers interested in testing mediation often use designs where participants are measured on a dependent variable Y and a mediator M in both of 2 different circumstances. The dominant approach to assessing mediation in such a design, proposed by Judd, Kenny, and McClelland (2001), relies on a series of hypothesis tests about components of the mediation model and is not based on an estimate of or formal inference about the indirect effect. In this article we recast Judd et al.'s approach in the path-analytic framework that is now commonly used in between-participant mediation analysis. By so doing, it is apparent how to estimate the indirect effect of a within-participant manipulation on some outcome through a mediator as the product of paths of influence. This path-analytic approach eliminates the need for discrete hypothesis tests about components of the model to support a claim of mediation, as Judd et al.'s method requires, because it relies only on an inference about the product of paths-the indirect effect. We generalize methods of inference for the indirect effect widely used in between-participant designs to this within-participant version of mediation analysis, including bootstrap confidence intervals and Monte Carlo confidence intervals. Using this path-analytic approach, we extend the method to models with multiple mediators operating in parallel and serially and discuss the comparison of indirect effects in these more complex models. We offer macros and code for SPSS, SAS, and Mplus that conduct these analyses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved).

Spectroscopic and energy transfer behavior of Dy3+ ions in B2O3sbnd TeO2sbnd PbOsbnd PbF2sbnd Bi2O3sbnd CdO glasses for laser and WLED applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Arunkumar, S.; Venkataiah, G.; Marimuthu, K.

2015-02-01

A new series of white light emitting Dy3+ doped Lead tellurofluoroborate glasses have been prepared and their spectroscopic and energy transfer behavior were explored through analyzing XRD, FTIR, Raman, SEM, EDAX, optical absorption, photoluminescence and lifetime measurements. The fundamental stretching of the various borate and tellurite networks were identified using FTIR and Raman spectral analysis. The bonding parameter studies reveal the ionic nature of the Dysbnd O bond in the present glasses. The Judd-Ofelt (JO) intensity parameters determined from the absorption spectra have been used to investigate the nature of bonding and symmetry orientation of the Dy-ligand field environment. The luminescence intensity increases with increasing Dy3+ ion concentration up to 0.5 wt%, beyond that luminescence quenching is observed. The JO parameters have been used to determine the transition probability (A), stimulated emission cross-section (σPE), radiative lifetime (τR) and branching ratios (βR) for the different emission transitions from the 4F9/2 excited level. The higher σPE and βR values of the 4F9/2 → 6H15/2 and 4F9/2 → 6H13/2 transitions suggest the possible laser action in the visible region. The Y/B ratio, CIE chromaticity color coordinates (x, y) and Color correlated temperature (CCT) were also estimated from the luminescence spectra for different concentration as well as pumping wavelengths. The x, y chromaticity color coordinates fall within the white light region and the white light can be tuned by varying the excitation wavelengths. The lifetime of the 4F9/2 excited state were measured and is found to decrease with increasing Dy3+ ion content. The non-exponential behavior is predominant in higher Dy3+ ion content glasses and is due to the efficient energy transfer between Dy3+sbnd Dy3+ ions. The decay curves were fitted to the Inokuti-Hirayama (IH) model to understand the nature of energy transfer. Among the prepared glasses, 0.5DPTFB glass possesses higher A,βR, σPE, η values and is suggested for lasers and WLED applications.

Laboratory Test Requirements for Marine Shock Isolation Seats

DTIC Science & Technology

2015-05-01

presented at Sensors Expo Chicago , June 9, 2008. 7. Judd, Bob, Everything You Ever Wanted to Know about Data Acquisition, Parts One and Two, United...Washington, DC 20593-7324 Attn: David Shepard Defense Technical Information Center 8725 John J. Kingman Road Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-6218 # # 2

Chronicle of Higher Education. Volume 51, Number 7, October 8, 2004

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chronicle of Higher Education, 2004

2004-01-01

"Chronicle of Higher Education" presents an abundant source of news and information for college and university faculty members and administrators. This October 8, 2004 issue of "Chronicle of Higher Education" includes the following articles: (1) "Game for Anything" (Ruggill, Judd Ethan; Neelakantan, Shailaja); (2)…

An Alternative Approach for Nonlinear Latent Variable Models

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mooijaart, Ab; Bentler, Peter M.

2010-01-01

In the last decades there has been an increasing interest in nonlinear latent variable models. Since the seminal paper of Kenny and Judd, several methods have been proposed for dealing with these kinds of models. This article introduces an alternative approach. The methodology involves fitting some third-order moments in addition to the means and…

Irrigation and cultivar effects in no-till, cover crop, and conventional tillage systems in Arkansas Cotton.

USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

This field experiment was conducted in association with a long term tillage study established in fall 2007 at the Judd Hill Foundation Research Farm in Northeast Arkansas to assess agronomic and environmental impacts of conservation tillage systems. In component studies in 2016 we evaluated performa...

Focus: Film in the English and Language Arts Classroom.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Mullican, James S., Ed.

1976-01-01

The articles collected in this issue are devoted to the topic of film in the English and language arts classroom. Titles include "Film Study: Some Problems and Approaches" (Judd Chesler), "The New Basic Skill: Film" (Harold M. Foster), "Caveat Viewer: Developing Viewing Perceptions" (Edward S. Dermon), "Shreds and Patches: Improvised Textbook"…

Peripheral absolute threshold spectral sensitivity in retinitis pigmentosa.

PubMed Central

Massof, R W; Johnson, M A; Finkelstein, D

1981-01-01

Dark-adapted spectral sensitivities were measured in the peripheral retinas of 38 patients diagnosed as having typical retinitis pigmentosa (RP) and in 3 normal volunteers. The patients included those having autosomal dominant and autosomal recessive inheritance patterns. Results were analysed by comparisons with the CIE standard scotopic spectral visibility function and with Judd's modification of the photopic spectral visibility function, with consideration of contributions from changes in spectral transmission of preretinal media. The data show 3 general patterns. One group of patients had absolute threshold spectral sensitivities that were fit by Judd's photopic visibility curve. Absolute threshold spectral sensitivities for a second group of patients were fit by a normal scotopic spectral visibility curve. The third group of patients had absolute threshold spectral sensitivities that were fit by a combination of scotopic and photopic spectral visibility curves. The autosomal dominant and autosomal recessive modes of inheritance were represented in each group of patients. These data indicate that RP patients have normal rod and/or cone spectral sensitivities, and support the subclassification of patients described previously by Massof and Finkelstein. PMID:7459312

An Investigation of the Distribution of Radiation Scattered by Optical Surfaces

DTIC Science & Technology

1975-08-01

Profile Inversion Workshop, Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California, L. Colin, ed., pp. 6-34 to 6-37 ( NASA TM X-62, 150). (Available from th...Surface EM Scattering Solutions," IEEE Trans. AP-21:393-396. Judd, D. B., 1967, "Terms, Definitions, and Symbols in Reflectometry ," J. Opt. Soc. Am. 57:445

Miconia bullotricha and M. hirtistyla, two new species of Miconia sect. Lima (Miconieae, Melastomataceae) from eastern Cuba

PubMed Central

Majure, Lucas C.; Bécquer, Eldis R.; Judd, Walter S.

2014-01-01

Abstract We describe two new species in Miconia sect. Lima, Miconia bullotricha Bécquer & Majure and Miconia hirtistyla Majure & Judd, from eastern, Cuba. We also provide illustrations and distribution maps for the two species, as well as a key to members of the Lima clade on Cuba. PMID:24526849

Clinical Commentary by Dorothy Judd, Child and Adolescent and Couple Psychotherapist

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Judd, Dorothy

2010-01-01

This article presents the author's observations on a clinical extract which describes a child psychotherapist working with Maya, a seriously ill child, in a hospital. The author said that the hospital setting raises the question of what it is like to apply child psychotherapists' thinking within a hospital setting, and how they adapt the way they…

Adaptability of selected tree species planted in Hawaii forests

Treesearch

Robert E. Nelson; Thomas H. Schubert

1972-01-01

Many tree species have been introduced into Hawaii from around the world (Bryan and Walker i962, Hillebrand 1965, St. John 1973). Trial introductions of new species for various forestry purposes began in the 19th century and are still continuing. Walker (1887), Judd (1915); Lyon (1929), Zschokke (1930), Bryan (1947), and Whitesell (1971, 1974), among others, have...

A Guide for Measuring, Analyzing, and Evaluating Accelerations Recorded During Seakeeping Trials of High-Speed Craft

DTIC Science & Technology

2016-01-01

Smith, Strether. Digital Data Acquisition and Analysis, A short course presented at Sensors Expo Chicago , June 9, 2008. 11. Judd, Bob, Everything You...Forces, CG 731 2100 Second Street, SW STOP 356 Washington, DC 20593-7356 Attn: David Shepard United States Coast Guard RDT&E Division 2100 Second

Editorial: Introduction to the Special Section on Causal Inference in Cross Sectional and Longitudinal Mediational Models

PubMed Central

West, Stephen G.

2016-01-01

Psychologists have long had interest in the processes through which antecedent variables produce their effects on the outcomes of ultimate interest (e.g., Wood-worth's Stimulus-Organism-Response model). Models involving such meditational processes have characterized many of the important psychological theories of the 20th century and continue to the present day. However, it was not until Judd and Kenny (1981) and Baron and Kenny (1986) combined ideas from experimental design and structural equation modeling that statistical methods for directly testing such models, now known as mediation analysis, began to be developed. Methodologists have improved these statistical methods, developing new, more efficient estimators for mediated effects. They have also extended mediation analysis to multilevel data structures, models involving multiple mediators, models in which interactions occur, and an array of noncontinuous outcome measures (see MacKinnon, 2008). This work nicely maps on to key questions of applied researchers and has led to an outpouring of research testing meditational models (As of August, 2011, Baron and Kenny's article has had over 24,000 citations according to Google Scholar). PMID:26736046

From School-Culture-to-Family-Culture: Reflections on Four Generations of a Deweyan Education in Hawai'i

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Makaiau, Amber Strong

2015-01-01

In 1918, the author's great great aunt, Sophie Judd Cooke founded a small progressive school in Honolulu. Her brother Henry named it Hanahau'oli School, which means joyful work school. In this essay the author's mother, Linda Summers Strong and the author reflect on the impact of Hanahau'oli School's Deweyan approach to education on the…

The Application of Some Hartree-Fock Model Calculation to the Analysis of Atomic and Free-Ion Optical Spectra

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Hayhurst, Thomas Laine

1980-08-06

Techniques for applying ab-initio calculations to the is of atomic spectra are investigated, along with the relationship between the semi-empirical and ab-initio forms of Slater-Condon theory. Slater-Condon theory is reviewed with a focus on the essential features that lead to the effective Hamiltonians associated with the semi-empirical form of the theory. Ab-initio spectroscopic parameters are calculated from wavefunctions obtained via self-consistent field methods, while multi-configuration Hamiltonian matrices are constructed and diagonalized with computer codes written by Robert Cowan of Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory. Group theoretical analysis demonstrates that wavefunctions more general than Slater determinants (i.e. wavefunctions with radial correlations betweenmore » electrons) lead to essentially the same parameterization of effective Hamiltonians. In the spirit of this analysis, a strategy is developed for adjusting ab-initio values of the spectroscopic parameters, reproducing parameters obtained by fitting the corresponding effective Hamiltonian. Secondary parameters are used to "screen" the calculated (primary) spectroscopic parameters, their values determined by least squares. Extrapolations of the secondary parameters determined from analyzed spectra are attempted to correct calculations of atoms and ions without experimental levels. The adjustment strategy and extrapolations are tested on the K I sequence from K 0+ through Fe 7+, fitting to experimental levels for V 4+, and Cr 5+; unobserved levels and spectra are predicted for several members of the sequence. A related problem is also discussed: Energy levels of the Uranium hexahalide complexes, (UX 6) 2- for X= F, Cl, Br, and I, are fit to an effective Hamiltonian (the f 2 configuration in O h symmetry) with corrections proposed by Brian Judd.« less

Spatial filtering and spatial primitives in early vision: an explanation of the Zöllner-Judd class of geometrical illusion.

PubMed

Morgan, M J; Casco, C

1990-10-22

The apparent length and orientation of short lines is altered when they abut against oblique lines (the Zöllner and Judd illusions). Here we present evidence that the length and orientation biases are geometrically related and probably depend upon the same underlying mechanism. Measurements were done with an 'H' figure, in which the apparent length and orientation of the cross-bar was assessed by the method of adjustment while the orientation of the outer flanking lines was varied. When the flanking lines are oblique the apparent length of the central line is reduced and its orientation is shifted so that it appears more nearly at right-angles to the obliques than is in fact the case. Measurements of the orientation and length effects were made in three observers, over a range of flanking-line angles (90, 63, 45, 34 and 27 deg) and central line lengths (9, 17, 33 and 67 arc min). The biases increased with the tilt of the flanking-lines, and decreased with central line length. The extent of the length bias could be accurately predicted from the angular shift by simple trigonometry. We describe physiological and computational models to account for the relation between the orientation and length biases.

Time Evolution of Radiation-Induced Luminescence in Terbium-Doped Silicate Glass

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

West, Michael S.; Winfree, William P.

1996-01-01

A study was made on two commercially available terbium-doped silicate glasses. There is an increased interest in silicate glasses doped with rare-earth ions for use in high-energy particle detection and radiographic applications. These glasses are of interest due to the fact that they can be formed into small fiber sensors; a property that can be used to increase the spatial resolution of a detection system. Following absorption of radiation, the terbium ions become excited and then emit photons via 4f-4f electronic transitions as they relax back to the ground state. The lifetime of these transitions is on the order of milliseconds. A longer decay component lasting on the order of minutes has also been observed. While radiative transitions in the 4f shell of rare-earth ions are generally well understood by the Judd-Olfelt theory, the pr'esence of a longer luminescence decay component is not. Experimental evidence that the long decay component is due, in part, to the thermal release of trapped charge carriers will be presented. In addition, a theoretical model describing the time evolution of the radiation-induced luminescence will be presented.

Technologies for Non-Destructive Evaluation of Surfaces and Thin Coating

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Manos, Dennis M.; Welch, Christopher

1998-01-01

A study was made on two commercially available terbium-doped silicate glasses. There is an increased interest in silicate glasses doped with rare-earth ions for use in high-energy particle detection and radiographic applications. These glasses are of interest due to the fact that they can be formed into small fiber sensors; a property that can be used to increase the spatial resolution of a detection system. Following absorption of radiation, the terbium ions become excited and then emit photons via 4f-4f electronic transitions as they relax back to the ground state. The lifetime of these transitions is on the order of milliseconds. A longer decay component lasting on the order of minutes has also been observed. While radiative transitions in the 4f shell of rare-earth ions are generally well understood by the Judd-Olfelt theory, the presence of a longer luminescence decay component is not. Experimental evidence that the long decay component is due, in part, to the thermal release of trapped charge carriers will be presented. In addition, a theoretical model describing the time evolution of the radiation-induced luminescence will be presented.

Optical absorption, luminescence, and energy transfer processes studies for Dy3+/Tb3+-codoped borate glasses for solid-state lighting applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lakshminarayana, G.; Kaky, Kawa M.; Baki, S. O.; Lira, A.; Caldiño, U.; Kityk, I. V.; Mahdi, M. A.

2017-10-01

By using melt quenching technique, good optical quality singly doped Dy3+ or Tb3+ and Dy3+/Tb3+-codoped borate glasses were synthesized and studied by optical absorption, excitation, emission and decay lifetimes curve analysis. Following the absorption spectrum, the evaluated Judd-Ofelt (J-O) intensity parameters (Ωλ (λ = 2, 4 and 6)) were used to calculate the transition probability (AR), the branching ratio (βR), and the radiative lifetime (τR) for different luminescent transitions such as 4I15/2 → 6H15/2, 4F9/2 → 6H15/2, 4F9/2 → 6H13/2, 4F9/2 → 6H11/2 and 4F9/2 → 6H9/2,6F11/2 for the 0.5 mol % singly Dy3+-doped glass. The βR calculated (65%) indicates that for lasing applications, 4F9/2 → 6H13/2 emission transition is highly suitable. For all the Dy3+/Tb3+-codoped glasses, Tb3+: 5D3→7F6 emission decay lifetime curves are found to be non-exponential in nature for different concentrations of Dy3+ codoping. Using the Inokuti-Hirayama model, these nonexponential decay curves were analyzed to identify the nature of the energy transfer (ET) processes and here the electric dipole-dipole interaction is dominant for the ET. Based on the excitation and emission spectra and decay lifetimes curve analysis, the cross relaxation and ET processes between Dy3+ and Tb3+ were confirmed. For the 0.5 mol % Tb3+ and 2.0 mol % Dy3+-codoped glass, the evaluated Tb3+→Dy3+ ET efficiency (η) is found to be 45% under 369 nm excitation. Further, for Tb3+/Dy3+ -codoped glasses, an enhancement of Tb3+ green emission is observed up to 1.5 mol % Dy3+ codoping, and this is due to the non-radiative resonant ET from Dy3+ to Tb3+ upon 395 nm excitation. For singly 0.5 mol % Dy3+ or 0.5 mol % Tb3+-doped glass, the calculated color coordinates (x,y) and correlated color temperatures (CCT) represent the neutral white or warm white light regions, whereas Dy3+/Tb3+-codoped glasses (x,y) and CCT values fall in the yellowish green region with respect to the different Dy3+ concentrations under 350 and 395 nm excitations. Following the analyzed optical data, the singly Dy3+ or Tb3+-doped and Dy3+/Tb3+-codoped glasses could be suggested as promising materials for their applications in solid state light emitting diodes and luminescent display devices.

Nd3+-doped heavy metal oxide based multicomponent borate glasses for 1.06 μm solid-state NIR laser and O-band optical amplification applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lakshminarayana, G.; Kaky, Kawa M.; Baki, S. O.; Lira, A.; Meza-Rocha, A. N.; Falcony, C.; Caldiño, U.; Kityk, I. V.; Méndez-Blas, A.; Abas, A. F.; Alresheedi, M. T.; Mahdi, M. A.

2018-04-01

Nd3+-doped glasses in the composition (50-x) B2O3-10 PbO-10 BaO-10 Al2O3-10 ZnO-10 Na2O-(x) Nd2O3 (x = 0.0, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, and 2.0 mol %) were fabricated using melt quenching method. Upon 592 nm visible and 808 nm LD excitations, the luminescence spectra show a strong 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 (1.06 μm) emission transition, and two less intense 4F3/2 → 4I9/2 (0.89 μm) and 4F3/2 → 4I13/2 (1.331 μm) emission transitions. The intensity of such emissions increases up to 0.5 mol % Nd3+, and above this doping level, quenching occurs. For 0.5 mol % Nd3+-doped glass, following Judd-Ofelt intensity parameters and emission spectrum, AR, τR, βR and βexp, including Δλeff,σem(λp), (σem × (Δλeff)) and (σem × (τrad)), are derived for Nd3+ ion 4F3/2 → 4I11/2 and 4F3/2 → 4I13/2 fluorescence transitions. The highest σem(λp) for the 1.06 and 1.331 μm fluorescence bands are found to be 6.216 × 10-20 and 2.295 × 10-20cm2, respectively. The 4F3/2 level lifetimes are found to decrease with an increase in Nd2O3 content and the decay curves of the glass up to 1.5 mol % Nd3+ exhibit single exponential nature. From 'τexp' of the Nd3+: 4F3/2 level, quantum efficiency (η), (σem × (τexp)), and saturation intensity (IS) are 48.87%, 51.09 × 10-25 cm2s and 3.67 × 108 W/m2, respectively, for the 0.5 mol % Nd3+-doped glass. Higher thermal stability, very low χ, high AR, large βexp., moderate τR, large gain bandwidth and high optical gain values indicate that 0.5 mol % Nd3+-doped glass could be a potential gain medium for solid-state NIR lasers at 1.06 μm. Moreover, for the 1.331 μm emission, large Δλeff and the theoretical gain coefficient value of 1.579 dB/cm, evaluated with an excited Nd3+ ion fractional factor of 0.6, indicate that this glass might be a promising candidate in developing O-band optical fiber amplifiers.

AWARE Wide Field View

DTIC Science & Technology

2016-04-29

G. Anderson, S. D. Feller, E . M. Vera , H. S. Son, S.-H. Youn, J. Kim, M. E . Gehm, D. J. Brady, J. M. Nichols, K. P. Judd, M. D. Duncan, J. R...scale in monocentric gigapixel cameras." Applied Optics 50(30): 5824-5833. Tremblay, E . J., et al. (2012). "Design and scaling of monocentric...cameras. Optomechanical Engineering 2013. A. E . Hatheway. 8836. Youn, S. H., et al. (2013). Efficient testing methodologies for microcameras in a

Evaluation of Neuroprotection and Behavioral Recovery by the Kappa- Opioid, PD 117302 Following Transient Forebrain Ischemia

DTIC Science & Technology

1994-01-01

shown to protect against NMDA -induced convul- mate- and aspartate-stimulated NMDA activity mediates delayed sions in rats (38), and to reduce...assessing a variety of pharmacological and physiological manip- competitive NMDA antagonists have been shown to decrease ulations (e.g., 40). Additionally...Hayward, N. J.; Tyers, 8. DeLong, G. R. Autism , amnesia, hippocampus, and learning. Neu- M. B.; Scopes, D. 1. C.; Naylor, A.; Judd, D. B. Neuroprotective

Energy Behavior Change and Army Net Zero Energy; Gaps in the Army’s Approach to Changing Energy Behavior

DTIC Science & Technology

2014-06-13

age, and design , installations set benchmarks for utility use and cost. This benchmark includes a buffer above and below the baseline. If residents...sustainability officers from each government agency (US President 2009, 6). The order requires that each federal agency designate a senior...conducting direct comparisons of pre and post intervention data (Judd et al. 2013, 15). Soldiers were the primary occupants of the three buildings with

Treating stimuli as a random factor in social psychology: a new and comprehensive solution to a pervasive but largely ignored problem.

PubMed

Judd, Charles M; Westfall, Jacob; Kenny, David A

2012-07-01

Throughout social and cognitive psychology, participants are routinely asked to respond in some way to experimental stimuli that are thought to represent categories of theoretical interest. For instance, in measures of implicit attitudes, participants are primed with pictures of specific African American and White stimulus persons sampled in some way from possible stimuli that might have been used. Yet seldom is the sampling of stimuli taken into account in the analysis of the resulting data, in spite of numerous warnings about the perils of ignoring stimulus variation (Clark, 1973; Kenny, 1985; Wells & Windschitl, 1999). Part of this failure to attend to stimulus variation is due to the demands imposed by traditional analysis of variance procedures for the analysis of data when both participants and stimuli are treated as random factors. In this article, we present a comprehensive solution using mixed models for the analysis of data with crossed random factors (e.g., participants and stimuli). We show the substantial biases inherent in analyses that ignore one or the other of the random factors, and we illustrate the substantial advantages of the mixed models approach with both hypothetical and actual, well-known data sets in social psychology (Bem, 2011; Blair, Chapleau, & Judd, 2005; Correll, Park, Judd, & Wittenbrink, 2002). PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved

PARTIAL REVISION: ABSORPTION SPECTRUM AND QUANTUM STATES OF THE PRASEODYMIUM ION. I. SINGLE CRYSTALS OF PRASEODYMIUM CHLORIDE

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Sayre, E.V.; Sancier, K.M.; Freed, S.

1958-07-01

In an analysis of term splitting in the absorption spectrum of 24 samples of praseodymium chloride, Judd (Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A241, 414(1957)) found all but two of the authors' results to be constant with his. A discussion of reconciliation is presentrd, and the authors point out that the error is due to a mistake in descrimination between electronic transitions and the weak vibrationally coupled lines. (J.R.D.)

A Transformation Yielding an Additive Representation of Data in a Two-Way Array.

DTIC Science & Technology

1980-08-15

Psychological Association 1200 17th Street N.W. 1 Dr. Gary Marco Washington, DC 20036 Educational Testing Service Princeton, NJ 08450 Dr. Wilson A. Judd...ADA,11 b6b PORTLAND STATE UNIV OR DEPT OF PSYCHOLOGY F/G 12/1 A TRANSFORMATION YILLDING AN ADDITIVE REPRESENTATION OF DATA IN--ETC(U) AUG bO J A PAUL...DATA IN A TWO-WAY ARRAY James A. Paulson Psychology Department Portland State University Approved for public release; distribution unlimited

Atomic-Level Structure Studies of Rare-Earth Doped Sodium Phosphate Glasses Using High Energy X-Ray Diffraction and Complementary Techniques

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Amir, Faisal

The atomic-scale structure of a series of (RE2 O3)x ( Na2O)y ( P2O5)1- x-y glasses (RE = Pr, Nd, Er) where has been characterized by high-energy X-ray diffraction technique (HEXRD). In addition, differential thermal analysis (DTA), Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy, and absorption and emission spectroscopy in visible and near IR ranges have been used as supplementary tools to validate structural features obtained from HEXRD techniques.Structural features such as inter-atomic distances and coordination numbers and their dependence on the concentration of RE 2 O3 have been obtained by analyzing pair distribution functions (PDF) extracted from diffraction data. Coordination numbers for P-O, Na-O, O-O, and P-P were found to be independent of the RE 2 O3 concentration. In contrast, the RE-O coordination number varies between ≈ 8 and 7.2 as the RE2 O3 concentration increases from 0.005 to 0.05. The variation of the bond distance between large rare-earth ions (Pr, Nd) and small rare-earth ion (Er) is approximately 0.2 A, which is attributed to lanthanide contraction. The Na-O coordination number in these glasses was observed to ≈ 5.0 as the RE2 O 3 content increases. The overlapping correlation of RE-O, Na-O, and O-O in the same vicinity makes it difficult to calculate these coordination numbers. DTA measurements were used for the investigation of thermal characteristics of glasses. From these measurements, it is evident that the glass transition temperature increases with increasing the RE2 O3 (RE=Pr, Er) content. FTIR was used to inspect the structural changes of the glasses. The doping of RE 2 O3 (RE=Pr, Er) induces depolymerization of the glasses at the Q3 tetrahedral sites. The forming of the ionic linkages between phosphate chains is attributed to the increase in non-bridging oxygen (NBO). The cross-linkages density (CLD) increases with the RE2 O3 (RE=Pr, Er) concentrations. Absorption spectra for x = 0.01 of Er 3+ and 0.005-0.05 for Nd3+ doped glasses have been analyzed using Judd-Ofelt (JO) theory. The JO parameters have been used to predict radiative properties of luminescent levels of Er3+ and Nd3+ ions. Comparatively large photoluminescence lifetime 13.76 msec (x = 0.01) for Er3+ and 476 microsec ( x = 0.005) for Nd3+ for the laser transition was observed. However, the quantum efficiency of the erbium doped glasses is ≈70 %. The influence of RE 3+ (RE = Er, Nd) doping concentration on the emission spectra and lifetimes was investigated wit the model proposed by Auzel's limited diffusion model, in order to study the concentration quenching effect on luminescence. In this model, the fitting of the fluorescence lifetime experimental data gives us a radiative lifetime (tau0) and quenching concentration (N0). For Neodymium glasses, tau0 = 467 microsec and N0 = 5.98 x 1020 ions/cm3 Nd3+ ion, and in erbium glasses, tau0 = 12.4 ms at N0= 1.57 x 1020 ions/cm3 for Er3+ ion. The Inokuti-Hirayama (IH) model has been applied to the non-exponential behavior of the decay profiles to investigate the mechanism involved in the energy transfer between the donors and acceptors. Emission spectra of rare earth phosphate glasses show that their fluorescence efficiency decreases with increasing rare-earth content even at relatively at low concentrations (0.005 < x < 0.05), suggesting that concentration quenching of lasing action may be present even at these concentrations.

Action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Hirvijoki, Eero

In this study, an action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas is proposed. Although no natural Lagrangian exists for the Landau-Fokker-Planck equation, an Eulerian variational formulation is found considering the system of partial differential equations that couple the distribution function and the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd potentials. Conservation laws are derived after generalizing the energy-momentum stress tensor for second order Lagrangians and, in the case of a test-particle population in a given plasma background, the action principle is shown to correspond to the Langevin equation for individual particles.

Differential formulation of the gyrokinetic Landau operator

DOE PAGES

Hirvijoki, Eero; Brizard, Alain J.; Pfefferlé, David

2017-01-05

Subsequent to the recent rigorous derivation of an energetically consistent gyrokinetic collision operator in the so-called Landau representation, this work investigates the possibility of finding a differential formulation of the gyrokinetic Landau collision operator. It is observed that, while a differential formulation is possible in the gyrokinetic phase space, reduction of the resulting system of partial differential equations to five dimensions via gyroaveraging poses a challenge. Finally, based on the present work, it is likely that the gyrocentre analogues of the Rosenbluth–MacDonald–Judd potential functions must be kept gyroangle dependent.

Action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas

DOE PAGES

Hirvijoki, Eero

2016-09-14

In this study, an action principle for Coulomb collisions in plasmas is proposed. Although no natural Lagrangian exists for the Landau-Fokker-Planck equation, an Eulerian variational formulation is found considering the system of partial differential equations that couple the distribution function and the Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd potentials. Conservation laws are derived after generalizing the energy-momentum stress tensor for second order Lagrangians and, in the case of a test-particle population in a given plasma background, the action principle is shown to correspond to the Langevin equation for individual particles.

Photoluminescence studies of high-efficient red-emitting K{sub 2}Y(WO{sub 4})(PO{sub 4}):Eu{sup 3+} phosphor for NUV LED

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Zhang, Xinguo; State Key Laboratory of Optoelectronic Materials and Technologies, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, Sun Yat-Sen University, Guangzhou 510275; Chen, Mengyang

Highlights: • Novel K{sub 2}Y(WO{sub 4})(PO{sub 4}):Eu{sup 3+} red phosphors were prepared by solid-state method. • Phosphors exhibit strong red light under NUV excitation with quantum efficiency of 70.5 %. • Judd–Ofelt analysis ascertains the presence of Eu{sup 3+} in a highly asymmetric environment. • The red LED prototype was fabricated with KYWP:Eu{sup 3+} phosphor and InGaN chip. - Abstract: A series of high-efficient red-emitting phosphors K{sub 2}Y(WO{sub 4})(PO{sub 4}):Eu{sup 3+} have been successfully synthesized by conventional solid-state reaction, and its photoluminescence (PL) properties have been investigated. The phosphors can be excited efficiently by NUV light, then exhibit strong redmore » emission with quantum efficiency of 70.5%. The concentration quenching takes place at relatively high concentration of Eu{sup 3+} (x = 0.70), which is further confirmed by the variation of decay curves of the entitled phosphors. Judd–Ofelt analysis ascertains the presence of Eu{sup 3+} in a highly asymmetric environment. The phosphor exhibits good thermal stability (92.5% at 100 °C and 84.1% at 180 °C). The red LED prototype fabricated by opyimized-composition K{sub 2}Y(WO{sub 4})(PO{sub 4}):0.70Eu{sup 3+} phosphor and 395 nm-emitting InGaN chips exhibit bright red emission. The results indicate that the K{sub 2}Y(WO{sub 4})(PO{sub 4}):Eu{sup 3+} phosphors are promising red phosphors for NUV LED.« less

Novel materials as potential infrared laser hosts

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sarkies, Julian Richard

The work presented in this thesis has concentrated on an assessment and characterisation of potential laser host media which will only support low phonon or vibrational modes. This is a necessary criterion if systems in which the active ions are lanthanides are to be made to lase in the mid-infrared, as in conventional host media non- radiative processes dominate transitions in this region. Research has concentrated upon two main areas. Firstly a spectroscopic study of lanthanide doped PBr3/AlBr3/SbBr3 was undertaken. A detailed investigation and characterisation of the stable solution formation region was carried out. The doping levels achievable were seen to vary across the lanthanide series from a maximum 0.24mol% for praesodymium to a minimum 0.15mol% for ytterbium. Energies of the characteristic 4 f absorptions of the trivalent lanthanides were measured, along with their oscillator strengths. Judd-Ofelt parameters were found for several rare earths. Stimulated emission cross sections were found to be higher than in conventional glass hosts for certain transitions, such as 6.83 × 10 -20 cm2 for the 4F3/2 --> 4I11/2 transition in the Nd3+ doped liquid. This was verified both experimentally and by the Ladenburg-Fuchtbauer relation when compared to a standard silicate glass. The behaviour, both spectroscopic and physical, of the doped solutions was seen to change dramatically upon heating. Heating the solutions gave rise to higher crystallisation rates, but lower non-radiative relaxation rates. Waveguide and laser experiments were attempted in both bulk and capillary geometries, however material factors such as crystallisation and thermal lensing prevented laser action. Secondly, rare earth doped planar waveguides of zinc sulphide were prepared. A full characterisation of the way in which waveguide loss was affected by factors such as deposition rate, doping level and waveguide masking during evaporation was performed. Waveguide losses as low as 1.5dB/cm at 980nm were measured. The loss was seen to have a strong λ-4 dependence, indicating it was predominantly due to Rayleigh scattering. Deposition onto heated substrates and post deposition annealing increased the loss significantly. Shielding the substrate from the radiant heating of the evaporation boat by partial masking of the substrate reduced the loss significantly. Doping the films caused a large increase in the loss for dopant concentrations of above 0.8mol%. Emission was observed from both Er3+ and Nd 3+ doped waveguides, and fluorescent lifetimes measured. The emission cross sections were measured for the 4F3/2 --> 4I11/2 transition in the Nd3+ doped waveguide, and for the 4I13/2 --> 4I 15/2 transition in the Er3+ doped waveguide. Multilayer dielectric mirrors were deposited onto the ends of a Nd3+ doped waveguide, forming a fully integrated resonator. The low damage threshold of the multilayer coatings precluded laser action. These results are believed to be the first ever reported for thermally evaporated doped zinc sulphide waveguides. This system has shown considerable promise as an infrared laser host, the future implications of this work are discussed and possible directions for future research suggested.

An experimental comparison of two adaptation strategies in an adaptive-walls wind-tunnel

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Russo, G. P.; Zuppardi, G.; Basciani, M.

1995-08-01

In the present work an experimental comparison is made between two adaptation strategies: the Judd's method and the Everhart's method. A NACA 0012 airfoil has been tested at Mach numbers up to 0.4: models with chords up to 200 mm have been tested in a 200 mm × 200 mm test section. The two strategies, though based on different theoretical approaches, show a fairly good agreement as far as c p distribution on the model, lift and drag curves and residual interference are concerned and agree, in terms of lift curve slope and drag coefficient at zero lift, with the McCroskey correlation.

Pockmarks in Passamaquoddy Bay, New Brunswick, Canada

USGS Publications Warehouse

Brothers, Laura; Legere, Christine; Hughes Clark, J.E.; Kelley, J.T.; Barnhardt, Walter; Andrews, Brian; Belknap, D.F.

2016-01-01

Pockmarks are seafloor depressions associated with fluid escape (Judd & Hovland 2007). They proliferate in the muddy seafloors of coastal Gulf of Maine and Bay of Fundy, where they are associated with shallow natural gas likely of biogenic origin (Ussler et al. 2003; Rogers et al. 2006; Wildish et al. 2008). In North America, shallow-water pockmark fields are not reported south of Long Island Sound, despite the abundance of gassy, muddy estuaries. The absence of pockmarks south of the limit of North American glaciation suggests that local and regional heterogeneities, possibly related to glacial or sea-level history or bedrock geology, influence pockmark field distribution. In shallow-water embayments, such as Passamaquoddy Bay, New Brunswick, pockmarks can be large (>200 m diameter) and number in the thousands.

Parallel momentum input by tangential neutral beam injections in stellarator and heliotron plasmas

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Nishimura, S., E-mail: nishimura.shin@lhd.nifs.ac.jp; Nakamura, Y.; Nishioka, K.

The configuration dependence of parallel momentum inputs to target plasma particle species by tangentially injected neutral beams is investigated in non-axisymmetric stellarator/heliotron model magnetic fields by assuming the existence of magnetic flux-surfaces. In parallel friction integrals of the full Rosenbluth-MacDonald-Judd collision operator in thermal particles' kinetic equations, numerically obtained eigenfunctions are used for excluding trapped fast ions that cannot contribute to the friction integrals. It is found that the momentum inputs to thermal ions strongly depend on magnetic field strength modulations on the flux-surfaces, while the input to electrons is insensitive to the modulation. In future plasma flow studies requiringmore » flow calculations of all particle species in more general non-symmetric toroidal configurations, the eigenfunction method investigated here will be useful.« less

Spectral investigations of Sm{sup 3+}-doped oxyfluorosilicate glasses

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ramachari, D.; Rama Moorthy, L., E-mail: lrmphysics@yahoo.co.in; Department of Physics, Chadalawada Ramanamma Engineering College, Renigunta Road, Tirupati 517506

2013-09-01

Graphical abstract: The figure shows the emission spectra of Sm{sup 3+} doped KNSZL glass for different concentrations. Among the four emission transitions {sup 4}G{sub 5/2} → {sup 6}H{sub 5/2}, {sup 4}G{sub 5/2} → {sup 6}H{sub 7/2}, {sup 4}G{sub 5/2} → {sup 6}H{sub 9/2} and {sup 4}G{sub 5/2} → {sup 6}H{sub 11/2}, the {sup 4}G{sub 5/2} → {sup 6}H{sub 7/2} transition of KNSZLSm10 glass is more intense compared with all the transitions. The insert figure shows, the color coordinates (0.59, 0.41) of KNSZLSm10 glass is located on the perimeter of the chromaticity diagram at 592 nm which appears to be closestmore » to the orange color. From these results the KNSZLSm10 glass could be useful for optical amplifiers, waveguides, telecommunications and orange LEDs. - Highlights: • From the DTA, the undoped KNSZL glass more precisely in fiberdrawing. • The XRD pattern confirmed the KNbO{sub 3} nanocrystallites of undoped KNSZL glass. • FTIR and Raman data of KNSZLSm10 glass revealed structural properties. • Judd–Ofelt analysis and decay measurements were carried out. • The optical gain parameter of the investigated glass is 18.13 × 10{sup −25} cm{sup 2} s. - Abstract: Sm{sub 2}O{sub 3}-doped oxyfluorosilicate glasses were prepared by melt-quenching method. The differential thermal analysis and X-ray diffraction were carried out to investigate the glass transition temperature and structure of precursor glass. Infrared spectroscopy, Raman, optical absorption, photoluminescence and decay measurements were carried out for Sm{sup 3+}-doped oxyfluorosilicate glasses. From the absorption spectrum, the Judd–Ofelt intensity parameters have been evaluated to predict the radiative properties for the emission levels of Sm{sup 3+} ions. The lifetimes of {sup 4}G{sub 5/2} level are found to decrease from 1.17 to 0.93 ms due to the energy transfer, when the concentration of Sm{sup 3+} ions increases from 0.1 to 2.0 mol%. The optical gain parameter (18.13 × 10{sup −25} cm{sup 2} s) of the investigated glass is found to be higher than the other Sm{sub 2}O{sub 3}-doped glass systems.« less

Spectroscopic behavior of composition dependent Dy3+ doped alkali fluoroborophosphate glasses

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Raj, V. Anthony; Maheshvaran, K.; D'Silva, A. Josuva; Rayappan, I. Arul

2018-04-01

A new series of Dy3+ doped Alkali fluoroborophosphate glasses were prepared following conventional melt quenching technique and characterized using optical absorption and luminescence measurements. The nature of the metal-ligand bonding and the electronic band structure has been investigated using the absorption spectra. The Judd-Oflet (JO) intensity parameters (Ω2, Ω4 and Ω6) were evaluated and the experimental oscillator strength values were also calculated. The luminescence spectra exhibit two visible bands 4F9/2→6H15/2 (Blue) and 4F9/2→6H13/2 (Yellow) respectively. The radiative properties such as peak wavelength and effective band width for the emission transition were calculated. The yellow to blue (Y/B) ratios and color coordinates have been calculated from the luminescence spectra and the utility of the present glasses for white LED applications.

Optical studies on alkali-alkaline Dy3+-doped lead-alumino-boro-phosphate glasses for white LED's application

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Joseph, P. Arun Jeganatha; Vinothini, J. Jemma; Maheshvaran, K.; Rayappan, I. Arul

2018-04-01

A new series 34B2O3+20NH4H2PO4+10Al2O3+10PbO+25MCO3+1Dy2O3, where (M= K2 and Mg) of Dy3+ doped lead-alumino-boro-phosphate glasses have been prepared by conventional melt quenching technique. The prepared glass samples were characterized through Optical absorption and photoluminescence spectra. The bonding parameter, Oscillator strength and Judd-Oflet (JO) parameter have been calculated and investigated through optical absorption spectra. The excitation and emission wavelength have been obtained through the photoluminescence spectra. The emission spectra exhibit two visible bands as 4F9/2→6H15/2 (Blue) and 4F9/2→6H13/2 (Yellow). Yellow to blue (Y/B) intensity ratio and chromaticity coordinates have been estimated for the stimulation of WLED applications.

Geohydrology and conceptual model of a ground-water-flow system near a Superfund site in Cheshire, Connecticut

USGS Publications Warehouse

Stone, J.R.; Barlow, P.M.; Starn, J.J.

1996-01-01

Degradation of ground-water quality has been identified in an area of the north-central part of the town of Cheshire, Connecticut. An investigation by the U.S. Geological Survey, in cooperation with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, was done during 1994-95 to characterize the unconsolidated glacial deposits and the sedimentary bedrock, integrate the local geohydrologic conditions with the regional geohydrologic system, and develop a conceptual understanding of ground-water flow in the study area. A regional ground-water-flow model developed for the region near the study area indicates that perennial streams, including Judd Brook and the Tenmile River, form hydrologic divides that separate the larger region into hydraulically independent flow systems. In the local study area, synoptic water-level measurements made in June 1995 indicate that ground water near the water table flows west and southwestward from the low hill on the eastern side of the area toward the pond and wetlands along Judd Brook. Water-level data indicate that there is good hydraulic connection between the unconsolidated materials and underlying fractured bedrock. Unconsolidated materials in the study area consist principally of glacial stratified deposits that are fine sand, silt, and clay of glaci- olacustrine origin; locally these overlie thin glacial till. The glacial sediments range in thickness from a few feet to about 25 ft in the eastern part of the study area and are as much as 100 ft thick in the western and southern part of the study area beneath the Judd Brook and Tenmile River valleys. Fluvial redbeds of the New Haven Arkose underlie the glacial deposits in the region; in the study area, the redbeds consist of (1) channel sandstone units, which are coarse sandstone to fine conglomerate, generally in 6- to 15-ft- thick sequences; and (2) overbank mudstone units, which are siltstone and silty sandstone with some fine sandstone, generally in 6- to 50-ft-thick sequences. Thin-bedded zones of siltstone that are particularly fissile are present locally within the mudstone units. Rock units strike northward and dip eastward at about 20. The eastward-dipping strata are cut by a consistent set of west to west-northwest dipping, high-angle fractures. These fractures are oriented perpendicular to bedding and are present mostly in the channel sandstone units, but locally extend into the mudstone units as well. Borehole-geophysical logging indicates that ground water flows along bedding planes in fissile zones and between fissile zones in high-angle fractures, which are perpendicular to bedding. The combined fracture types form an aquifer system in which ground water follows a stair-step flowpath, flowing horizontally through fissile zones and vertically through high-angle fractures. Heat-pulse flow meter measurements and borehole fluid-conductivity and temperature logs indicate that only a small subset of the fissile zones and some high-angle fractures are hydraulically significant. A generalized local-scale ground-water flow model based on a nonspecific, but realistic, rock and fracture geometry was developed for the study area. Simulations show that under nonpumping conditions at a hypothetical well located in the middle of the model, ground-water flow was separated into upper and lower zones in which flow paths differed but were generally from northeast to southwest. Several short-duration aquifer tests conducted in the study area indicate that there is good hydraulic connection in the fractures between the pumping well (CS-221) and two bedrock wells located approximately 100 ft to the north and south along bedding strike. During the short duration of the aquifer tests, there was no hydraulic connection in bedrock wells located to the east, perpendicular to the strike. A range of transmissivity of 27 to 46 ft2/d was calculated from the aquifer-test data for the fractured-bedrock aquifer at CS-221 and TH-2. Individual fracture zones identified by bo

Global spectral irradiance variability and material discrimination at Boulder, Colorado.

PubMed

Pan, Zhihong; Healey, Glenn; Slater, David

2003-03-01

We analyze 7,258 global spectral irradiance functions over 0.4-2.2 microm that were acquired over a wide range of conditions at Boulder, Colorado, during the summer of 1997. We show that low-dimensional linear models can be used to capture the variability in these spectra over both the visible and the 0.4-2.2 microm spectral ranges. Using a linear model, we compare the Boulder data with the previous study of Judd et al. [J. Opt. Soc. Am. 54, 1031 (1964)] over the visible wavelengths. We also examine the agreement of the Boulder data with a spectral database generated by using the MODTRAN 4.0 radiative transfer code. We use a database of 223 minerals to consider the effect of the spectral variability in the global spectral irradiance functions on hyperspectral material identification. We show that the 223 minerals can be discriminated accurately over the variability in the Boulder data with subspace projection techniques.

The effects of Coulomb collisions on O+, H+, and He+ plasmas for topside incoherent scatter radar applications at Jicamarca

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Milla, M. A.; Kudeki, E.; Chau, J. L.

2012-12-01

Coulomb collision effects on incoherent scatter radar signals become important when radar beams are pointed perpendicular to the Earth's magnetic field (B). To study these effects, Milla and Kudeki [2011] developed a procedure to estimate the spectrum of plasma density fluctuations (also known as incoherent scatter spectrum) based on simulations of collisional particle trajectories in single-ion component plasmas. In these simulations, collision effects on the particle motion are modeled using the standard Fokker-Planck model of Rosenbluth et al. [1957]. We have recently generalized the procedure of Milla and Kudeki to consider the case of multiple ion components in order to study the characteristics of the incoherent scatter spectrum in O+, H+, and He+ ionospheric plasmas, which is needed for the analysis of topside perpendicular-to-B observations at the Jicamarca Radio Observatory. In this presentation, we will report on the development of this new approach and on the characteristics of the spectrum models that were developed. The simulation results show that the ion collision process can be fairly well approximated as a Gaussian motion process, a model that has been previously studied in the literature by different authors. However, in the case of electron collisions, the process is not Gaussian having a complicated dependence on plasma parameters. As it will be discussed, electron collisions have a significant impact on the shape of the incoherent scatter spectrum. The ultimate application of the models that were developed is the simultaneous estimation of plasma drifts, densities, and temperatures of the topside equatorial ionosphere in perpendicular-to-B experiments at Jicamarca. This experimental evaluation will have a broader impact since the accuracy of the Fokker-Planck collision model will be tested. References: Milla, M. A., and E. Kudeki (2011), Incoherent scatter spectral theories-Part II: Modeling the spectrum for modes propagating perpendicular to B, IEEE Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing, 49(1), 329-345, doi:10.1109/TGRS.2010.2057253. Rosenbluth, M. N., W. M. MacDonald, and D. L. Judd (1957), Fokker-Planck equation for an inverse-square force, Physical Review, 107(1), 1-6, doi:10.1103/PhysRev.107.1.

EPA True NO2 ground site measurements ?? multiple sites, TCEQ ground site measurements of meteorological and air pollution parameters ?? multiple sites ,GeoTASO NO2 Vertical Column

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

EPA True NO2 ground site measurements ?? multiple sites - http://www-air.larc.nasa.gov/cgi-bin/ArcView/discover-aq.tx-2013; TCEQ ground site measurements of meteorological and air pollution parameters ?? multiple sites - http://www-air.larc.nasa.gov/cgi-bin/ArcView/discover-aq.tx-2013; GeoTASO NO2 Vertical Column - http://www-air.larc.nasa.gov/cgi-bin/ArcView/discover-aq.tx-2013?FALCON=1This dataset is associated with the following publication:Nowlan, C., X. Lu, J. Leitch, K. Chance, G. González Abad, C. Lu, P. Zoogman, J. Cole, T. Delker, W. Good, F. Murcray, L. Ruppert, D. Soo, M. Follette-Cook, S. Janz, M. Kowalewski, C. Loughner, K. Pickering, J. Herman, M. Beaver, R. Long, J. Szykman, L. Judd, P. Kelley, W. Luke, X. Ren, and J. Al-Saadi. Nitrogen dioxide observations from the Geostationary Trace gas and Aerosol Sensor Optimization (GeoTASO) airborne instrument: Retrieval algorithm and measurements during DISCOVER-AQ Texas 2013. Atmospheric Measurement Techniques. Copernicus Publications, Katlenburg-Lindau, GERMANY, 9(6): 2647-2668, (2016).

Undiscovered Arctic gas hydrates: permafrost relationship and resource evaluation.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cherkashov, G. A.; Matveeva, T.

2011-12-01

Though ice-core studies show that multidecadal-scale methane variability is only weakly correlated with reconstructed temperature variations (Mitchell et al., 2010) methane emission to the atmosphere still consider as the most significant contributions to the global warming processes. Pockmarks, seeps, mud volcanoes and other features associated with methane fluxes from the seabed have been widely reported, particularly during the last three decades. On continental margins, seepage of hydrocarbon gases from shallow sedimentary layers is a common phenomenon, resulting either from in situ formation of gases (mainly methane) by bacterial decomposition of organic matter within rapidly accumulated upper sediments or from upward migration of gases formed at greater depths. Furthermore, processes associated with seabed fluid flow have been shown to affect benthic ecology and to supply methane to the hydrosphere and the atmosphere (Judd, 2003; Hovland and Judd, 2007). The most recent investigations testified that revaluation of the role of gas seeps and related gas hydrate formation processes in the Arctic environment is necessary for the understanding of global methane balance and global climate changes (Westbrook et al., 2009; Shahova and Semiletov, 2010). With respect to gas hydrate formation, due to the presence of relict permafrost the Arctic submarine environment holds a specific place that is distinct from the rest of the Ocean. Submarine gas hydrates in the Arctic may be confined to (1) relict permafrost occurrences on the shelf; (2) concentrated methane infiltration toward the seafloor (shallow-seated gas hydrates); (3) dissipated methane infiltration from great depths (deep-seated gas hydrates). Permafrost-related or cryogenic gas hydrates form due to exogenous cooling of sediment (intra- and sub-permafrost gas hydrates). It is also suggested that some parts of hydrates may be preserved owing to a self-preservation effect above the gas hydrate stability zone (GHSZ), which is shifted downwards due to permafrost degradation (Istomin et al., 2006; Dallimore and Collett, 1995). It is also believed that thermal conditions favourable to the formation of gas hydrates within permafrost have existed since the end of the Pliocene (about 1.88 Ma) (Collet and Dallimore, 2000). We estimate the total area of the distribution of GHSZ in the Arctic Ocean (including shelf areas, continental slope, and deep-sea troughs) to be as much as four million km2. Assuming the average gas amount per unit area in a separate gas hydrate accumulation to be 5x106 m3/km2 (Soloviev et al., 1999), it can be estimated that Arctic hydrates contain about 20 billion m3 of methane. The total area of GHSZ distribution within the Arctic seas off Russia is estimated to be about 1 million km2, with potential resources of gas in the hydrate state of about 2.36 billion m3. It should be noted, however, that field data are sparse and investigations are still producing surprising results, indicating that our understanding of gas hydrate formation and distribution within and out of sub-sea permafrost is incomplete. Estimates of the current and future release of methane from still undiscovered hydrates require particularly knowledge of the recent geological history of Polar Regions.

Autonomous physics-based color learning under daylight

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Berube Lauziere, Yves; Gingras, Denis J.; Ferrie, Frank P.

1999-09-01

An autonomous approach for learning the colors of specific objects assumed to have known body spectral reflectances is developed for daylight illumination conditions. The main issue is to be able to find these objects autonomously in a set of training images captured under a wide variety of daylight illumination conditions, and to extract their colors to determine color space regions that are representative of the objects' colors and their variations. The work begins by modeling color formation under daylight using the color formation equations and the semi-empirical model of Judd, MacAdam and Wyszecki (CIE daylight model) for representing the typical spectral distributions of daylight. This results in color space regions that serve as prior information in the initial phase of learning which consists in detecting small reliable clusters of pixels having the appropriate colors. These clusters are then expanded by a region growing technique using broader color space regions than those predicted by the model. This is to detect objects in a way that is able to account for color variations which the model cannot due to its limitations. Validation on the detected objects is performed to filter out those that are not of interest and to eliminate unreliable pixel color values extracted from the remaining ones. Detection results using the color space regions determined from color values obtained by this procedure are discussed.

Optical characterization of Tm3+ doped Bi2O3-GeO2-Ga2O3 glasses in absence and presence of BaF2

PubMed Central

Han, Kexuan; Zhang, Peng; Wang, Shunbin; Guo, Yanyan; Zhou, Dechun; Yu, Fengxia

2016-01-01

In this paper, Two new Bi2O3-GeO2-Ga2O3 glasses (one presence of BaF2) doped with 1mol% Tm2O3 were prepared by melt-quenching technique. Differential thermal analysis (DTA), the absorption, Raman, IR spectra and fluorescence spectra were measured. The Judd–Ofelt intensity parameters, emission cross section, absorption cross section, and gain coefficient of Tm3+ ions were comparatively investigated. After the BaF2 introduced, the glass showed a better thermal stability, lower phonon energy and weaker OH− absorption coefficient, meanwhile, a larger ~1.8 μm emission cross section σem (7.56 × 10−21 cm2) and a longer fluorescence lifetime τmea (2.25 ms) corresponding to the Tm3+: 4F3 → 3H6 transition were obtained, which is due to the addition of fluoride in glass could reduce the quenching rate of hydroxyls and raise the cross-relaxation (3H6 + 3H4 → 3F4 + 3F4) rate. Our results suggest that the Tm3+ doped Bi2O3-GeO2-Ga2O3 glass with BaF2 might be potential to the application in efficient ~1.8 μm lasers system. PMID:27506152

Symptomatic subsyndromal depression in hospitalized hypertensive patients.

PubMed

Chiaie, Roberto Delle; Iannucci, Gino; Paroli, Marino; Salviati, Massimo; Caredda, Maria; Pasquini, Massimo; Biondi, Massimo

2011-12-01

Clinicians generally agree on the association between depression and hypertension. Less clear is if the nature of the link is direct or indirect and if this should be considered confined only to syndromal forms or if it concerns also subsyndromal affective presentations. This study investigated the nature of the association between hypertension and subsyndromal depression in hospitalized hypertensive patients. 196 hypertensive and 96 non hypertensive inpatients underwent a SCID interview, to exclude patients positive for any Axis I or Axis II diagnosis. Symptomatic Subsyndromal Depression (SSD) was identified according to criteria proposed by Judd. Psychopathological assessment was performed with Anxiety Sensitivity Index (ASI) and Hopkins Symptom Checklist-90 (SCL-90). Clinical assessments included blood pressure measurement, evaluation of general health conditions and screening cardiovascular risk factors (smoke, alcohol, body weight, sedentary life style). Hypertensives met more frequently criteria for SSD. They also scored higher on ASI and SCL-90. However, those with more severe physical conditions, if compared with more healthy patients, did not show increased psychopathological severity. Similarly, psychopathological symptom severity did not differ among hypertensives positive for other cardiovascular risk factors, commonly more frequent among depressed subjects. Further analyses are needed to explore the potential advantage obtained on blood pressure control by treating SSD. Hospitalized hypertensives, more frequently satisfied criteria for Symptomatic Subsyndromal Depression. These milder affective forms are probably directly linked to the presence of hypertension, rather than being indirectly associated to physical impairment or to higher prevalence of other cardiovascular risk factors. Copyright © 2011. Published by Elsevier B.V.

Dy{sup 3+}-doped Ga–Sb–S chalcogenide glasses for mid-infrared lasers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Zhang, Mingjie; Yang, Anping, E-mail: apyang@jsnu.edu.cn; Peng, Yuefeng

2015-10-15

Highlights: • Novel Ga–Sb–S chalcogenide glasses doped with Dy{sup 3+} ions were synthesized. • The glasses show good thermal stability and excellent infrared transparency. • The glasses show low phonon energy and intense mid-infrared emissions. • The mid-infrared emissions have high quantum efficiency. • The mid-infrared emissions have large stimulated emission cross sections. - Abstract: Novel Ga–Sb–S chalcogenide glasses doped with different amount of Dy{sup 3+} ions were prepared. Their thermal stability, optical properties, and mid-infrared (MIR) emission properties were investigated. The glasses show good thermal stability, excellent infrared transparency, very low phonon energy (∼306 cm{sup −1}), and intense emissionsmore » centered at 2.95, 3.59, 4.17 and 4.40 μm. Three Judd–Ofelt intensity parameters (Ω{sub 2} = 8.51 × 10{sup −20} cm{sup 2}, Ω{sub 4} = 2.09 × 10{sup −20} cm{sup 2}, and Ω{sub 6} = 1.60 × 10{sup −20} cm{sup 2}) are obtained, and the related radiative transition properties are evaluated. The high quantum efficiencies and large stimulated emission cross sections of the MIR emissions (88.10% and 1.11 × 10{sup −20} cm{sup 2} for 2.95 μm emission, 75.90% and 0.38 × 10{sup −20} cm{sup 2} for 4.40 μm emission, respectively) in the Dy{sup 3+}-doped Ga–Sb–S glasses make them promising gain materials for the MIR lasers.« less

International growth of neuropsychology.

PubMed

Ponsford, Jennie

2017-11-01

Twenty-five years ago, the field of neuropsychology was well established in North America, Europe, and Australia, with less presence elsewhere. This article discusses the development of neuropsychology over the last 25 years in other regions. The growth of neuropsychology in Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Central and South America, and New Zealand is reviewed. Sources drawn on include a 2016 edition of The Clinical Neuropsychologist describing the practice of neuropsychology in 18 countries; papers on the profession of neuropsychology in Latin America (Arango-Lasprilla, Stevens, Paredes, Ardila, & Rivera, 2016), the history of neuropsychology in Asia (Lee, Wang, & Collinson, 2016), and neuropsychology in Central America (Judd, 2017); INSNET; and personal communications. There has been tremendous variability in the development of neuropsychology across these regions over the last 25 years. Obstacles to the growth of neuropsychology have included economic constraints on health care provision, limited availability of appropriate assessment and treatment methods, linguistic diversity and illiteracy, stigma toward and/or lack of awareness of neuropsychological disorders, lack of graduate training and clinical supervision, absence of accreditation of neuropsychologists as a clinical profession, poor pay, and diminished visibility of the field within the regional culture. Despite these obstacles, neuropsychological research and practice is establishing itself in these regions and has grown significantly over the last quarter century. Major challenges remain in establishing awareness of the significance of and developing culturally appropriate methods of assessing and rehabilitating cognitive aspects of brain disorders, training programs, recognition as a profession, and dedicated funding for neuropsychology positions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2018 APA, all rights reserved).

Labrador tea (Rhododendron groenlandicum) attenuates insulin resistance in a diet-induced obesity mouse model.

PubMed

Ouchfoun, Meriem; Eid, Hoda M; Musallam, Lina; Brault, Antoine; Li, Shilin; Vallerand, Diane; Arnason, John T; Haddad, Pierre S

2016-04-01

Using a diet-induced obesity (DIO) mouse model, we investigated the antidiabetic effect of Labrador tea [Rhododendron groenlandicum (Oeder) Kron and Judd], a beverage and medicinal tea used by the Cree Nations of northern Quebec. C57BL6 mice were divided into five groups and given standard chow (~4 % of lipids) or high-fat diet (~35 % of lipids) for 8 weeks until they became obese and insulin resistant. Treatment began by adding the plant extract at three doses (125, 250 and 500 mg/kg) to the high-fat diet for another 8 weeks. At the end of the study, insulin-sensitive tissues (liver, skeletal muscle, adipose tissue) were collected to investigate the plant's molecular mechanisms. Labrador tea significantly reduced blood glucose (13 %), the response to an oral glucose tolerance test (18.2 %) and plasma insulin (65 %) while preventing hepatic steatosis (42 % reduction in hepatic triglyceride levels) in DIO mice. It stimulated insulin-dependent Akt pathway (55 %) and increased the expression of GLUT4 (53 %) in skeletal muscle. In the liver, Labrador tea stimulated the insulin-dependent Akt and the insulin-independent AMP-activated protein kinase pathways. The improvement in hepatic steatosis observed in DIO-treated mice was associated with a reduction in inflammation (through the IKK α/β) and a decrease in the hepatic content of SREBP-1 (39 %). Labrador tea exerts potential antidiabetic action by improving insulin sensitivity and mitigating high-fat diet-induced obesity and hyperglycemia. They validate the safety and efficacy of this plant, a promising candidate for culturally relevant complementary treatment in Cree diabetics.

Analysis and explanation of the Thiéry-Wundt illusion.

PubMed

Day, Ross H; Kimm, Andrew C

2010-01-01

The midpoint of the axis of bisection in a triangle appears to be displaced toward the apex so that the apical extent seems to be shorter than the basal extent, an effect originally reported in 1895 by Thiéry and later in 1898 by Wundt and, therefore, referred to here as the Thiéry-Wundt illusion. Following a demonstration strongly suggesting that the illusion is yet another version of the Müller-Lyer effect in a stimulus figure with inward-directed angles, four exploratory experiments designed to throw more light on this group of illusions are reported. The first showed that the effect occurs in an open angle, between converging lines that do not meet to form an apex, between converging stepped lines, and when one of the converging lines is removed, leaving a single oblique line. The other three experiments showed that the illusion also occurs in an open semicircle and a rectangular bracket, is weakened by the addition of a complete or partial baseline to form a triangle, and weakly but reliably when the angle is minimally formed from dots marking the ends of oblique lines. On the basis of these data, Judd's version of the conventional Müller-Lyer figure, and informal but easily repeatable observations, it is concluded that the Thiéry-Wundt illusion is, like other variants of the Müller-Lyer group of illusions, due to a process of directional biasing-an extension of the concept of biasing proposed originally by Morgan et al (1990, Vision Research 30 1793 1810).

Aspirin attenuation of alcohol-induced flushing and intoxication in Oriental and Occidental subjects.

PubMed

Truitt, E B; Gaynor, C R; Mehl, D L

1987-01-01

Aspirin (ASA) was tested in a group of 8 Oriental and 3 Occidental subjects who were shown in a previous study to respond to small doses of ethanol (0.06-0.25 g/kg) with facial flushing. They were compared to a similar group of 11 non-flushing Occidental subjects following a larger ethanol dose (0.37 g/kg) to determine if similar effects could be produced in less sensitive individuals. Control tests of blood ethanol and acetaldehyde (AcH) levels (calculated from breath), facial and neck skin temperatures, body sway (Romberg test), blood pressure, heart rate and 10 Subjective High Assessment Scales (SHAS-Judd, 1977) were conducted before and at 15, 30, 60 and 90 minutes after drinking ethanol as vodka in orange juice. The tests were repeated one week later one hour after receiving 0.64 gm of ASA orally. ASA produced slight changes in the early absorption of ethanol and small decreases in AcH levels in the flushing and non-flushing groups. Facial flushing was markedly reduced in the flushing group, but was slightly increased in the non-flushing Occidentals. Body sway was reduced by ASA in both groups. An alcohol-induced increase in heart rate in the flushing group was reduced with no change in blood pressure. SHAS subjective parameters were widely variable, but indicated that ASA produced reduced sleepiness and earlier relaxation in the flushing group. It is concluded that ASA can block alcohol-induced facial flushing in sensitive subjects and also reduces body sway in the Romberg test and alters some subjective feelings of alcohol intoxication.

A Locally Optimal Algorithm for Estimating a Generating Partition from an Observed Time Series and Its Application to Anomaly Detection.

PubMed

Ghalyan, Najah F; Miller, David J; Ray, Asok

2018-06-12

Estimation of a generating partition is critical for symbolization of measurements from discrete-time dynamical systems, where a sequence of symbols from a (finite-cardinality) alphabet may uniquely specify the underlying time series. Such symbolization is useful for computing measures (e.g., Kolmogorov-Sinai entropy) to identify or characterize the (possibly unknown) dynamical system. It is also useful for time series classification and anomaly detection. The seminal work of Hirata, Judd, and Kilminster (2004) derives a novel objective function, akin to a clustering objective, that measures the discrepancy between a set of reconstruction values and the points from the time series. They cast estimation of a generating partition via the minimization of their objective function. Unfortunately, their proposed algorithm is nonconvergent, with no guarantee of finding even locally optimal solutions with respect to their objective. The difficulty is a heuristic-nearest neighbor symbol assignment step. Alternatively, we develop a novel, locally optimal algorithm for their objective. We apply iterative nearest-neighbor symbol assignments with guaranteed discrepancy descent, by which joint, locally optimal symbolization of the entire time series is achieved. While most previous approaches frame generating partition estimation as a state-space partitioning problem, we recognize that minimizing the Hirata et al. (2004) objective function does not induce an explicit partitioning of the state space, but rather the space consisting of the entire time series (effectively, clustering in a (countably) infinite-dimensional space). Our approach also amounts to a novel type of sliding block lossy source coding. Improvement, with respect to several measures, is demonstrated over popular methods for symbolizing chaotic maps. We also apply our approach to time-series anomaly detection, considering both chaotic maps and failure application in a polycrystalline alloy material.

A combination of (+)-catechin and (-)-epicatechin underlies the in vitro adipogenic action of Labrador tea (Rhododendron groenlandicum), an antidiabetic medicinal plant of the Eastern James Bay Cree pharmacopeia.

PubMed

Eid, Hoda M; Ouchfoun, Meriem; Saleem, Ammar; Guerrero-Analco, Jose A; Walshe-Roussel, Brendan; Musallam, Lina; Rapinski, Michel; Cuerrier, Alain; Martineau, Louis C; Arnason, John T; Haddad, Pierre S

2016-02-03

Rhododendron groenlandicum (Oeder) Kron & Judd (Labrador tea) was identified as an antidiabetic plant through an ethnobotanical study carried out with the close collaboration of Cree nations of northern Quebec in Canada. In a previous study the plant showed glitazone-like activity in a 3T3-L1 adipogenesis bioassay. The current study sought to identify the active compounds responsible for this potential antidiabetic activity using bioassay guided fractionation based upon an in vitro assay that measures the increase of triglycerides content in 3T3-L1 adipocyte. Isolation and identification of the crude extract's active constituents was carried out. The 80% ethanol extract was fractionated using silica gel column chromatography. Preparative HPLC was then used to isolate the constituents. The identity of the isolated compounds was confirmed by UV and mass spectrometry. Nine chemically distinct fractions were obtained and the adipogenic activity was found in fraction 5 (RGE-5). Quercetins, (+)-catechin and (-)-epicatechin were detected and isolated from this fraction. While (+)-catechin and (-)-epicatechin stimulated adipogenesis (238±26% and 187±21% relative to vehicle control respectively) at concentrations equivalent to their concentrations in the active fraction RGE-5, none afforded biological activity similar to RGE-5 or the plant's crude extract when used alone. When cells were incubated with a mixture of the two compounds, the adipogenic activity was close to that of the crude extract (280.7±27.8 vs 311± 30%). Results demonstrate that the mixture of (+)-catechin and (-)-epicatechin is responsible for the adipogenic activity of Labrador tea. This brings further evidence for the antidiabetic potential of R. groenlandicum and provides new opportunities to profile active principles in biological fluids or in traditional preparations. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

∼2 μm fluorescence radiative dynamics and energy transfer between Er{sup 3+} and Tm{sup 3+} ions in silicate glass

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Li, Ming; Liu, Xueqiang; Graduate School of Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing 100039

2014-03-01

Graphical abstract: - Highlights: • A Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} co-doped silicate glass with good thermal stability (k{sub gl} = 0.402 for STE glass) is prepared. • Efficient ∼2 μm emission is observed under 808 nm and 980 nm laser excitation. • The glass structure and spectroscopic properties are confirmed by optical absorption, IR transmission, Raman and fluorescence studies. • The content of OH groups deceases efficiently after fluorine ions are introduced. • The energy transfer coefficient from Er{sup 3+} to Tm{sup 3+} in STFE glass is 13.39 × 10{sup −40} cm{sup 6}/s. - Abstract: A Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} co-doped silicatemore » glass with good thermal stability is prepared by melt-quenching method. An efficient emission of ∼2 μm is observed under different selective laser excitations. The optical absorption and transmission spectra, Raman spectra, and emission spectra are tested to characterize ∼2 μm emission properties of Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} co-doped silicate glasses and a reasonable energy transfer mechanism of ∼2 μm emission between Er{sup 3+} and Tm{sup 3+} ions is proposed. Based on the optical absorption spectra, the Judd–Ofelt parameters and radiative properties were calculated. Intense ∼2 μm emission is obtained from Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} co-doped silicate glasses due to the efficient energy transfer from Er{sup 3+} to Tm{sup 3+} ions. The energy transfer coefficient from Er{sup 3+} to Tm{sup 3+} ions can reach as high as 13.39 × 10{sup −40} cm{sup 6}/s. In addition, the population of the OH groups is decreased and the ∼2 μm emission is effectively enhanced with fluoride introduction. The emission property, together with good thermal property, indicates that Er{sup 3+}/Tm{sup 3+} co-doped silicate glass is a potential kind of laser glass for efficient ∼2 μm laser.« less

Planetary Magnetic Fields: Planetary Interiors and Habitability

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lazio, T. Joseph W.; Shkolnik, Evgenya; Hallinan, Gregg; Planetary Habitability Study Team

2016-06-01

The W. M. Keck Institute for Space Studies (KISS) sponsored the Planetary Magnetic Fields: Planetary Interiors and Habitability Study to review the state of knowledge of extrasolar planetary magnetic fields and the prospects for their detection. There were multiple motivations for this Study. Planetary-scale magnetic fields are a window to a planet's interior and provide shielding of the planet's atmosphere. The Earth, Mercury, Ganymede, and the giant planets of the solar system all contain internal dynamo currents that generate planetary-scale magnetic fields. In turn, these internal dynamo currents arise from differential rotation, convection, compositional dynamics, or a combination of these in objects' interiors. If coupled to an energy source, such as the incident kinetic or magnetic energy from the solar wind or an orbiting satellite, a planet's magnetic field can produce intense electron cyclotron masers in its magnetic polar regions. The most well known example of this process in the solar system is the Jovian decametric emission, but all of the giant planets and the Earth contain similar electron cyclotron masers within their magnetospheres. Extrapolated to extrasolar planets, the remote detection of the magnetic field of an extrasolar planet would provide a means of obtaining constraints on the thermal state, composition, and dynamics of its interior--all of which will be difficult to determine by other means--as well as improved understanding of the basic planetary dynamo process. This report presents the findings from the Study, including potential mission concepts that emerged and future work in both modeling and observations. There was also an identification of that radio wavelength observations would likely be key to making significant progress in this field. The entire Study program would not have been possible without the generous support of the W. M. Keck Foundation. We thank Michele Judd, Tom Prince, and the staff of the W. M. Keck Institute for Space Studies for their hospitality and attention to detail, such that the Study participants could turn their attention to focused discussions and innovative ideas. We also thank Charles ("Chuck") Carter of Eagre Games, Inc., for his assistance with graphics.

Retaining clinician-scientists: nature versus nurture.

PubMed

Culican, Susan M; Rupp, Jason D; Margolis, Todd P

2014-05-27

In their IOVS article "Rejuvenating Clinician-Scientist Training" (published March 28, 2014), Balamurali Ambati and Judd Cahoon rightly point out the dearth of new clinician-scientists in ophthalmology. Within the context of their suggestions for increasing the number of successful clinician-scientists, they claim that the traditional MD-PhD training programs and K awards have failed to produce individuals who will carry on the important work of clinically relevant research that will improve patients' lives and sight. In this response we present data, including information on the career paths of graduates of the Washington University ophthalmology residency, that call into question the presumed failure of MD-PhD and K award programs and show that, in fact, graduates of these programs are more likely to succeed as clinician-scientists than are their peers who have not trained in such scientifically rigorous environments. We propose that, rather than a failure of early training programs, it may be obstacles that arise later in training and among junior faculty that prevent promising careers from reaching maturity. Funding, one rather large obstacle, takes the form of imbalanced start-up monies, less National Institutes of Health (NIH) funding awarded to young investigators, and study section composition that may work against those with clinically driven questions. We also explore the challenges faced in the culture surrounding residency and fellowship training. We agree with Ambati and Cahoon that there needs to be more innovation in the way training programs are structured, but we believe that the evidence supports supplementing the current model rather than scrapping it and starting over with unproven initiatives. The data on training programs supports the contention that those who have already made substantial investment and commitment to the clinician-scientist pathway through participation in MSTP or K training programs are the most likely to succeed on this career trajectory. To muffle the siren song of private practice and retain those best prepared for the clinician-scientist pathway requires additional investment as their careers mature through protected research time, mentorship, and advocacy. Copyright 2014 The Association for Research in Vision and Ophthalmology, Inc.

AN EDUCATIONAL THEORY MODEL--(SIGGS), AN INTEGRATION OF SET THEORY, INFORMATION THEORY, AND GRAPH THEORY WITH GENERAL SYSTEMS THEORY.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

MACCIA, ELIZABETH S.; AND OTHERS

AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 20 ITEMS AND A DISCUSSION OF ITS SIGNIFICANCE WAS PRESENTED TO DESCRIBE CURRENT UTILIZATION OF SUBJECT THEORIES IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN EDUCATIONAL THEORY. ALSO, A THEORY MODEL WAS USED TO DEMONSTRATE CONSTRUCTION OF A SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL THEORY. THE THEORY MODEL INCORPORATED SET THEORY (S), INFORMATION THEORY…

Color universal design: analysis of color category dependency on color vision type (4)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Ikeda, Tomohiro; Ichihara, Yasuyo G.; Kojima, Natsuki; Tanaka, Hisaya; Ito, Kei

2013-02-01

This report is af ollow-up to SPIE-IS+T / Vol. 7528 7528051-8, SPIE-IS+T / Vol. 7866 78660J-1-8 and SPIE-IS+T / Vol. 8292 829206-1-8. Colors are used to communicate information in various situations, not just for design and apparel. However, visual information given only by color may be perceived differently by individuals with different color vision types. Human color vision is non-uniform and the variation in most cases is genetically linked to L-cones and M-cones. Therefore, color appearance is not the same for all color vision types. Color Universal Design is an easy-to-understand system that was created to convey color-coded information accurately to most people, taking color vision types into consideration. In the present research, we studied trichromat (C-type), prolan (P-type), and deutan (D-type) forms of color vision. We here report the result of two experiments. The first was the validation of the confusion colors using the color chart on CIELAB uniform color space. We made an experimental color chart (total of color cells is 622, the color difference between color cells is 2.5) for fhis experiment, and subjects have P-type or D-type color vision. From the data we were able to determine "the limits with high probability of confusion" and "the limits with possible confusion" around various basing points. The direction of the former matched with the theoretical confusion locus, but the range did not extend across the entire a* range. The latter formed a belt-like zone above and below the theoretical confusion locus. This way we re-analyzed a part of the theoretical confusion locus suggested by Pitt-Judd. The second was an experiment in color classification of the subjects with C-type, P-type, or D-type color vision. The color caps of fhe 100 Hue Test were classified into seven categories for each color vision type. The common and different points of color sensation were compared for each color vision type, and we were able to find a group of color caps fhat people with C-, P-, and D-types could all recognize as distinguishable color categories. The result could be used as the basis of a color scheme for future Color Universal Design.

Teaching Theory X and Theory Y in Organizational Communication

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Noland, Carey

2014-01-01

The purpose of the activity described here is to integrate McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y into a group application: design a syllabus that embodies either Theory X or Theory Y tenets. Students should be able to differentiate between Theory X and Theory Y, create a syllabus based on Theory X or Theory Y tenets, evaluate the different syllabi…

Theories of Career Development. A Comparison of the Theories.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Osipow, Samuel H.

These seven theories of career development are examined in previous chapters: (1) Roe's personality theory, (2) Holland's career typology theory, (3) the Ginzberg, Ginsburg, Axelrod, and Herma Theory, (4) psychoanalytic conceptions, (5) Super's developmental self-concept theory, (6) other personality theories, and (7) social systems theories.…

String theory, gauge theory and quantum gravity. Proceedings. Trieste Spring School and Workshop on String Theory, Gauge Theory and Quantum Gravity, Trieste (Italy), 11 - 22 Apr 1994.

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

1995-04-01

The following topics were dealt with: string theory, gauge theory, quantum gravity, quantum geometry, black hole physics and information loss, second quantisation of the Wilson loop, 2D Yang-Mills theory, topological field theories, equivariant cohomology, superstring theory and fermion masses, supergravity, topological gravity, waves in string cosmology, superstring theories, 4D space-time.

Situation-specific theories from the middle-range transitions theory.

PubMed

Im, Eun-Ok

2014-01-01

The purpose of this article was to analyze the theory development process of the situation-specific theories that were derived from the middle-range transitions theory. This analysis aims to provide directions for future development of situation-specific theories. First, transitions theory is concisely described with its history, goal, and major concepts. Then, the approach that was used to retrieve the situation-specific theories derived from transitions theory is described. Next, an analysis of 6 situation-specific theories is presented. Finally, 4 themes reflecting commonalities and variances in the theory development process are discussed with implications for future theoretical development.

Theories of Motivation--Borrowing the Best.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Terpstra, David E.

1979-01-01

Five theories of motivation are discussed: Maslow's Need Hierarchy, Herzberg's dual-factor or motivation-hygiene theory, goal setting or task motivation, expectancy/valence-theory (also known as instrumentality theory, valence-instrumentality-expectancy theory, or expectancy theory), and reinforcement. (JH)

Activity Theory in Empirical Higher Education Research: Choices, Uses and Values

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bligh, Brett; Flood, Michelle

2017-01-01

This paper contributes to discussion of theory application in higher education research. We examine 59 empirical research papers from specialist journals that use a particular theory: activity theory. We scrutinise stated reasons for choosing the theory, functions played by the theory, and how the theory is valorised. We find that the theory is…

Systemic Thinking in Career Development Theory: Contributions of the Systems Theory Framework

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

McMahon, Mary; Patton, Wendy

2018-01-01

This article considers systemic thinking in relation to the Systems Theory Framework (STF) and to career theory. An overview of systems theory and its applications is followed by a discussion of career theory to provide a context for the subsequent description of STF. The contributions of STF to career theory and to theory integration are…

Theories on migration processes of Cd in Jiaozhou Bay

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yang, Dongfang; Li, Haixia; Wang, Qi; Ding, Jun; Zhang, Longlei

2018-03-01

Understanding the migration progress is essential to pollution control, while developing theories for the migration progress is the scientific basis. This paper further developed five key theories on migration processes of Cd including homogeneous theory, environmental dynamic theory, horizontal loss theory, migration trend theory and vertical migration theory, respectively. The performance and practical values of these theories were demonstrated in the application of these on analyzing the migration process of Cd in Jiaozhou Bay. Results these theory helpful to better understand the migration progress of pollutants in marine bay.

THEORY IN RELIGION AND AGING: AN OVERVIEW

PubMed Central

Levin, Jeff; Chatters, Linda M.; Taylor, Robert Joseph

2011-01-01

This paper provides an overview of theory in religion, aging, and health. It offers both a primer on theory and a roadmap for researchers. Four “tenses” of theory are described—distinct ways that theory comes into play in this field: grand theory, mid-range theory, use of theoretical models, and positing of constructs which mediate or moderate putative religious effects. Examples are given of both explicit and implicit uses of theory. Sources of theory for this field are then identified, emphasizing perspectives of sociologists and psychologists, and discussion is given to limitations of theory. Finally, reflections are offered as to why theory matters. PMID:20087662

Hamiltonian Anomalies from Extended Field Theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Monnier, Samuel

2015-09-01

We develop a proposal by Freed to see anomalous field theories as relative field theories, namely field theories taking value in a field theory in one dimension higher, the anomaly field theory. We show that when the anomaly field theory is extended down to codimension 2, familiar facts about Hamiltonian anomalies can be naturally recovered, such as the fact that the anomalous symmetry group admits only a projective representation on the Hilbert space, or that the latter is really an abelian bundle gerbe over the moduli space. We include in the discussion the case of non-invertible anomaly field theories, which is relevant to six-dimensional (2, 0) superconformal theories. In this case, we show that the Hamiltonian anomaly is characterized by a degree 2 non-abelian group cohomology class, associated to the non-abelian gerbe playing the role of the state space of the anomalous theory. We construct Dai-Freed theories, governing the anomalies of chiral fermionic theories, and Wess-Zumino theories, governing the anomalies of Wess-Zumino terms and self-dual field theories, as extended field theories down to codimension 2.

Theory of Multiple Intelligences: Is It a Scientific Theory?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chen, Jie-Qi

2004-01-01

This essay discusses the status of multiple intelligences (MI) theory as a scientific theory by addressing three issues: the empirical evidence Gardner used to establish MI theory, the methodology he employed to validate MI theory, and the purpose or function of MI theory.

Motivational beliefs, values, and goals.

PubMed

Eccles, Jacquelynne S; Wigfield, Allan

2002-01-01

This chapter reviews the recent research on motivation, beliefs, values, and goals, focusing on developmental and educational psychology. The authors divide the chapter into four major sections: theories focused on expectancies for success (self-efficacy theory and control theory), theories focused on task value (theories focused on intrinsic motivation, self-determination, flow, interest, and goals), theories that integrate expectancies and values (attribution theory, the expectancy-value models of Eccles et al., Feather, and Heckhausen, and self-worth theory), and theories integrating motivation and cognition (social cognitive theories of self-regulation and motivation, the work by Winne & Marx, Borkowski et al., Pintrich et al., and theories of motivation and volition). The authors end the chapter with a discussion of how to integrate theories of self-regulation and expectancy-value models of motivation and suggest new directions for future research.

Theories of transporting processes of Cu in Jiaozhou Bay

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yang, Dongfang; Su, Chunhua; Zhu, Sixi; Wu, Yunjie; Zhou, Wei

2018-02-01

Many marine bays have been polluted along with the rapid development of industry and population size, and understanding the transporting progresses of pollutants is essential to pollution control. In order to better understanding the transporting progresses of pollutants in marine, this paper carried on a comprehensive research of the theories of transporting processes of Cu in Jiaozhou Bay. Results showed that the transporting processes of Cu in this bay could be summarized into seven key theories including homogeneous theory, environmental dynamic theory, horizontal loss theory, source to waters transporting theory, sedimentation transporting theory, migration trend theory and vertical transporting theory, respectively. These theories helpful to better understand the migration progress of pollutants in marine bay.

Middle Range Theory: A Perspective on Development and Use.

PubMed

Liehr, Patricia; Smith, Mary Jane

This replication and critique addresses ongoing development and use of middle range theory since considering this body of nursing knowledge 18 years ago. Middle range theory is appreciated as essential to the structure of nursing knowledge. Nine middle range theories that demonstrate ongoing use by the theory authors are analyzed using the criteria of theory name, theory generation, disciplinary perspective, theory model, practice use and research use. Critique conclusions indicate the importance of staying with the theory over time, naming and development consistent with the disciplinary perspective, movement to an empirical level, and bringing middle range theory to the interdisciplinary table.

Aspects of some dualities in string theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kim, Bom Soo

AdS/CFT correspondence in string theory has changed landscape of the theoretical physics. Through this celebrated duality between gravity theory and field theory, one can investigate analytically strongly coupled gauge theories such as Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD) in terms of weakly coupled string theory such as supergravity theory and vice versa. In the first part of this thesis we used this duality to construct a new type of nonlocal field theory, called Puff Field Theory, in terms of D3 branes in type IIB string theory with a geometric twist. In addition to the strong-weak duality of AdS/CFT, there also exists a weak-weak duality, called Twistor String Theory. Twistor technique is successfully used to calculate the SYM scattering amplitude in an elegant fashion. Yet, the progress in the string theory side was hindered by a non-unitary conformal gravity. We extend the Twistor string theory by introducing mass terms, in the second part of the thesis. A chiral mass term is identified as a vacuum expectation value of a conformal supergravity field and is tied with the breaking of the conformal symmetry of gravity. As a prime candidate for a quantum theory of gravity, string theory revealed many promising successes such as counting the number of microstates in supersymmetric Black Holes thermodynamics and resolution of timelike and null singularities, to name a few. Yet, the fundamental string and M-theroy formulations are not yet available. Various string theories without gravity, such as Non-Commutative Open String (NCOS) and Open Membrane (OM) theories, are very nice playground to investigate the fundamental structure of string and M-theory without the complication of gravity. In the last part of the thesis, simpler Non-Relativistic String Theories are constructed and investigated. One important motivation for those theories is related to the connection between Non-Relativistic String Theories and Non-critical String Theories through the bosonization of betagamma CFT.

Features analysis of five-element theory and its basal effects on construction of visceral manifestation theory.

PubMed

Ma, Zimi; Jia, Chunhua; Guo, Jin; Gu, Haorong; Miao, Yanhuan

2014-02-01

To study the Chinese ancient five-element theory, one of the philosophical foundations of Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) theory construction, from the perspective of comtemporary cognitive science, and to reveal the important functions of five-element theory in the construction of TCM theory. The basic effects of five-element theory in the construction of TCM theory are intensively expounded and proved from the following aspects: embodiment of five-element theory in cognizing the world, quasi axiom of five-element theory in essence, classification thery of family resemblance and deductive inference pattern of five-element theory, and the openness and expansibility of five-element theory. If five-element theory is considered a cognitive pattern or cognitive system related to culture, then there should be features of cognitive embodiment in the cognitive system. If five-element theory is regarded as a symbolic system, however, then there should be a quasi-axiom for the system, and inferential deduction. If, however, five-element theory is taken as a theoretical constructive metaphor, then there should be features of opening and expansibility for the metaphor. Based on five-element theory, this study provides a cognitive frame for the construction of TCM (a medicine that originated in China, and is characterized by holism and treatment based on pattern identification differentiation) theory with the function of constructing a concept base, thereby implying further research strategies. Useful information may be produced from the creative inferences obtained from the incorporation of five-element theory.

Demystifying theory and its use in improvement

PubMed Central

Davidoff, Frank; Dixon-Woods, Mary; Leviton, Laura; Michie, Susan

2015-01-01

The role and value of theory in improvement work in healthcare has been seriously underrecognised. We join others in proposing that more informed use of theory can strengthen improvement programmes and facilitate the evaluation of their effectiveness. Many professionals, including improvement practitioners, are unfortunately mystified—and alienated—by theory, which discourages them from using it in their work. In an effort to demystify theory we make the point in this paper that, far from being discretionary or superfluous, theory (‘reason-giving’), both informal and formal, is intimately woven into virtually all human endeavour. We explore the special characteristics of grand, mid-range and programme theory; consider the consequences of misusing theory or failing to use it; review the process of developing and applying programme theory; examine some emerging criteria of ‘good’ theory; and emphasise the value, as well as the challenge, of combining informal experience-based theory with formal, publicly developed theory. We conclude that although informal theory is always at work in improvement, practitioners are often not aware of it or do not make it explicit. The germane issue for improvement practitioners, therefore, is not whether they use theory but whether they make explicit the particular theory or theories, informal and formal, they actually use. PMID:25616279

Learning Theories, Career Development Theories, and Their Applications at Two-Year Colleges.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Haag-Mutter, Priscilla

Trait-factor theory, developmental/self-concept theory, personality theory, and behavioral theory are some of the major theories of career development. The first three (trait-factor, developmental/self-concept, and personality) have ties to the gestalt school because of the emphasis on the individual's relationship to the environment. Anne Roe's…

Management Theories and Broadcasting: A Handbook.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Craig, J. Robert; Hindmarsh, Wayne A.

Today's contemporary management and motivation theories, as applied to the business of broadcasting, are the focus of the first section of this paper. It deals with the kinds and reactions of employees in broadcasting stations in relation to 11 motivational theories: (1) Theories X and Y, (2) Immaturity-Maturity Theory, (3) V Theory, (4) Z Theory,…

Integrating and Analyzing Psychosocial and Stage Theories To Challenge the Development of the Injured Collegiate Athlete.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Harris, Laura L.

2003-01-01

Integrated a psychosocial developmental theory (the Kubler-Ross Stage Theory) and a psychological stage theory (the Ross Stage Theory) and a psychological stage theory (the Chickering and Reisser psychosocial and developmental theory) for challenging injured collegiate student-athletes' personal development. A search of online databases from…

From Freud to Feminist Personality Theory: Getting Here from There.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Lerman, Hannah

1986-01-01

States eight criteria arising out of feminist therapy theory for a woman-based theory of female development and personality. Evaluates Freudian theory, current psychoanalytic theory, and several feminist theories in light of the stated criteria. Concludes that feminists have arrived at some degree of general agreement about personality theory.…

Theory X and Theory Y in the Organizational Structure.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Barry, Thomas J.

This document defines contrasting assumptions about the labor force--theory X and theory Y--and shows how they apply to the pyramid organizational structure, examines the assumptions of the two theories, and finally, based on a survey and individual interviews, proposes a merger of theories X and Y to produce theory Z. Organizational structures…

The current status of theory evaluation in nursing.

PubMed

Im, Eun-Ok

2015-10-01

To identify the current status of theory evaluation in nursing and provide directions for theory evaluation for future development of theoretical bases of nursing discipline. Theory evaluation is an essential component in development of nursing knowledge, which is a critical element in development of nursing discipline. Despite earlier significant efforts for theory evaluation in nursing, a recent decline in the number of theory evaluation articles was noted and there have been few updates on theory evaluation in nursing. Discussion paper. A total of 58 articles published from 2003-2014 were retrieved through searches using the PUBMED, PsyInfo and CINAHL. The articles were sorted by the area of evaluation and analysed to identify themes reflecting the theory evaluation process. Diverse ways of theory evaluation need to be continuously used in future theory evaluation efforts. Six themes reflecting the theory evaluation process were identified: (a) rarely using existing theory evaluation criteria; (b) evaluating specifics; (c) using various statistical analysis methods; (d) developing instruments; (e) adopting in practice and education; and (f) evaluating mainly middle-range theories and situation-specific theories. © 2015 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Falsification of matching theory and confirmation of an evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics in a critical experiment.

PubMed

McDowell, J J; Calvin, Olivia L; Hackett, Ryan; Klapes, Bryan

2017-07-01

Two competing predictions of matching theory and an evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics, and one additional prediction of the evolutionary theory, were tested in a critical experiment in which human participants worked on concurrent schedules for money (Dallery et al., 2005). The three predictions concerned the descriptive adequacy of matching theory equations, and of equations describing emergent equilibria of the evolutionary theory. Tests of the predictions falsified matching theory and supported the evolutionary theory. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Correlation, evaluation, and extension of linearized theories for tire motion and wheel shimmy

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smiley, Robert F

1957-01-01

An evaluation is made of the existing theories of a linearized tire motion and wheel shimmy. It is demonstrated that most of the previously published theories represent varying degrees of approximation to a summary theory developed in this report which is a minor modification of the basic theory of Von Schlippe and Dietrich. In most cases where strong differences exist between the previously published theories and summary theory, the previously published theories are shown to possess certain deficiencies. A series of systematic approximations to the summary theory is developed for the treatment of problems too simple to merit the use of the complete summary theory, and procedures are discussed for applying the summary theory and its systematic approximations to the shimmy of more complex landing-gear structures than have previously been considered. Comparisons of the existing experimental data with the predictions of the summary theory and the systematic approximations provide a fair substantiation of the more detailed approximate theories.

The design of patient decision support interventions: addressing the theory-practice gap.

PubMed

Elwyn, Glyn; Stiel, Mareike; Durand, Marie-Anne; Boivin, Jacky

2011-08-01

Although an increasing number of decision support interventions for patients (including decision aids) are produced, few make explicit use of theory. We argue the importance of using theory to guide design. The aim of this work was to address this theory-practice gap and to examine how a range of selected decision-making theories could inform the design and evaluation of decision support interventions. We reviewed the decision-making literature and selected relevant theories. We assessed their key principles, theoretical pathways and predictions in order to determine how they could inform the design of two core components of decision support interventions, namely, information and deliberation components and to specify theory-based outcome measures. Eight theories were selected: (1) the expected utility theory; (2) the conflict model of decision making; (3) prospect theory; (4) fuzzy-trace theory; (5) the differentiation and consolidation theory; (6) the ecological rationality theory; (7) the rational-emotional model of decision avoidance; and finally, (8) the Attend, React, Explain, Adapt model of affective forecasting. Some theories have strong relevance to the information design (e.g. prospect theory); some are more relevant to deliberation processes (conflict theory, differentiation theory and ecological validity). None of the theories in isolation was sufficient to inform the design of all the necessary components of decision support interventions. It was also clear that most work in theory-building has focused on explaining or describing how humans think rather than on how tools could be designed to help humans make good decisions. It is not surprising therefore that a large theory-practice gap exists as we consider decision support for patients. There was no relevant theory that integrated all the necessary contributions to the task of making good decisions in collaborative interactions. Initiatives such as the International Patient Decision Aids Standards Collaboration influence standards for the design of decision support interventions. However, this analysis points to the need to undertake more work in providing theoretical foundations for these interventions. © 2010 Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Who uses nursing theory? A univariate descriptive analysis of five years' research articles.

PubMed

Bond, A Elaine; Eshah, Nidal Farid; Bani-Khaled, Mohammed; Hamad, Atef Omar; Habashneh, Samira; Kataua', Hussein; al-Jarrah, Imad; Abu Kamal, Andaleeb; Hamdan, Falastine Rafic; Maabreh, Roqia

2011-06-01

Since the early 1950s, nursing leaders have worked diligently to build the Scientific Discipline of Nursing, integrating Theory, Research and Practice. Recently, the role of theory has again come into question, with some scientists claiming nurses are not using theory to guide their research, with which to improve practice. The purposes of this descriptive study were to determine: (i) Were nursing scientists' research articles in leading nursing journals based on theory? (ii) If so, were the theories nursing theories or borrowed theories? (iii) Were the theories integrated into the studies, or were they used as organizing frameworks? Research articles from seven top ISI journals were analysed, excluding regularly featured columns, meta-analyses, secondary analysis, case studies and literature reviews. The authors used King's dynamic Interacting system and Goal Attainment Theory as an organizing framework. They developed consensus on how to identify the integration of theory, searching the Title, Abstract, Aims, Methods, Discussion and Conclusion sections of each research article, whether quantitative or qualitative. Of 2857 articles published in the seven journals from 2002 to, and including, 2006, 2184 (76%) were research articles. Of the 837 (38%) authors who used theories, 460 (55%) used nursing theories, 377 (45%) used other theories: 776 (93%) of those who used theory integrated it into their studies, including qualitative studies, while 51 (7%) reported they used theory as an organizing framework for their studies. Closer analysis revealed theory principles were implicitly implied, even in research reports that did not explicitly report theory usage. Increasing numbers of nursing research articles (though not percentagewise) continue to be guided by theory, and not always by nursing theory. Newer nursing research methods may not explicitly state the use of nursing theory, though it is implicitly implied. © 2010 The Authors. Scandinavian Journal of Caring Sciences © 2010 Nordic College of Caring Science.

Democratic superstring field theory: gauge fixing

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kroyter, Michael

2011-03-01

We show that a partial gauge fixing of the NS sector of the democratic-picture superstring field theory leads to the non-polynomial theory. Moreover, by partially gauge fixing the Ramond sector we obtain a non-polynomial fully RNS theory at pictures 0 and 1/2 . Within the democratic theory and in the partially gauge fixed theory the equations of motion of both sectors are derived from an action. We also discuss a representation of the non-polynomial theory analogous to a manifestly two-dimensional representation of WZW theory and the action of bosonic pure-gauge solutions. We further demonstrate that one can consistently gauge fix the NS sector of the democratic theory at picture number -1. The resulting theory is new. It is a {mathbb{Z}_2} dual of the modified cubic theory. We construct analytical solutions of this theory and show that they possess the desired properties.

Wilber's Integral Theory and Dossey's Theory of Integral Nursing: An Examination of Two Integral Approaches in Nursing Scholarship.

PubMed

Shea, Linda; Frisch, Noreen

2016-09-01

The purpose of this article is to examine Dossey's theory of integral nursing in relation to its major theoretical source, Wilber's integral theory. Although several nursing scholars have written about integral theory in relation to nursing scholarship and practice, Dossey's theory of integral nursing may be influencing how nurses take up integral theory in a significant way due to an extensive outreach in the holistic nursing community. Despite this wide circulation, the theory of integral nursing has yet to be reviewed in the nursing literature. This article (a) compares Dossey's theory of integral nursing with Wilber's integral theory and (b) contrasts Dossey's integral approach with another integral approach used by other scholars of integral theory. © The Author(s) 2015.

The Increasing Use of Theory in Social Gerontology: 1990–2004

PubMed Central

Putney, Norella M.; Rice, Melissa; Bengtson, Vern L.

2010-01-01

Objectives. To determine how often theory is used in published research in social gerontology, compare theory use over a 10-year period (1990–1994 to 2000–2004), and identify the theories most frequently used in social gerontology research. Methods. Systematic review of articles published in eight leading journals from 2000 to 2004 (N = 1,046) and comparison with a review conducted 10 years earlier. Results. Theory was mentioned in 39% of articles published from 2000 to 2004, representing a 12% increase in the use of theory over 10 years. This increase was driven by theories outside the core sociology of aging theories identified by Bengtson, V. L., Burgess, E. O., and Parrott, T. M. (1997). Theory, explanation, and a third generation of theoretical development in social gerontology. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 52B, S72–S88. The five most frequently used theories included the life course perspective, life-span developmental theories, role theory, exchange theory, and person–environment theory/ecological theories of aging. Commonly used models included stress process/stress and coping models, successful aging models, the Andersen behavioral model of health services use, models of control/self-efficacy/mastery, and disablement process models. Discussion. Theory use in social gerontology increased between 1990 and 2004, with a shift toward theories that cross disciplines. However, the majority of research in social gerontology continues to be atheoretical. Models are widely used as a supplement to or substitute for theory. Many of these models are currently being debated and elaborated, and over time, they may emerge as important theoretical contributions to social gerontology. PMID:20675614

The increasing use of theory in social gerontology: 1990-2004.

PubMed

Alley, Dawn E; Putney, Norella M; Rice, Melissa; Bengtson, Vern L

2010-09-01

To determine how often theory is used in published research in social gerontology, compare theory use over a 10-year period (1990-1994 to 2000-2004), and identify the theories most frequently used in social gerontology research. Systematic review of articles published in eight leading journals from 2000 to 2004 (N = 1,046) and comparison with a review conducted 10 years earlier. Theory was mentioned in 39% of articles published from 2000 to 2004, representing a 12% increase in the use of theory over 10 years. This increase was driven by theories outside the core sociology of aging theories identified by Bengtson, V. L., Burgess, E. O., and Parrott, T. M. (1997). Theory, explanation, and a third generation of theoretical development in social gerontology. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 52B, S72-S88. The five most frequently used theories included the life course perspective, life-span developmental theories, role theory, exchange theory, and person-environment theory/ecological theories of aging. Commonly used models included stress process/stress and coping models, successful aging models, the Andersen behavioral model of health services use, models of control/self-efficacy/mastery, and disablement process models. Theory use in social gerontology increased between 1990 and 2004, with a shift toward theories that cross disciplines. However, the majority of research in social gerontology continues to be atheoretical. Models are widely used as a supplement to or substitute for theory. Many of these models are currently being debated and elaborated, and over time, they may emerge as important theoretical contributions to social gerontology.

Why Do We Have Theories?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Costley, Kevin C.

2006-01-01

University professors teaching pre-service teachers base much of their philosophies on theories. Students often ask "Why do we have theories?" "What is the purpose of theories?" "If we like a theory, do we have to use all of the theory?" The most frequent controversial issue is how to use a particular theory in a practical way. In the quest for…

Toward a Middle-Range Theory of Weight Management.

PubMed

Pickett, Stephanie; Peters, Rosalind M; Jarosz, Patricia A

2014-07-01

The authors of this paper present the middle-range theory of weight management that focuses on cultural, environmental, and psychosocial factors that influence behaviors needed for weight control. The theory of weight management was developed deductively from Orem's theory of self-care, a constituent theory within the broader self-care deficit nursing theory and from research literature. Linkages between the conceptual and middle-range theory concepts are illustrated using a substruction model. The development of the theory of weight management serves to build nursing science by integrating extant nursing theory and empirical knowledge. This theory may help predict weight management in populations at risk for obesity-related disorders. © The Author(s) 2014.

Demystifying theory and its use in improvement.

PubMed

Davidoff, Frank; Dixon-Woods, Mary; Leviton, Laura; Michie, Susan

2015-03-01

The role and value of theory in improvement work in healthcare has been seriously underrecognised. We join others in proposing that more informed use of theory can strengthen improvement programmes and facilitate the evaluation of their effectiveness. Many professionals, including improvement practitioners, are unfortunately mystified-and alienated-by theory, which discourages them from using it in their work. In an effort to demystify theory we make the point in this paper that, far from being discretionary or superfluous, theory ('reason-giving'), both informal and formal, is intimately woven into virtually all human endeavour. We explore the special characteristics of grand, mid-range and programme theory; consider the consequences of misusing theory or failing to use it; review the process of developing and applying programme theory; examine some emerging criteria of 'good' theory; and emphasise the value, as well as the challenge, of combining informal experience-based theory with formal, publicly developed theory. We conclude that although informal theory is always at work in improvement, practitioners are often not aware of it or do not make it explicit. The germane issue for improvement practitioners, therefore, is not whether they use theory but whether they make explicit the particular theory or theories, informal and formal, they actually use. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions.

Current use was established and Cochrane guidance on selection of social theories for systematic reviews of complex interventions was developed.

PubMed

Noyes, Jane; Hendry, Maggie; Booth, Andrew; Chandler, Jackie; Lewin, Simon; Glenton, Claire; Garside, Ruth

2016-07-01

To identify examples of how social theories are used in systematic reviews of complex interventions to inform production of Cochrane guidance. Secondary analysis of published/unpublished examples of theories of social phenomena for use in reviews of complex interventions identified through scoping searches, engagement with key authors and methodologists supplemented by snowballing and reference searching. Theories were classified (low-level, mid-range, grand). Over 100 theories were identified with evidence of proliferation over the last 5 years. New low-level theories (tools, taxonomies, etc) have been developed for classifying and reporting complex interventions. Numerous mid-range theories are used; one example demonstrated how control theory had changed the review's findings. Review-specific logic models are increasingly used, but these can be challenging to develop. New low-level and mid-range psychological theories of behavior change are evolving. No reviews using grand theory (e.g., feminist theory) were identified. We produced a searchable Wiki, Mendeley Inventory, and Cochrane guidance. Use of low-level theory is common and evolving; incorporation of mid-range theory is still the exception rather than the norm. Methodological work is needed to evaluate the contribution of theory. Choice of theory reflects personal preference; application of theory is a skilled endeavor. Crown Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Life Origination Hydrate Theory (LOH-Theory) and Mitosis and Replication Hydrate Theory (MRH-Theory): three-dimensional PC validation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kadyshevich, E. A.; Dzyabchenko, A. V.; Ostrovskii, V. E.

2014-04-01

Size compatibility of the CH4-hydrate structure II and multi-component DNA fragments is confirmed by three-dimensional simulation; it is validation of the Life Origination Hydrate Theory (LOH-Theory).

Geographical Theories.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Golledge, Reginald G.

1996-01-01

Discusses the origin of theories in geography and particularly the development of location theories. Considers the influence of economic theory on agricultural land use, industrial location, and geographic location theories. Explores a set of interrelated activities that show how the marketing process illustrates process theory. (MJP)

Toward a theory of holistic needs and the brain.

PubMed

Silton, Nava R; Flannelly, Laura T; Flannelly, Kevin J; Galek, Kathleen

2011-01-01

This article reviews Maslow's theory of motivation wherein he proposes a hierarchy of human needs. First, it describes the principal elements of Maslow's theory and discusses considerations relating to the flexibility of the hierarchy. Second, it explains the relationship among Maslow's theory of human needs, attachment theory, and evolutionary threat assessment system theory. Third, it provides an overview of the brain structures posited to be involved in attachment and evolutionary threat assessment system theory and their relation to Maslow's hierarchy. Finally, it explains how the 3 theories converge to form a theory of holistic needs.

A simple proof of orientability in colored group field theory.

PubMed

Caravelli, Francesco

2012-01-01

Group field theory is an emerging field at the boundary between Quantum Gravity, Statistical Mechanics and Quantum Field Theory and provides a path integral for the gluing of n-simplices. Colored group field theory has been introduced in order to improve the renormalizability of the theory and associates colors to the faces of the simplices. The theory of crystallizations is instead a field at the boundary between graph theory and combinatorial topology and deals with n-simplices as colored graphs. Several techniques have been introduced in order to study the topology of the pseudo-manifold associated to the colored graph. Although of the similarity between colored group field theory and the theory of crystallizations, the connection between the two fields has never been made explicit. In this short note we use results from the theory of crystallizations to prove that color in group field theories guarantees orientability of the piecewise linear pseudo-manifolds associated to each graph generated perturbatively. Colored group field theories generate orientable pseudo-manifolds. The origin of orientability is the presence of two interaction vertices in the action of colored group field theories. In order to obtain the result, we made the connection between the theory of crystallizations and colored group field theory.

Implicit theories about intelligence and growth (personal best) goals: Exploring reciprocal relationships.

PubMed

Martin, Andrew J

2015-06-01

There has been increasing interest in growth approaches to students' academic development, including value-added models, modelling of academic trajectories, growth motivation orientations, growth mindsets, and growth goals. This study sought to investigate the relationships between implicit theories about intelligence (incremental and entity theories) and growth (personal best, PB) goals - with particular interest in the ordering of factors across time. The study focused on longitudinal data of 969 Australian high school students. The classic cross-lagged panel design (using structural equation modelling) was employed to shed light on the ordering of Time 1 growth goals, incremental theories, and entity theories relative to Time 2 (1 year later) growth goals, incremental theories, and entity theories. Findings showed that Time 1 growth goals predicted Time 2 incremental theories (positively) and entity theories (negatively); Time 1 entity and incremental theories negatively predicted Time 2 incremental and entity theories respectively; but, Time 1 incremental theories and entity theories did not predict growth goals at Time 2. This suggests that entity and incremental theories are negatively reciprocally related across time, but growth goals seem to be directionally salient over incremental and entity theories. Implications for promoting growth goals and growth mindsets are discussed. © 2014 The British Psychological Society.

Developing a Domain Theory Defining and Exemplifying a Learning Theory of Progressive Attainments

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Bunderson, C. Victor

2011-01-01

This article defines the concept of Domain Theory, or, when educational measurement is the goal, one might call it a "Learning Theory of Progressive Attainments in X Domain". The concept of Domain Theory is first shown to be rooted in validity theory, then the concept of domain theory is expanded to amplify its necessary but long neglected…

How to Map Theory: Reliable Methods Are Fruitless Without Rigorous Theory.

PubMed

Gray, Kurt

2017-09-01

Good science requires both reliable methods and rigorous theory. Theory allows us to build a unified structure of knowledge, to connect the dots of individual studies and reveal the bigger picture. Some have criticized the proliferation of pet "Theories," but generic "theory" is essential to healthy science, because questions of theory are ultimately those of validity. Although reliable methods and rigorous theory are synergistic, Action Identification suggests psychological tension between them: The more we focus on methodological details, the less we notice the broader connections. Therefore, psychology needs to supplement training in methods (how to design studies and analyze data) with training in theory (how to connect studies and synthesize ideas). This article provides a technique for visually outlining theory: theory mapping. Theory mapping contains five elements, which are illustrated with moral judgment and with cars. Also included are 15 additional theory maps provided by experts in emotion, culture, priming, power, stress, ideology, morality, marketing, decision-making, and more (see all at theorymaps.org ). Theory mapping provides both precision and synthesis, which helps to resolve arguments, prevent redundancies, assess the theoretical contribution of papers, and evaluate the likelihood of surprising effects.

Conceptual Models and Theory-Embedded Principles on Effective Schooling.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Scheerens, Jaap

1997-01-01

Reviews models and theories on effective schooling. Discusses four rationality-based organization theories and a fifth perspective, chaos theory, as applied to organizational functioning. Discusses theory-embedded principles flowing from these theories: proactive structuring, fit, market mechanisms, cybernetics, and self-organization. The…

Constructor theory of probability

PubMed Central

2016-01-01

Unitary quantum theory, having no Born Rule, is non-probabilistic. Hence the notorious problem of reconciling it with the unpredictability and appearance of stochasticity in quantum measurements. Generalizing and improving upon the so-called ‘decision-theoretic approach’, I shall recast that problem in the recently proposed constructor theory of information—where quantum theory is represented as one of a class of superinformation theories, which are local, non-probabilistic theories conforming to certain constructor-theoretic conditions. I prove that the unpredictability of measurement outcomes (to which constructor theory gives an exact meaning) necessarily arises in superinformation theories. Then I explain how the appearance of stochasticity in (finitely many) repeated measurements can arise under superinformation theories. And I establish sufficient conditions for a superinformation theory to inform decisions (made under it) as if it were probabilistic, via a Deutsch–Wallace-type argument—thus defining a class of decision-supporting superinformation theories. This broadens the domain of applicability of that argument to cover constructor-theory compliant theories. In addition, in this version some of the argument's assumptions, previously construed as merely decision-theoretic, follow from physical properties expressed by constructor-theoretic principles. PMID:27616914

An extension of the local momentum theory to a distorted wake model of a hovering rotor

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kawachi, K.

1981-01-01

The local momentum theory is based on the instantaneous balance between the fluid momentum and the blade elemental lift at a local station in the rotor rotational plane. Therefore, the theory has the capability of evaluating time wise variations of air loading and induced velocity distributions along a helicopter blade span. Unlike a complex vortex theory, this theory was developed to analyze the instantaneous induced velocity distribution effectively. The boundaries of this theory and a computer program using this theory are discussed. A concept introduced into the theory is the effect of the rotor wake contraction in hovering flight. A comparison of this extended local momentum theory with a prescribed wake vortex theory is also presented. The results indicate that the extended local momentum theory has the capability of achieving a level of accuracy similar to that of the prescribed wake vortex theory over wide range variations of rotor geometrical parameters. It is also shown that the analytical results obtained using either theory are in reasonable agreement with experimental data.

More similarities than differences in contemporary theories of social development?: a plea for theory bridging.

PubMed

Leaper, Campbell

2011-01-01

Many contemporary theories of social development are similar and/or share complementary constructs. Yet, there have been relatively few efforts toward theoretical integration. The present chapter represents a call for increased theory bridging. The problem of theoretical fragmentation in psychology is reviewed. Seven highlighted reasons for this predicament include differences between behavioral sciences and other sciences, theoretical paradigms as social identities, the uniqueness assumption, information overload, field fixation, linguistic fragmentation, and few incentives for theoretical integration. Afterward, the feasibility of theoretical synthesis is considered. Finally, some possible directions are proposed for theoretical integration among five contemporary theories of social and gender development: social cognitive theory, expectancy-value theory, cognitive-developmental theory, gender schema theory, and self-categorization theory.

Anomalous Evidence, Confidence Change, and Theory Change.

PubMed

Hemmerich, Joshua A; Van Voorhis, Kellie; Wiley, Jennifer

2016-08-01

A novel experimental paradigm that measured theory change and confidence in participants' theories was used in three experiments to test the effects of anomalous evidence. Experiment 1 varied the amount of anomalous evidence to see if "dose size" made incremental changes in confidence toward theory change. Experiment 2 varied whether anomalous evidence was convergent (of multiple types) or replicating (similar finding repeated). Experiment 3 varied whether participants were provided with an alternative theory that explained the anomalous evidence. All experiments showed that participants' confidence changes were commensurate with the amount of anomalous evidence presented, and that larger decreases in confidence predicted theory changes. Convergent evidence and the presentation of an alternative theory led to larger confidence change. Convergent evidence also caused more theory changes. Even when people do not change theories, factors pertinent to the evidence and alternative theories decrease their confidence in their current theory and move them incrementally closer to theory change. Copyright © 2015 Cognitive Science Society, Inc.

Aging Theories for Establishing Safe Life Spans of Airborne Critical Structural Components

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Ko, William L.

2003-01-01

New aging theories have been developed to establish the safe life span of airborne critical structural components such as B-52B aircraft pylon hooks for carrying air-launch drop-test vehicles. The new aging theories use the equivalent-constant-amplitude loading spectrum to represent the actual random loading spectrum with the same damaging effect. The crack growth due to random loading cycling of the first flight is calculated using the half-cycle theory, and then extrapolated to all the crack growths of the subsequent flights. The predictions of the new aging theories (finite difference aging theory and closed-form aging theory) are compared with the classical flight-test life theory and the previously developed Ko first- and Ko second-order aging theories. The new aging theories predict the number of safe flights as considerably lower than that predicted by the classical aging theory, and slightly lower than those predicted by the Ko first- and Ko second-order aging theories due to the inclusion of all the higher order terms.

Galilean field theories and conformal structure

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bagchi, Arjun; Chakrabortty, Joydeep; Mehra, Aditya

2018-04-01

We perform a detailed analysis of Galilean field theories, starting with free theories and then interacting theories. We consider non-relativistic versions of massless scalar and Dirac field theories before we go on to review our previous construction of Galilean Electrodynamics and Galilean Yang-Mills theory. We show that in all these cases, the field theories exhibit non-relativistic conformal structure (in appropriate dimensions). The surprising aspect of the analysis is that the non-relativistic conformal structure exhibited by these theories, unlike relativistic conformal invariance, becomes infinite dimensional even in spacetime dimensions greater than two. We then couple matter with Galilean gauge theories and show that there is a myriad of different sectors that arise in the non-relativistic limit from the parent relativistic theories. In every case, if the parent relativistic theory exhibited conformal invariance, we find an infinitely enhanced Galilean conformal invariance in the non-relativistic case. This leads us to suggest that infinite enhancement of symmetries in the non-relativistic limit is a generic feature of conformal field theories in any dimension.

Further Development of HS Field Theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Abdurrahman, Abdulmajeed; Faridani, Jacqueline; Gassem, Mahmoud

2006-04-01

We present a systematic treatment of the HS Field theory of the open bosonic string and discuss its relationship to other full string field theories of the open bosonic string such as Witten's theory and the CVS theory. In the development of the HS field theory we encounter infinite dimensional matrices arising from the change of representation between the two theories, i.e., the HS field theory and the full string field theory. We give a general procedure of how to invert these gigantic matrices. The inversion of these matrices involves the computation of many infinite sums. We give the values of these sums and state their generalizations arising from considering higher order vertices (i.e., more than three strings) in string field theory. Moreover, we give a general procedure, on how to evaluate the generalized sums, that can be extended to many generic sums of similar properties. We also discuss the conformal operator connecting the HS field theory to that of the CVS string field theory.

Unresolved issues in theories of autoimmune disease using myocarditis as a framework

PubMed Central

Root-Bernstein, Robert; Fairweather, DeLisa

2014-01-01

Many theories of autoimmune disease have been proposed since the discovery that the immune system can attack the body. These theories include the hidden or cryptic antigen theory, modified antigen theory, T cell bypass, T cell-B cell mismatch, epitope spread or drift, the bystander effect, molecular mimicry, anti-idiotype theory, antigenic complementarity, and dual-affinity T cell receptors. We critically review these theories and relevant mathematical models as they apply to autoimmune myocarditis. All theories share the common assumption that autoimmune diseases are triggered by environmental factors such as infections or chemical exposure. Most, but not all, theories and mathematical models are unifactorial assuming single-agent causation of disease. Experimental and clinical evidence and mathematical models exist to support some aspects of most theories, but evidence/models that support one theory almost invariably supports other theories as well. More importantly, every theory (and every model) lacks the ability to account for some key autoimmune disease phenomena such as the fundamental roles of innate immunity, sex differences in disease susceptibility, the necessity for adjuvants in experimental animal models, and the often paradoxical effect of exposure timing and dose on disease induction. We argue that a more comprehensive and integrated theory of autoimmunity associated with new mathematical models is needed and suggest specific experimental and clinical tests for each major theory that might help to clarify how they relate to clinical disease and reveal how theories are related. PMID:25484004

Unresolved issues in theories of autoimmune disease using myocarditis as a framework.

PubMed

Root-Bernstein, Robert; Fairweather, DeLisa

2015-06-21

Many theories of autoimmune disease have been proposed since the discovery that the immune system can attack the body. These theories include the hidden or cryptic antigen theory, modified antigen theory, T cell bypass, T cell-B cell mismatch, epitope spread or drift, the bystander effect, molecular mimicry, anti-idiotype theory, antigenic complementarity, and dual-affinity T cell receptors. We critically review these theories and relevant mathematical models as they apply to autoimmune myocarditis. All theories share the common assumption that autoimmune diseases are triggered by environmental factors such as infections or chemical exposure. Most, but not all, theories and mathematical models are unifactorial assuming single-agent causation of disease. Experimental and clinical evidence and mathematical models exist to support some aspects of most theories, but evidence/models that support one theory almost invariably supports other theories as well. More importantly, every theory (and every model) lacks the ability to account for some key autoimmune disease phenomena such as the fundamental roles of innate immunity, sex differences in disease susceptibility, the necessity for adjuvants in experimental animal models, and the often paradoxical effect of exposure timing and dose on disease induction. We argue that a more comprehensive and integrated theory of autoimmunity associated with new mathematical models is needed and suggest specific experimental and clinical tests for each major theory that might help to clarify how they relate to clinical disease and reveal how theories are related. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Toward a mechanistic explanation of phenotypic evolution: The need for a theory of theory integration.

PubMed

Laubichler, Manfred D; Prohaska, Sonja J; Stadler, Peter F

2018-01-01

Reconciling different underlying ontologies and explanatory contexts has been one of the main challenges and impediments for theory integration in biology. Here, we analyze the challenge of developing an inclusive and integrative theory of phenotypic evolution as an example for the broader challenge of developing a theory of theory integration within the life sciences and suggest a number of necessary formal steps toward the resolution of often incompatible (hidden) assumptions. Theory integration in biology requires a better formal understanding of the structure of biological theories The strategy for integrating theories crucially depends on the relationships of the underlying ontologies. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

Theoretical models for application in school health education research.

PubMed

Parcel, G S

1984-01-01

Theoretical models that may be useful to research studies in school health education are reviewed. Selected, well-defined theories include social learning theory, problem-behavior theory, theory of reasoned action, communications theory, coping theory, social competence, and social and family theories. Also reviewed are multiple theory models including models of health related-behavior, the PRECEDE Framework, social-psychological approaches and the Activated Health Education Model. Two major reviews of teaching models are also discussed. The paper concludes with a brief outline of the general applications of theory to the field of school health education including applications to basic research, development and design of interventions, program evaluation, and program utilization.

Theories of how the school environment impacts on student health: systematic review and synthesis.

PubMed

Bonell, C P; Fletcher, A; Jamal, F; Wells, H; Harden, A; Murphy, S; Thomas, J

2013-11-01

Public-health interventions informed by theory can be more effective but complex interventions often use insufficiently complex theories. We systematically reviewed theories of how school environments influence health. We included 37 reports drawing on 24 theories. Narrative synthesis summarised and categorised theories. We then produced an integrated theory of school environment influences on student health. This integrated theory could inform complex interventions such as health promoting schools programmes. Using systematic reviews to develop theories of change might be useful for other types of 'complex' public-health interventions addressing risks at the individual and community levels. © 2013 Published by Elsevier Ltd.

[Research on southward spreading of Hejian' Theory in the Yuan Dynasty].

PubMed

Li, Y Q

2017-03-28

Hejian' Theory was flourished in the Dading reign of the Jin Dynasty, while the doctors of the Southern Song Dynasty didn't know Hejian's Theory. As Southern Song was overthrown by the Yuan Dynasty, Hejian' Theory began to spread to the South. Hejian's descendants, disciples and those doctors studied this Theory personally all contributed to the Theory's spreading to the South in the Yuan Dynasty. In the meantime, Liu Hejian's descendants moved to Jiangxi province later as well as those studying the Theory personally also made similar contributions. His disciples, especially Jinshan Futu transmitted the Theory to Luo Zhiti, then to Zhu Danxi, all contributed to the southward diffusion too. The local medical officer who inherited the Theory expanded its influencing area. The inheritors' medical theory was not just limited to Hejian's Theory only, reflecting the academic progress at that time.

When is a theory a theory? A case example.

PubMed

Alkin, Marvin C

2017-08-01

This discussion comments on the approximately 20years history of writings on the prescriptive theory called Empowerment Evaluation. To do so, involves examining how "Empowerment Evaluation Theory" has been defined at various points of time (particularly 1996 and now in 2015). Defining a theory is different from judging the success of a theory. This latter topic has been addressed elsewhere by Michael Scriven, Michael Patton, and Brad Cousins. I am initially guided by the work of Robin Miller (2010) who has written on the issue of how to judge the success of a theory. In doing so, she provided potential standards for judging the adequacy of theories. My task is not judging the adequacy or success of the Empowerment Evaluation prescriptive theory in practice, but determining how well the theory is delineated. That is, to what extent do the writings qualify as a prescriptive theory. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Information processing versus social cognitive mediators of weight loss in a podcast-delivered health intervention.

PubMed

Ko, Linda K; Turner-McGrievy, Gabrielle M; Campbell, Marci K

2014-04-01

Podcasting is an emerging technology, and previous interventions have shown promising results using theory-based podcast for weight loss among overweight and obese individuals. This study investigated whether constructs of social cognitive theory and information processing theories (IPTs) mediate the effect of a podcast intervention on weight loss among overweight individuals. Data are from Pounds off Digitally, a study testing the efficacy of two weight loss podcast interventions (control podcast and theory-based podcast). Path models were constructed (n = 66). The IPTs, elaboration likelihood model, information control theory, and cognitive load theory mediated the effect of a theory-based podcast on weight loss. The intervention was significantly associated with all IPTs. Information control theory and cognitive load theory were related to elaboration, and elaboration was associated with weight loss. Social cognitive theory constructs did not mediate weight loss. Future podcast interventions grounded in theory may be effective in promoting weight loss.

From practice to midrange theory and back again: Beck's theory of postpartum depression.

PubMed

Lasiuk, Gerri C; Ferguson, Linda M

2005-01-01

This article presents a brief overview of theory as background for a more detailed discussion of midrange theory-its origins, the critical role for midrange theory in the development of nursing practice knowledge, and the criteria for evaluating midrange theory. We then chronicle Cheryl Tatano Beck's program of research on postpartum depression (PPD) and advance the thesis that her theory of PPD, titled Teetering on the Edge, is an exemplar of a substantive midrange nursing theory. We demonstrate Beck's progression from identification of a clinical problem to exploratory-descriptive research, to concept analysis and midrange theory development, and finally to the application and testing of the theory in the clinical setting. Through ongoing refinement and testing of her theory, Beck has increased its generalizability across various practice settings and continually identifies new issues for investigation. Beck's program of research on PPD exemplifies using nursing outcomes to build and test nursing practice knowledge.

Children's Theories and the Drive to Explain

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Schwitzgebel, Eric

Debate has been growing in developmental psychology over how much the cognitive development of children is like theory change in science. Useful debate on this topic requires a clear understanding of what it would be for a child to have a theory. I argue that existing accounts of theories within philosophy of science and developmental psychology either are less precise than is ideal for the task or cannot capture everyday theorizing of the sort that children, if they theorize, must do. I then propose an account of theories that ties theories and explanation very closely together, treating theories primarily as products of a drive to explain. I clarify some of the positions people have taken regarding the theory theory of development, and I conclude by proposing that psychologists interested in the ''theory theory'' look for patterns of affect and arousal in development that would accompany the existence of a drive to explain.

Toward a Meta-Theory of Learning and Performance

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Russ-Eft, Darlene

2004-01-01

This purpose of this paper is to identify implications of various learning theories for workplace learning and performance and HRD. It begins with a review of various theoretical positions on learning including behaviorism, Gestalt theory, cognitive theory, schema theory, connectionist theory, social learning or behavior modeling, social…

What Communication Theories Can Teach the Designer of Computer-Based Training.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Larsen, Ronald E.

1985-01-01

Reviews characteristics of computer-based training (CBT) that make application of communication theories appropriate and presents principles from communication theory (e.g., general systems theory, symbolic interactionism, rule theories, and interpersonal communication theories) to illustrate how CBT developers can profitably apply them to…

Humorous Literature: A Doorway to Literacy.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Fernandez, Melanie

Many theories have been developed to try to explain humor, among them, the social theory; psychoanalytic theories based on Freud; cognitive theories which identify stages corresponding to those of Piaget; and eclectic theories which combine elements of all the theories. The developmental stages of humor parallel the intellectual and emotional…

A Developmental Test of Mertonian Anomie Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Menard, Scott

1995-01-01

Carefully reviewed Merton's writings on anomie theory to construct a more complete and rigorous test of the theory for respondents in early, middle, and late adolescence. Concluded that misspecified models of strain theory have underestimated the predictive power of strain theory in general and of anomie theory in particular. (JBJ)

An Empirical Comparison of Three Theories of Nonverbal Immediacy Exchange.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Andersen, Peter A.; Guerrero, Laura K.; Jorgensen, Peter F.; Buller, David B.

1998-01-01

Provides a contrastive test of three immediacy-exchange theories: expectancy violations theory; discrepancy arousal theory; and cognitive valence theory. States findings from opposite-sex friend dyads (one of whom was an undergraduate student) failed to find unequivocal support for a single theory. Suggests existing immediacy-exchange theories…

CONSTRUCTION OF EDUCATIONAL THEORY MODELS.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

MACCIA, ELIZABETH S.; AND OTHERS

THIS STUDY DELINEATED MODELS WHICH HAVE POTENTIAL USE IN GENERATING EDUCATIONAL THEORY. A THEORY MODELS METHOD WAS FORMULATED. BY SELECTING AND ORDERING CONCEPTS FROM OTHER DISCIPLINES, THE INVESTIGATORS FORMULATED SEVEN THEORY MODELS. THE FINAL STEP OF DEVISING EDUCATIONAL THEORY FROM THE THEORY MODELS WAS PERFORMED ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED TO…

Universal prescriptivism: traditional moral decision-making theory revisited.

PubMed

Crigger, N J

1994-09-01

Universal prescriptivism is a recently developed moral decision-making theory that combines utilitarian and Kantian theories with two levels of moral thinking. A combined approach offers a creative solution to the weaknesses inherent in traditional moral theories. The paper describes the theory and discusses important implications for nursing education, practical ethical decision-making, and research. The relationship of an ethical theory of caring to traditional moral theory is discussed.

Some Contributions of General Systems Theory, Cybernetics Theory and Management Control Theory to Evaluation Theory and Practice. Research on Evaluation Program Paper and Report Series. Interim Draft.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cook, Desmond L.

This document, one of a series of reports examining the possible contribution of other disciplines to evaluation methodology, describes the major elements of general systems theory (GST), cybernetics theory (CT) and management control theory (MCT). The author suggests that MCT encapsulates major concerns of evaluation since it reveals that…

Systematic searching for theory to inform systematic reviews: is it feasible? Is it desirable?

PubMed

Booth, Andrew; Carroll, Christopher

2015-09-01

In recognising the potential value of theory in understanding how interventions work comes a challenge - how to make identification of theory less haphazard? To explore the feasibility of systematic identification of theory. We searched PubMed for published reviews (1998-2012) that had explicitly sought to identify theory. Systematic searching may be characterised by a structured question, methodological filters and an itemised search procedure. We constructed a template (BeHEMoTh - Behaviour of interest; Health context; Exclusions; Models or Theories) for use when systematically identifying theory. The authors tested the template within two systematic reviews. Of 34 systematic reviews, only 12 reviews (35%) reported a method for identifying theory. Nineteen did not specify how they identified studies containing theory. Data were unavailable for three reviews. Candidate terms include concept(s)/conceptual, framework(s), model(s), and theory/theories/theoretical. Information professionals must overcome inadequate reporting and the use of theory out of context. The review team faces an additional concern in lack of 'theory fidelity'. Based on experience with two systematic reviews, the BeHEMoTh template and procedure offers a feasible and useful approach for identification of theory. Applications include realist synthesis, framework synthesis or review of complex interventions. The procedure requires rigorous evaluation. © 2015 Health Libraries Group.

Contributions of treatment theory and enablement theory to rehabilitation research and practice.

PubMed

Whyte, John

2014-01-01

Scientific theory is crucial to the advancement of clinical research. The breadth of rehabilitation treatment requires that many different theoretical perspectives be incorporated into the design and testing of treatment interventions. In this article, the 2 broad classes of theory relevant to rehabilitation research and practice are defined, and their distinct but complementary contributions to research and clinical practice are explored. These theory classes are referred to as treatment theories (theories about how to effect change in clinical targets) and enablement theories (theories about how changes in a proximal clinical target will influence distal clinical aims). Treatment theories provide the tools for inducing clinical change but do not specify how far reaching the ultimate impact of the change will be. Enablement theories model the impact of changes on other areas of function but provide no insight as to how treatment can create functional change. Treatment theories are more critical in the early stages of treatment development, whereas enablement theories become increasingly relevant in specifying the clinical significance and practical effectiveness of more mature treatments. Understanding the differences in the questions these theory classes address and how to combine their insights is crucial for effective research development and clinical practice. Copyright © 2014 American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Toward a new methodological paradigm for testing theories of health behavior and health behavior change.

PubMed

Noar, Seth M; Mehrotra, Purnima

2011-03-01

Traditional theory testing commonly applies cross-sectional (and occasionally longitudinal) survey research to test health behavior theory. Since such correlational research cannot demonstrate causality, a number of researchers have called for the increased use of experimental methods for theory testing. We introduce the multi-methodological theory-testing (MMTT) framework for testing health behavior theory. The MMTT framework introduces a set of principles that broaden the perspective of how we view evidence for health behavior theory. It suggests that while correlational survey research designs represent one method of testing theory, the weaknesses of this approach demand that complementary approaches be applied. Such approaches include randomized lab and field experiments, mediation analysis of theory-based interventions, and meta-analysis. These alternative approaches to theory testing can demonstrate causality in a much more robust way than is possible with correlational survey research methods. Such approaches should thus be increasingly applied in order to more completely and rigorously test health behavior theory. Greater application of research derived from the MMTT may lead researchers to refine and modify theory and ultimately make theory more valuable to practitioners. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

ABJ quadrality

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Honda, Masazumi; Pang, Yi; Zhu, Yaodong

2017-11-01

We study physical consequences of adding orientifolds to the ABJ triality, which is among 3d N=6 superconformal Chern-Simons theory known as ABJ theory, type IIA string in AdS 4 × ℂℙ3 and N=6 supersymmetric (SUSY) Vasiliev higher spin theory in AdS 4. After adding the orientifolds, it is known that the gauge group of the ABJ theory becomes O( N 1) × USp(2 N 2) while the background of the string theory is replaced by AdS 4 × ℂℙ3/ Z 2, and the supersymmetries in the both theories reduce to N=5 . We propose that adding the orientifolds to the N=6 Vasiliev theory leads to N=5 SUSY Vasiliev theory. It turns out that the N=5 case is more involved because there are two formulations of the N=5 Vasiliev theory with either O or USp internal symmetry. We show that the two N=5 Vasiliev theories can be understood as certain projections of the N=6 Vasiliev theory, which we identify with the orientifold projections in the Vasiliev theory. We conjecture that the O( N 1) × USp(2 N 2) ABJ theory has the two vector model like limits: N 2 ≫ N 1 and N 1 ≫ N 2 which correspond to the semi-classical N=5 Vasiliev theories with O( N 1) and USp(2 N 2) internal symmetries respectively. These correspondences together with the standard AdS/CFT correspondence comprise the ABJ quadrality among the N=5 ABJ theory, string/M-theory and two N=5 Vasliev theories. We provide a precise holographic dictionary for the correspondences by comparing correlation functions of stress tensor and flavor currents. Our conjecture is supported by various evidence such as agreements of the spectra, one-loop free energies and SUSY enhancement on the both sides. We also predict the leading free energy of the N=5 Vasiliev theory from the CFT side. As a byproduct, we give a derivation of the relation between the parity violating phase in the N=6 Vasiliev theory and the parameters in the N=6 ABJ theory, which was conjectured in [1].

Criteria for selecting implementation science theories and frameworks: results from an international survey.

PubMed

Birken, Sarah A; Powell, Byron J; Shea, Christopher M; Haines, Emily R; Alexis Kirk, M; Leeman, Jennifer; Rohweder, Catherine; Damschroder, Laura; Presseau, Justin

2017-10-30

Theories provide a synthesizing architecture for implementation science. The underuse, superficial use, and misuse of theories pose a substantial scientific challenge for implementation science and may relate to challenges in selecting from the many theories in the field. Implementation scientists may benefit from guidance for selecting a theory for a specific study or project. Understanding how implementation scientists select theories will help inform efforts to develop such guidance. Our objective was to identify which theories implementation scientists use, how they use theories, and the criteria used to select theories. We identified initial lists of uses and criteria for selecting implementation theories based on seminal articles and an iterative consensus process. We incorporated these lists into a self-administered survey for completion by self-identified implementation scientists. We recruited potential respondents at the 8th Annual Conference on the Science of Dissemination and Implementation in Health and via several international email lists. We used frequencies and percentages to report results. Two hundred twenty-three implementation scientists from 12 countries responded to the survey. They reported using more than 100 different theories spanning several disciplines. Respondents reported using theories primarily to identify implementation determinants, inform data collection, enhance conceptual clarity, and guide implementation planning. Of the 19 criteria presented in the survey, the criteria used by the most respondents to select theory included analytic level (58%), logical consistency/plausibility (56%), empirical support (53%), and description of a change process (54%). The criteria used by the fewest respondents included fecundity (10%), uniqueness (12%), and falsifiability (15%). Implementation scientists use a large number of criteria to select theories, but there is little consensus on which are most important. Our results suggest that the selection of implementation theories is often haphazard or driven by convenience or prior exposure. Variation in approaches to selecting theory warn against prescriptive guidance for theory selection. Instead, implementation scientists may benefit from considering the criteria that we propose in this paper and using them to justify their theory selection. Future research should seek to refine the criteria for theory selection to promote more consistent and appropriate use of theory in implementation science.

Combined linear theory/impact theory method for analysis and design of high speed configurations

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Brooke, D.; Vondrasek, D. V.

1980-01-01

Pressure distributions on a wing body at Mach 4.63 are calculated. The combined theory is shown to give improved predictions over either linear theory or impact theory alone. The combined theory is also applied in the inverse design mode to calculate optimum camber slopes at Mach 4.63. Comparisons with optimum camber slopes obtained from unmodified linear theory show large differences. Analysis of the results indicate that the combined theory correctly predicts the effect of thickness on the loading distributions at high Mach numbers, and that finite thickness wings optimized at high Mach numbers using unmodified linear theory will not achieve the minimum drag characteristics for which they are designed.

The biological precedents for medieval impetus theory and its Aristotelian character.

PubMed

Fritsche, Johannes

2011-03-01

While the impetus theory is often regarded as a non-Aristotelian theory that could not have emerged within the development of Aristotelianism, I argue that it is essentially Aristotelian. Given the state of the theories of body, movement and sexual reproduction and the development of the theory of the four elements in the Latin West at the end of the thirteenth century, the impetus theory was probably developed as an application to projectiles of Aristotle's theories of the male semen and of family resemblance. In addition, the impetus theory was even a convenient expedient to simplify the Aristotelian theory of movement and prevent it from drifting into non-Aristotelian territory.

Prospect theory or construal level theory? Diminishing sensitivity vs. psychological distance in risky decisions.

PubMed

Trautmann, Stefan T; van de Kuilen, Gijs

2012-01-01

Attitudes toward risks are central to organizational decisions. These attitudes are commonly modeled by prospect theory. Construal level theory has been proposed as an alternative theory of risky choice, accounting for psychological distance deriving from temporal, spatial and social aspects of risk that are typical of agency situations. Unnoticed in the literature, the two theories make contradicting predictions. The current study investigates which theory provides a better description of risky decisions in the presence of temporal, spatial, and social factors. We find that the psychophysical effects modeled by prospect theory dominate the psychological distance effects of construal level theory. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Charting the landscape of supercritical string theory.

PubMed

Hellerman, Simeon; Swanson, Ian

2007-10-26

Special solutions of string theory in supercritical dimensions can interpolate in time between theories with different numbers of spacetime dimensions and different amounts of world sheet supersymmetry. These solutions connect supercritical string theories to the more familiar string duality web in ten dimensions and provide a precise link between supersymmetric and purely bosonic string theories. Dimension quenching and c duality appear to be natural concepts in string theory, giving rise to large networks of interconnected theories.

Ultrastrong coupling in supersymmetric gauge theories

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Buchel, Alex

1999-10-04

We study 'ultrastrong' coupling points in scale-invariant N=2 gauge theories. These are theories where, naively, the coupling becomes infinite, and is not related by S-duality to a weak coupling point. These theories have been somewhat of a mystery, since in the M-theory description they correspond to points where parallel M 5-branes coincide. Using the low-energy effective field theory arguments we relate these theories to other known N=2 CFT.

The Application of Context Theory in English Teaching of Reading

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Zhu, Jiang; Han, Lemeng

2010-01-01

Context theory is a very important theory in English teaching, especially the teaching of reading. This paper first analyzes the theory of context, including the features of context and some principles in context theory. Then the paper discusses the application of context theory in English teaching of reading, including some problems met in…

Moral Exemplars in Theory and Practice

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Zagzebski, Linda

2013-01-01

In this article I outline an original form of ethical theory that I call exemplarist virtue theory. The theory is intended to serve the philosophical purposes of a comprehensive moral theory, but it is also intended to serve the practical purpose of moral education by structuring the theory around a motivating emotion--the emotion of admiration.…

Connecting Relational Theory and the Systems Theory Framework: Individuals and Their Systems

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Patton, Wendy

2007-01-01

The Systems Theory Framework (STF) facilitates the inclusion of relevant aspects of multiple existing theories within an integrated framework, wherein relevance and meaning is decided upon by each individual. Patton and McMahon emphasise that the application of the Systems Theory Framework in integrating theory and practice is located within the…

Rational Choice Theory and the Politics of Education: Promise and Limitations.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Boyd, William Lowe; And Others

1994-01-01

Rational choice theory and its three branches (game theory, collective choice theory, and organizational economics) has altered the face of political science, sociology, and organizational theory. This chapter reviews rational choice theory, examines a small body of work that relies on the rational choice paradigm to study educational politics,…

Multiple Intelligences, the Mozart Effect, and Emotional Intelligence: A Critical Review

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Waterhouse, Lynn

2006-01-01

This article reviews evidence for multiple intelligences theory, the Mozart effect theory, and emotional intelligence theory and argues that despite their wide currency in education these theories lack adequate empirical support and should not be the basis for educational practice. Each theory is compared to theory counterparts in cognitive…

Nonstandard Methods in Lie Theory

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Goldbring, Isaac Martin

2009-01-01

In this thesis, we apply model theory to Lie theory and geometric group theory. These applications of model theory come via nonstandard analysis. In Lie theory, we use nonstandard methods to prove two results. First, we give a positive solution to the local form of Hilbert's Fifth Problem, which asks whether every locally euclidean local…

From Freud to Feminist Personality Theory: Getting Here from There.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Lerman, Hannah

Neither Freud's original theories nor modern revisions of psychoanalytic theory serve women well. Because assumptions about the inherent inferiority of women are embedded at the core of the structure of psychoanalytic theory, the theory cannot be adequately revised for women. A new theory is needed which would serve women's interests better.…

A Future of Communication Theory: Systems Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Lindsey, Georg N.

Concepts of general systems theory, cybernetics and the like may provide the methodology for communication theory to move from a level of technology to a level of pure science. It was the purpose of this paper to (1) demonstrate the necessity of applying systems theory to the construction of communication theory, (2) review relevant systems…

Formal Theory versus Stakeholder Theory: New Insights from a Tobacco-Focused Prevention Program Evaluation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chen, Huey T.; Turner, Nannette C.

2012-01-01

Health promotion and social betterment program interventions are based on either formal theory from academia or stakeholder theory from stakeholders' observations and experiences in working with clients. Over time, formal theory-based interventions have acquired high prestige, while stakeholder theory-based interventions have been held in low…

Toward a Multiple Perspective in Family Theory and Practice: The Case of Social Exchange Theory, Symbolic Interactionism, and Conflict Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rank, Mark R.; LeCroy, Craig W.

1983-01-01

Examines the complementarity of three often-used theories in family research: social exchange theory, symbolic interactionism, and conflict theory. Provides a case example in which a multiple perspective is applied to a problem of marital discord. Discusses implications for the clinician. (Author/WAS)

Applying Psychological Theories to Promote Long-Term Maintenance of Health Behaviors

PubMed Central

Joseph, Rodney P.; Daniel, Casey L.; Thind, Herpreet; Benitez, Tanya J.; Pekmezi, Dori

2014-01-01

Behavioral health theory provides a framework for researchers to design, implement, and evaluate the effects of health promotion programs. However, limited research has examined theories used in interventions to promote long-term maintenance of health behaviors. The purpose of this review was to evaluate the available literature and identify prominent behavioral health theories used in intervention research to promote maintenance of health behaviors. We reviewed theories used in intervention research assessing long-term maintenance (≥ 6 months post-intervention) of physical activity, weight loss, and smoking cessation. Five prominent behavioral theories were referenced by the 34 studies included in the review: Self-Determination Theory, Theory of Planned Behavior, Social Cognitive Theory, Transtheoretical Model, and Social Ecological Model. Descriptions and examples of applications of these theories are provided. Implications for future research are discussed. PMID:28217036

Using theories of behaviour change to inform interventions for addictive behaviours.

PubMed

Webb, Thomas L; Sniehotta, Falko F; Michie, Susan

2010-11-01

This paper reviews a set of theories of behaviour change that are used outside the field of addiction and considers their relevance for this field. Ten theories are reviewed in terms of (i) the main tenets of each theory, (ii) the implications of the theory for promoting change in addictive behaviours and (iii) studies in the field of addiction that have used the theory. An augmented feedback loop model based on Control Theory is used to organize the theories and to show how different interventions might achieve behaviour change. Briefly, each theory provided the following recommendations for intervention: Control Theory: prompt behavioural monitoring, Goal-Setting Theory: set specific and challenging goals, Model of Action Phases: form 'implementation intentions', Strength Model of Self-Control: bolster self-control resources, Social Cognition Models (Protection Motivation Theory, Theory of Planned Behaviour, Health Belief Model): modify relevant cognitions, Elaboration Likelihood Model: consider targets' motivation and ability to process information, Prototype Willingness Model: change perceptions of the prototypical person who engages in behaviour and Social Cognitive Theory: modify self-efficacy. There are a range of theories in the field of behaviour change that can be applied usefully to addiction, each one pointing to a different set of modifiable determinants and/or behaviour change techniques. Studies reporting interventions should describe theoretical basis, behaviour change techniques and mode of delivery accurately so that effective interventions can be understood and replicated. © 2010 The Authors. Journal compilation © 2010 Society for the Study of Addiction.

A systematic review of the use of theory in the design of guideline dissemination and implementation strategies and interpretation of the results of rigorous evaluations.

PubMed

Davies, Philippa; Walker, Anne E; Grimshaw, Jeremy M

2010-02-09

There is growing interest in the use of cognitive, behavioural, and organisational theories in implementation research. However, the extent of use of theory in implementation research is uncertain. We conducted a systematic review of use of theory in 235 rigorous evaluations of guideline dissemination and implementation studies published between 1966 and 1998. Use of theory was classified according to type of use (explicitly theory based, some conceptual basis, and theoretical construct used) and stage of use (choice/design of intervention, process/mediators/moderators, and post hoc/explanation). Fifty-three of 235 studies (22.5%) were judged to have employed theories, including 14 studies that explicitly used theory. The majority of studies (n = 42) used only one theory; the maximum number of theories employed by any study was three. Twenty-five different theories were used. A small number of theories accounted for the majority of theory use including PRECEDE (Predisposing, Reinforcing, and Enabling Constructs in Educational Diagnosis and Evaluation), diffusion of innovations, information overload and social marketing (academic detailing). There was poor justification of choice of intervention and use of theory in implementation research in the identified studies until at least 1998. Future research should explicitly identify the justification for the interventions. Greater use of explicit theory to understand barriers, design interventions, and explore mediating pathways and moderators is needed to advance the science of implementation research.

Grounded theory in music therapy research.

PubMed

O'Callaghan, Clare

2012-01-01

Grounded theory is one of the most common methodologies used in constructivist (qualitative) music therapy research. Researchers use the term "grounded theory" when denoting varying research designs and theoretical outcomes. This may be challenging for novice researchers when considering whether grounded theory is appropriate for their research phenomena. This paper examines grounded theory within music therapy research. Grounded theory is briefly described, including some of its "contested" ideas. A literature search was conducted using the descriptor "music therapy and grounded theory" in Pubmed, CINAHL PsychlNFO, SCOPUS, ERIC (CSA), Web of Science databases, and a music therapy monograph series. A descriptive analysis was performed on the uncovered studies to examine researched phenomena, grounded theory methods used, and how findings were presented, Thirty music therapy research projects were found in refereed journals and monographs from 1993 to "in press." The Strauss and Corbin approach to grounded theory dominates the field. Descriptors to signify grounded theory components in the studies greatly varied. Researchers have used partial or complete grounded theory methods to examine clients', family members', staff, music therapy "overhearers," music therapists', and students' experiences, as well as music therapy creative products and professional views, issues, and literature. Seven grounded theories were offered. It is suggested that grounded theory researchers clarify what and who inspired their design, why partial grounded theory methods were used (when relevant), and their ontology. By elucidating assumptions underpinning the data collection, analysis, and findings' contribution, researchers will continue to improve music therapy research using grounded theory methods.

Theory and practice in the design and conduct of graduate medical education.

PubMed

Hodges, Brian David; Kuper, Ayelet

2012-01-01

Medical education practice is more often the result of tradition, ritual, culture, and history than of any easily expressed theoretical or conceptual framework. The authors explain the importance and nature of the role of theory in the design and conduct of graduate medical education. They outline three groups of theories relevant to graduate medical education: bioscience theories, learning theories, and sociocultural theories. Bioscience theories are familiar to many medical educators but are often misperceived as truths rather than theories. Theories from such disciplines as neuroscience, kinesiology, and cognitive psychology offer insights into areas such as memory formation, motor skills acquisition, diagnostic decision making, and instructional design. Learning theories, primarily emerging from psychology and education, are also popular within medical education. Although widely employed, not all learning theories have robust evidence bases. Nonetheless, many important notions within medical education are derived from learning theories, including self-monitoring, legitimate peripheral participation, and simulation design enabling sustained deliberate practice. Sociocultural theories, which are common in the wider education literature but have been largely overlooked within medical education, are inherently concerned with contexts and systems and provide lenses that selectively highlight different aspects of medical education. They challenge educators to reconceptualize the goals of medical education, to illuminate maladaptive processes, and to untangle problems such as career choice, interprofessional communication, and the hidden curriculum.Theories make visible existing problems and enable educators to ask new and important questions. The authors encourage medical educators to gain greater understanding of theories that guide their educational practices.

Dark solitons, D-branes and noncommutative tachyon field theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Giaccari, Stefano; Nian, Jun

2017-11-01

In this paper we discuss the boson/vortex duality by mapping the (3+1)D Gross-Pitaevskii theory into an effective string theory in the presence of boundaries. Via the effective string theory, we find the Seiberg-Witten map between the commutative and the noncommutative tachyon field theories, and consequently identify their soliton solutions with D-branes in the effective string theory. We perform various checks of the duality map and the identification of soliton solutions. This new insight between the Gross-Pitaevskii theory and the effective string theory explains the similarity of these two systems at quantitative level.

Applying Organization Theory to Understanding the Adoption and Implementation of Accountable Care Organizations: Commentary.

PubMed

Shortell, Stephen M

2016-12-01

This commentary highights the key arguments and contributions of institutional thoery, transaction cost economics (TCE) theory, high reliability theory, and organizational learning theory to understanding the development and evolution of Accountable Care Organizations (ACOs). Institutional theory and TCE theory primarily emphasize the external influences shaping ACOs while high reliability theory and organizational learning theory underscore the internal fctors influencing ACO perfromance. A framework based on Implementation Science is proposed to conside the multiple perspectives on ACOs and, in particular, their abiity to innovate to achieve desired cost, quality, and population health goals. © The Author(s) 2016.

Psychologic theories in functional neurologic disorders.

PubMed

Carson, A; Ludwig, L; Welch, K

2016-01-01

In this chapter we review key psychologic theories that have been mooted as possible explanations for the etiology of functional neurologic symptoms, conversion disorder, and hysteria. We cover Freudian psychoanalysis and later object relations and attachment theories, social theories, illness behavior, classic and operant conditioning, social learning theory, self-regulation theory, cognitive-behavioral theories, and mindfulness. Dissociation and modern cognitive neuroscience theories are covered in other chapters in this series and, although of central importance, are omitted from this chapter. Our aim is an overview with the emphasis on breadth of coverage rather than depth. © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Development of affective theory of mind across adolescence: disentangling the role of executive functions.

PubMed

Vetter, Nora C; Altgassen, Mareike; Phillips, Louise; Mahy, Caitlin E V; Kliegel, Matthias

2013-01-01

Theory of mind, the ability to understand mental states, involves inferences about others' cognitive (cognitive theory of mind) and emotional (affective theory of mind) mental states. The current study explored the role of executive functions in developing affective theory of mind across adolescence. Affective theory of mind and three subcomponents of executive functions (inhibition, updating, and shifting) were measured. Affective theory of mind was positively related to age, and all three executive functions. Specifically, inhibition explained the largest amount of variance in age-related differences in affective theory of mind.

Theory X/Y in the Health Care Setting: Employee Perceptions, Attitudes, and Behaviors.

PubMed

Prottas, David J; Nummelin, Mary Rogers

Douglas McGregor's conceptualization of Theory X and Theory Y has influenced management practices for almost six decades, despite the relative paucity of empirical support. This empirical study examined the relationships between health care employees' perceptions of (1) manager Theory Y and Theory X orientations; (2) work unit psychological safety, organizational citizenship behavior, and service quality; and (3) the employing entity. The study used survey data from more than 3500 employees of a large US health care system and analyzed them using confirmatory factor and hierarchical regression analyses. Results indicate that McGregor's conceptualization is best considered as two separate constructs-Theory Y and Theory X-rather than as one-dimensional X/Y construct. This study's three dependent variables were positively related to Theory Y and negatively related to Theory X, with larger Theory Y effect sizes. Psychological safety partially mediated the relationship between Theory Y and the dependent variables Y. Practical implications are presented.

How Could Nurse Researchers Apply Theory to Generate Knowledge More Efficiently?

PubMed

Lor, Maichou; Backonja, Uba; Lauver, Diane R

2017-09-01

Reports of nursing research often do not provide adequate information about whether, and how, researchers applied theory when conducting their studies. Unfortunately, the lack of adequate application and explication of theory in research impedes development of knowledge to guide nursing practice. To clarify and exemplify how to apply theory in research. First we describe how researchers can apply theory in phases of research. Then we share examples of how three research teams applied one theory to these phases of research in three different studies of preventive behaviors. Nurse researchers can review and refine ways in which they apply theory in guiding research and writing publications. Scholars can appreciate how one theory can guide researchers in building knowledge about a given condition such as preventive behaviors. Clinicians and researchers can collaborate to apply and examine the usefulness of theory. If nurses had improved understanding of theory-guided research, they could better assess, select, and apply theory-guided interventions in their practices. © 2017 Sigma Theta Tau International.

Translating caring theory across the continuum from inpatient to ambulatory care.

PubMed

Tonges, Mary; McCann, Meghan; Strickler, Jeff

2014-06-01

While theory-based practice is a Magnet® characteristic, translating theories to practice remains challenging. As a result, theory-guided practice remains an ideal rather than a realized goal in many organizations. This article provides an overview of a research-derived caring theory, a translational model for theory-driven practice, implementation of a delivery model designed to translate theory across the acute and ambulatory care continuum, and resulting outcomes in oncology clinics and the emergency department.

Infusing Theory into Practice, Practice into Theory: Small Wins and Big Gains for Evaluation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rog, Debra J.

2015-01-01

This article illustrates the synergistic role between practice and theory in evaluation. Using reflective practice, the author reviews her own work as well as the work of other evaluators to illustrate how theory can influence practice and, in turn, how evaluation practice can inform and grow theory, especially evaluation theory. The following…

Adapting Structuration Theory as a Comprehensive Theory for Distance Education: The ASTIDE Model

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Aktaruzzaman, Md; Plunkett, Margaret

2016-01-01

Distance Education (DE) theorists have argued about the requirement for a theory to be comprehensive in a way that can explicate many of the activities associated with DE. Currently, Transactional Distance Theory (TDT) (Moore, 1993) and the Theory of Instructional Dialogue (IDT) (Caspi & Gorsky, 2006) are the most prominent theories, yet they…

Gestalt Therapy and General System Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Whitner, Phillip A.

While General Systems Theory (GST) concepts appear to be applicable in explaining some of the phenomena that occur in a Gestalt Therapy group, research is needed to support this assumption. General Systems Theory may not be a group theory per se. Instead, GST may be a theory about groups. A meta-theory exists where its value and usefulness is…

How Theory Matters: Formative Assessment Theory and Practices and Their Different Relations to Education

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Crossouard, Barbara; Pryor, John

2012-01-01

The positioning of theory in relation to educational practice has provoked much recent debate, with some arguing that educational theory constrains thinking in education, while others dismiss "theory" out of hand as belonging to the world of the "academic," abstracted from the "realities" of the classroom. This paper views theory as necessarily…

Using Queer Theory to Rethink Gender Equity in Early Childhood Education

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Blaise, Mindy; Taylor, Affrica

2012-01-01

Queer theory is a new theory about gender. It is relevant to early childhood educators who wish to find new ways of understanding and challenging persistent gender stereotypes. The theory links gender stereotypes to the norms of heterosexuality. It is definitely "not" a theory about gay and lesbian identity. Queer theory is "queer" because it…

(0,4) dualities

DOE PAGES

Putrov, Pavel; Song, Jaewon; Yan, Wenbin

2016-03-29

We study a class of two-dimensional N = (0; 4) quiver gauge theories that flow to superconformal field theories. We find dualities for the superconformal field theories similar to the 4d N = 2 theories of class S, labelled by a Riemann surface C. The dual descriptions arise from various pair-of-pants decompositions, that involve an analog of the T N theory. Especially, we find the superconformal indices of such theories can be written in terms of a topological field theory on C. In conclusion, we interpret this class of SCFTs as the ones coming from compactifying 6d N = (2;more » 0) theory on CP 1 x C. Moreover, some new dualities of (0; 2) and (2; 2) theories are also discussed.« less

A practitioner's guide to persuasion: an overview of 15 selected persuasion theories, models and frameworks.

PubMed

Cameron, Kenzie A

2009-03-01

To provide a brief overview of 15 selected persuasion theories and models, and to present examples of their use in health communication research. The theories are categorized as message effects models, attitude-behavior approaches, cognitive processing theories and models, consistency theories, inoculation theory, and functional approaches. As it is often the intent of a practitioner to shape, reinforce, or change a patient's behavior, familiarity with theories of persuasion may lead to the development of novel communication approaches with existing patients. This article serves as an introductory primer to theories of persuasion with applications to health communication research. Understanding key constructs and general formulations of persuasive theories may allow practitioners to employ useful theoretical frameworks when interacting with patients.

The complete Brans–Dicke theories

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Kofinas, Georgios, E-mail: gkofinas@aegean.gr

Given that the simple wave equation of Brans–Dicke theory for the scalar field is preserved, we have investigated, through exhaustively analyzing the Bianchi identities, the consistent theories which violate the exact energy conservation equation. It is found that only three theories exist which are unambiguously determined from consistency, without imposing arbitrary functions by hand. Each of these theories possesses a specific interaction term which controls the energy exchange between the scalar field and ordinary matter. The theories contain new parameters (integration constants from the integration procedure) and when these are switched-off, Brans–Dicke theory emerges. As usually, the vacuum theories canmore » be defined from the complete Brans–Dicke theories when the matter energy–momentum tensor vanishes.« less

[Comparative research into the process of forming the theory of constitution in ancient western medicine and that of four trigrams constitution in Korean medicine and contents of two theories of constitution].

PubMed

Park, Joo-Hong

2009-06-01

After conducting comparative research into the process of forming the Theory of Constitution in Ancient Western Medicine and that of Four Trigrams Constitution(Sasang Constitution) in Korean Medicine and contents of two Theories of Constitution in terms of medical history, both theories were found to be formed by an interaction between philosophy and medicine, followed by a combination of the two, on a philosophical basis. The Theory of Constitution in Ancient Western Medicine began with the Theory of Four Elements presented by Empedocles, followed by the Theory of Four Humors presented by Hippocrates and the Theory of Four Temperaments by Galenos, forming and developing the Theory of Constitution. After the Middle Ages, there was no significant advance in the Theory of Constitution by modern times ; however, it developed into the theory of constitution type of Kretschmer and others after the 19th century and into the scientific theory of constitution based on genetics presented by Garrod and others early in the 20th century. The Theory of Four Trigrams Constitution began with the Theory of Constitution in Huangdi Neijing, followed by developments and influences of existing medicine called beginning, restoration, and revival periods and DongeuisoosebowonSaSangChoBonGwon based on the original philosophy of Four Trigrams presented by Lee Je-ma, which is found in GyeokChiGo, DongMuYuGo and so on, ultimately forming and developing into the Theory of Four Trigrams Constitution in Dongeuisoosebowon. Recently, a lot of research is being conducted into making it objective in order to achieve reproducibility in diagnosis and so forth of Four Trigrams Constitution.

Theory, the Final Frontier? A Corpus-Based Analysis of the Role of Theory in Psychological Articles.

PubMed

Beller, Sieghard; Bender, Andrea

2017-01-01

Contemporary psychology regards itself as an empirical science, at least in most of its subfields. Theory building and development are often considered critical to the sciences, but the extent to which psychology can be cast in this way is under debate. According to those advocating a strong role of theory, studies should be designed to test hypotheses derived from theories (theory-driven) and ideally should yield findings that stimulate hypothesis formation and theory building (theory-generating). The alternative position values empirical findings over theories as the lasting legacy of science. To investigate which role theory actually plays in current research practice, we analyse references to theory in the complete set of 2,046 articles accepted for publication in Frontiers of Psychology in 2015. This sample of articles, while not representative in the strictest sense, covers a broad range of sub-disciplines, both basic and applied, and a broad range of article types, including research articles, reviews, hypothesis & theory, and commentaries. For the titles, keyword lists, and abstracts in this sample, we conducted a text search for terms related to empiricism and theory, assessed the frequency and scope of usage for six theory-related terms, and analyzed their distribution over different article types and subsections of the journal. The results indicate substantially lower frequencies of theoretical than empirical terms, with references to a specific (named) theory in less than 10% of the sample and references to any of even the most frequently mentioned theories in less than 0.5% of the sample. In conclusion, we discuss possible limitations of our study and the prospect of theoretical advancement.

Theory, the Final Frontier? A Corpus-Based Analysis of the Role of Theory in Psychological Articles

PubMed Central

Beller, Sieghard; Bender, Andrea

2017-01-01

Contemporary psychology regards itself as an empirical science, at least in most of its subfields. Theory building and development are often considered critical to the sciences, but the extent to which psychology can be cast in this way is under debate. According to those advocating a strong role of theory, studies should be designed to test hypotheses derived from theories (theory-driven) and ideally should yield findings that stimulate hypothesis formation and theory building (theory-generating). The alternative position values empirical findings over theories as the lasting legacy of science. To investigate which role theory actually plays in current research practice, we analyse references to theory in the complete set of 2,046 articles accepted for publication in Frontiers of Psychology in 2015. This sample of articles, while not representative in the strictest sense, covers a broad range of sub-disciplines, both basic and applied, and a broad range of article types, including research articles, reviews, hypothesis & theory, and commentaries. For the titles, keyword lists, and abstracts in this sample, we conducted a text search for terms related to empiricism and theory, assessed the frequency and scope of usage for six theory-related terms, and analyzed their distribution over different article types and subsections of the journal. The results indicate substantially lower frequencies of theoretical than empirical terms, with references to a specific (named) theory in less than 10% of the sample and references to any of even the most frequently mentioned theories in less than 0.5% of the sample. In conclusion, we discuss possible limitations of our study and the prospect of theoretical advancement. PMID:28642728

"Fathers" and "sons" of theories in cell physiology: the membrane theory.

PubMed

Matveev, V V; Wheatley, D N

2005-12-16

The last 50 years in the history of life sciences are remarkable for a new important feature that looks as a great threat for their future. A profound specialization dominating in quickly developing fields of science causes a crisis of the scientific method. The essence of the method is a unity of two elements, the experimental data and the theory that explains them. To us, "fathers" of science, classically, were the creators of new ideas and theories. They were the true experts of their own theories. It is only they who have the right to say: "I am the theory". In other words, they were carriers of theories, of the theoretical knowledge. The fathers provided the necessary logical integrity to their theories, since theories in biology have still to be based on strict mathematical proofs. It is not true for sons. As a result of massive specialization, modern experts operate in very confined close spaces. They formulate particular rules far from the level of theory. The main theories of science are known to them only at the textbook level. Nowadays, nobody can say: "I am the theory". With whom, then is it possible to discuss today on a broader theoretical level? How can a classical theory--for example, the membrane one--be changed or even disproved under these conditions? How can the "sons" with their narrow education catch sight of membrane theory defects? As a result, "global" theories have few critics and control. Due to specialization, we have lost the ability to work at the experimental level of biology within the correct or appropriate theoretical context. The scientific method in its classic form is now being rapidly eroded. A good case can be made for "Membrane Theory", to which we will largely refer throughout this article.

Dualities and Topological Field Theories from Twisted Geometries

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Markov, Ruza

I will present three studies of string theory on twisted geometries. In the first calculation included in this dissertation we use gauge/gravity duality to study the Coulomb branch of an unusual type of nonlocal field theory, called Puff Field Theory. On the gravity side, this theory is given in terms of D3-branes in type IIB string theory with a geometric twist. While the field theory description, available in the IR limit, is a deformation of Yang-Mills gauge theory by an order seven operator which we here compute. In the rest of this dissertation we explore N = 4 super Yang-Mills (SYM) theory compactied on a circle with S-duality and R-symmetry twists that preserve N = 6 supersymmetry in 2 + 1D. It was shown that abelian theory on a flat manifold gives Chern-Simons theory in the low-energy limit and here we are interested in the non-abelian counterpart. To that end, we introduce external static supersymmetric quark and anti-quark sources into the theory and calculate the Witten Index of the resulting Hilbert space of ground states on a two-torus. Using these results we compute the action of simple Wilson loops on the Hilbert space of ground states without sources. In some cases we find disagreement between our results for the Wilson loop eigenvalues and previous conjectures about a connection with Chern-Simons theory. The last result discussed in this dissertation demonstrates a connection between gravitational Chern-Simons theory and N = 4 four-dimensional SYM theory compactified on a circle twisted by S-duality where the remaining three-manifold is not flat starting with the explicit geometric realization of S-duality in terms of (2, 0) theory.

Nothing as Practical as a Good Theory? The Theoretical Basis of HIV Prevention Interventions for Young People in Sub-Saharan Africa: A Systematic Review.

PubMed

Michielsen, Kristien; Chersich, Matthew; Temmerman, Marleen; Dooms, Tessa; Van Rossem, Ronan

2012-01-01

This paper assesses the extent to which HIV prevention interventions for young people in sub-Saharan Africa are grounded in theory and if theory-based interventions are more effective. Three databases were searched for evaluation studies of HIV prevention interventions for youth. Additional articles were identified on websites of international organisations and through searching references. 34 interventions were included; 25 mentioned the use of theory. Social Cognitive Theory was most prominent (n = 13), followed by Health Belief Model (n = 7), and Theory of Reasoned Action/Planned Behaviour (n = 6). These cognitive behavioural theories assume that cognitions drive sexual behaviour. Reporting on choice and use of theory was low. Only three articles provided information about why a particular theory was selected. Interventions used theory to inform content (n = 13), for evaluation purposes (n = 4) or both (n = 7). No patterns of differential effectiveness could be detected between studies using and not using theory, or according to whether a theory informed content, and/or evaluation. We discuss characteristics of the theories that might account for the limited effectiveness observed, including overreliance on cognitions that likely vary according to type of sexual behaviour and other personal factors, inadequately address interpersonal factors, and failure to account for contextual factors.

Nothing as Practical as a Good Theory? The Theoretical Basis of HIV Prevention Interventions for Young People in Sub-Saharan Africa: A Systematic Review

PubMed Central

Michielsen, Kristien; Chersich, Matthew; Temmerman, Marleen; Dooms, Tessa; Van Rossem, Ronan

2012-01-01

This paper assesses the extent to which HIV prevention interventions for young people in sub-Saharan Africa are grounded in theory and if theory-based interventions are more effective. Three databases were searched for evaluation studies of HIV prevention interventions for youth. Additional articles were identified on websites of international organisations and through searching references. 34 interventions were included; 25 mentioned the use of theory. Social Cognitive Theory was most prominent (n = 13), followed by Health Belief Model (n = 7), and Theory of Reasoned Action/Planned Behaviour (n = 6). These cognitive behavioural theories assume that cognitions drive sexual behaviour. Reporting on choice and use of theory was low. Only three articles provided information about why a particular theory was selected. Interventions used theory to inform content (n = 13), for evaluation purposes (n = 4) or both (n = 7). No patterns of differential effectiveness could be detected between studies using and not using theory, or according to whether a theory informed content, and/or evaluation. We discuss characteristics of the theories that might account for the limited effectiveness observed, including overreliance on cognitions that likely vary according to type of sexual behaviour and other personal factors, inadequately address interpersonal factors, and failure to account for contextual factors. PMID:22900155

The Theory of Multiple Intelligences.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Gardner, Howard

1987-01-01

The multiple intelligence theory is based on cultural contexts, biological analysis, developmental theories, and a vertical theory of faculties. Seven intelligences are identified: linguistic, logical mathematical, musical, spatial, bodily kinesthetic, interpersonal, and intrapersonal. The theory's educational implications are described,…

Cognitive Continuum Theory in nursing decision-making.

PubMed

Cader, Raffik; Campbell, Steve; Watson, Don

2005-02-01

The purpose of this paper is to analyse and evaluate Cognitive Continuum Theory and to provide evidence for its relevance to nurses' decision-making. It is critical that theories used in nursing are evaluated to provide an understanding of their aims, concepts and usefulness. With the advent of evidence-based care, theories on decision-making have acquired increased significance. The criteria identified by Fawcett's framework has been used to analyse and evaluate Hammond's Cognitive Continuum Theory. Findings. There is empirical evidence to support many of the concepts and propositions of Cognitive Continuum Theory. The theory has been applied to the decision-making process of many professionals, including medical practitioners and nurses. Existing evidence suggests that Cognitive Continuum Theory can provide the framework to explain decision-making in nursing. Cognitive Continuum Theory has the potential to make major contributions towards understanding the decision-making process of nurses in the clinical environment. Knowledge of the theory in nursing practice has become crucial.

A superstring field theory for supergravity

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Reid-Edwards, R. A.; Riccombeni, D. A.

2017-09-01

A covariant closed superstring field theory, equivalent to classical tendimensional Type II supergravity, is presented. The defining conformal field theory is the ambitwistor string worldsheet theory of Mason and Skinner. This theory is known to reproduce the scattering amplitudes of Cachazo, He and Yuan in which the scattering equations play an important role and the string field theory naturally incorporates these results. We investigate the operator formalism description of the ambitwsitor string and propose an action for the string field theory of the bosonic and supersymmetric theories. The correct linearised gauge symmetries and spacetime actions are explicitly reproduced and evidence is given that the action is correct to all orders. The focus is on the NeveuSchwarz sector and the explicit description of tree level perturbation theory about flat spacetime. Application of the string field theory to general supergravity backgrounds and the inclusion of the Ramond sector are briefly discussed.

Theoretical frameworks for testing relativistic gravity. IV - A compendium of metric theories of gravity and their post-Newtonian limits.

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Ni, W.-T.

1972-01-01

Metric theories of gravity are compiled and classified according to the types of gravitational fields they contain, and the modes of interaction among those fields. The gravitation theories considered are classified as (1) general relativity, (2) scalar-tensor theories, (3) conformally flat theories, and (4) stratified theories with conformally flat space slices. The post-Newtonian limit of each theory is constructed and its Parametrized Post-Newtonian (PPN) values are obtained by comparing it with Will's version of the formalism. Results obtained here, when combined with experimental data and with recent work by Nordtvedt and Will and by Ni, show that, of all theories thus far examined by our group, the only currently viable ones are general relativity, the Bergmann-Wagoner scalar-tensor theory and its special cases (Nordtvedt; Brans-Dicke-Jordan), and a recent, new vector-tensor theory by Nordtvedt, Hellings, and Will.

Foundations for a theory of gravitation theories

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Thorne, K. S.; Lee, D. L.; Lightman, A. P.

1972-01-01

A foundation is laid for future analyses of gravitation theories. This foundation is applicable to any theory formulated in terms of geometric objects defined on a 4-dimensional spacetime manifold. The foundation consists of (1) a glossary of fundamental concepts; (2) a theorem that delineates the overlap between Lagrangian-based theories and metric theories; (3) a conjecture (due to Schiff) that the Weak Equivalence Principle implies the Einstein Equivalence Principle; and (4) a plausibility argument supporting this conjecture for the special case of relativistic, Lagrangian-based theories.

Time-correlated gust loads using matched filter theory and random process theory - A new way of looking at things

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pototzky, Anthony S.; Zeiler, Thomas A.; Perry, Boyd, III

1989-01-01

This paper describes and illustrates two ways of performing time-correlated gust-load calculations. The first is based on Matched Filter Theory; the second on Random Process Theory. Both approaches yield theoretically identical results and represent novel applications of the theories, are computationally fast, and may be applied to other dynamic-response problems. A theoretical development and example calculations using both Matched Filter Theory and Random Process Theory approaches are presented.

Time-correlated gust loads using Matched-Filter Theory and Random-Process Theory: A new way of looking at things

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pototzky, Anthony S.; Zeiler, Thomas A.; Perry, Boyd, III

1989-01-01

Two ways of performing time-correlated gust-load calculations are described and illustrated. The first is based on Matched Filter Theory; the second on Random Process Theory. Both approaches yield theoretically identical results and represent novel applications of the theories, are computationally fast, and may be applied to other dynamic-response problems. A theoretical development and example calculations using both Matched Filter Theory and Random Process Theory approaches are presented.

Causal hydrodynamics of gauge theory plasmas from AdS/CFT duality

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Natsuume, Makoto; Okamura, Takashi; Department of Physics, Kwansei Gakuin University, Sanda, Hyogo, 669-1337

2008-03-15

We study causal hydrodynamics (Israel-Stewart theory) of gauge theory plasmas from the AdS/CFT duality. Causal hydrodynamics requires new transport coefficients (relaxation times) and we compute them for a number of supersymmetric gauge theories including the N=4 super Yang-Mills theory. However, the relaxation times obtained from the 'shear mode' do not agree with the ones from the 'sound mode', which implies that the Israel-Stewart theory is not a sufficient framework to describe the gauge theory plasmas.

Reported Theory Use by Digital Interventions for Hazardous and Harmful Alcohol Consumption, and Association With Effectiveness: Meta-Regression

PubMed Central

Crane, David; Brown, Jamie; Kaner, Eileen; Beyer, Fiona; Muirhead, Colin; Hickman, Matthew; Redmore, James; de Vocht, Frank; Beard, Emma; Michie, Susan

2018-01-01

Background Applying theory to the design and evaluation of interventions is likely to increase effectiveness and improve the evidence base from which future interventions are developed, though few interventions report this. Objective The aim of this paper was to assess how digital interventions to reduce hazardous and harmful alcohol consumption report the use of theory in their development and evaluation, and whether reporting of theory use is associated with intervention effectiveness. Methods Randomized controlled trials were extracted from a Cochrane review on digital interventions for reducing hazardous and harmful alcohol consumption. Reporting of theory use within these digital interventions was investigated using the theory coding scheme (TCS). Reported theory use was analyzed by frequency counts and descriptive statistics. Associations were analyzed with meta-regression models. Results Of 41 trials involving 42 comparisons, half did not mention theory (50% [21/42]), and only 38% (16/42) used theory to select or develop the intervention techniques. Significant heterogeneity existed between studies in the effect of interventions on alcohol reduction (I2=77.6%, P<.001). No significant associations were detected between reporting of theory use and intervention effectiveness in unadjusted models, though the meta-regression was underpowered to detect modest associations. Conclusions Digital interventions offer a unique opportunity to refine and develop new dynamic, temporally sensitive theories, yet none of the studies reported refining or developing theory. Clearer selection, application, and reporting of theory use is needed to accurately assess how useful theory is in this field and to advance the field of behavior change theories. PMID:29490895

Use of Theory in Behavior Change Interventions.

PubMed

Bluethmann, Shirley M; Bartholomew, L Kay; Murphy, Caitlin C; Vernon, Sally W

2017-04-01

Theory use may enhance effectiveness of behavioral interventions, yet critics question whether theory-based interventions have been sufficiently scrutinized. This study applied a framework to evaluate theory use in physical activity interventions for breast cancer survivors. The aims were to (1) evaluate theory application intensity and (2) assess the association between extensiveness of theory use and intervention effectiveness. Studies were previously identified through a systematic search, including only randomized controlled trials published from 2005 to 2013, that addressed physical activity behavior change and studied survivors who were <5 years posttreatment. Eight theory items from Michie and Prestwich's coding framework were selected to calculate theory intensity scores. Studies were classified into three subgroups based on extensiveness of theory use (Level 1 = sparse; Level 2 = moderate; and Level 3 = extensive). Fourteen randomized controlled trials met search criteria. Most trials used the transtheoretical model ( n = 5) or social cognitive theory ( n = 3). For extensiveness of theory use, 5 studies were classified as Level 1, 4 as Level 2, and 5 as Level 3. Studies in the extensive group (Level 3) had the largest overall effect size ( g = 0.76). Effects were more modest in Level 1 and 2 groups with overall effect sizes of g = 0.28 and g = 0.36, respectively. Theory use is often viewed as essential to behavior change, but theory application varies widely. In this study, there was some evidence to suggest that extensiveness of theory use enhanced intervention effectiveness. However, there is more to learn about how theory can improve interventions for breast cancer survivors.

Administrative Attribution Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Frasher, James M.; Frasher, Ramona S.

1981-01-01

Hypothesizes that the growing body of empirical data concerning attribution theory offers insight into the administrative process. To stimulate research to test this hypothesis, presents previous relevant research and a theory entitled Administrative Attribution Theory. Research questions applying the theory to educational administration are…

Drawing Out Theory: Art and the Teaching of Political Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Miller, Char R.

2000-01-01

Discusses how to use art in introductory political theory courses. Provides examples of incorporating art to teach political theory, such as examining Machiavelli's "The Prince" and Michelangelo's "David" to understand Florentine (Florence, Italy) political theory. (CMK)

Generalized Causal Quantum Theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Parmeggiani, Claudio

2007-12-01

We shall show that is always possible to construct causal Quantum Theories fully equivalent (as predictive tools) to acausal, standard Quantum Theory, relativistic or not relativistic; we re-obtain, as a particular case, the usual Quantum Bohmian Theory. Then we consider the measurement process, in causal theories, and we conclude that the state of affairs is not really improved, with respect to standard theories.

Cosmic ray diffusion: Report of the Workshop in Cosmic Ray Diffusion Theory

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Birmingham, T. J.; Jones, F. C.

1975-01-01

A workshop in cosmic ray diffusion theory was held at Goddard Space Flight Center on May 16-17, 1974. Topics discussed and summarized are: (1) cosmic ray measurements as related to diffusion theory; (2) quasi-linear theory, nonlinear theory, and computer simulation of cosmic ray pitch-angle diffusion; and (3) magnetic field fluctuation measurements as related to diffusion theory.

Comparison of Attachment theory and Cognitive-Motivational Structure theory.

PubMed

Malerstein, A J

2005-01-01

Attachment theory and Cognitive-Motivational Structure (CMS) are similar in most respects. They differ primarily in their proposal of when, during development, one's sense of the self and of the outside world are formed. I propose that the theories supplement each other after about age seven years--when Attachment theory's predictions of social function become unreliable, CMS theory comes into play.

From secure dependency to attachment: Mary Ainsworth's integration of Blatz's security theory into Bowlby's attachment theory.

PubMed

van Rosmalen, Lenny; van der Horst, Frank C P; van der Veer, René

2016-02-01

John Bowlby is generally regarded as the founder of attachment theory, with the help of Mary Ainsworth. Through her Uganda and Baltimore studies Ainsworth provided empirical evidence for attachment theory, and she contributed the notion of the secure base and exploratory behavior, the Strange Situation Procedure and its classification system, and the notion of maternal sensitivity. On closer scrutiny, many of these contributions appear to be heavily influenced by William Blatz and his security theory. Even though Blatz's influence on Ainsworth has been generally acknowledged, this article, partly based on understudied correspondence from several personal archives, is the first to show which specific parts of attachment theory can be traced back directly to Blatz and his security theory. When Ainsworth started working with Bowlby in the 1950s, around the time he turned to evolutionary theory for an explanation of his findings, she integrated much of Blatzian security theory into Bowlby's theory in the making and used her theoretical and practical experience to enrich attachment theory. Even though Blatz is hardly mentioned nowadays, several of his ideas live on in attachment theory. (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved).

Theory Interpretations in PVS

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Owre, Sam; Shankar, Natarajan; Butler, Ricky W. (Technical Monitor)

2001-01-01

The purpose of this task was to provide a mechanism for theory interpretations in a prototype verification system (PVS) so that it is possible to demonstrate the consistency of a theory by exhibiting an interpretation that validates the axioms. The mechanization makes it possible to show that one collection of theories is correctly interpreted by another collection of theories under a user-specified interpretation for the uninterpreted types and constants. A theory instance is generated and imported, while the axiom instances are generated as proof obligations to ensure that the interpretation is valid. Interpretations can be used to show that an implementation is a correct refinement of a specification, that an axiomatically defined specification is consistent, or that a axiomatically defined specification captures its intended models. In addition, the theory parameter mechanism has been extended with a notion of theory as parameter so that a theory instance can be given as an actual parameter to an imported theory. Theory interpretations can thus be used to refine an abstract specification or to demonstrate the consistency of an axiomatic theory. In this report we describe the mechanism in detail. This extension is a part of PVS version 3.0, which will be publicly released in mid-2001.

JOURNAL SCOPE GUIDELINES: Paper classification scheme

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

2005-06-01

This scheme is used to clarify the journal's scope and enable authors and readers to more easily locate the appropriate section for their work. For each of the sections listed in the scope statement we suggest some more detailed subject areas which help define that subject area. These lists are by no means exhaustive and are intended only as a guide to the type of papers we envisage appearing in each section. We acknowledge that no classification scheme can be perfect and that there are some papers which might be placed in more than one section. We are happy to provide further advice on paper classification to authors upon request (please email jphysa@iop.org). 1. Statistical physics numerical and computational methods statistical mechanics, phase transitions and critical phenomena quantum condensed matter theory Bose-Einstein condensation strongly correlated electron systems exactly solvable models in statistical mechanics lattice models, random walks and combinatorics field-theoretical models in statistical mechanics disordered systems, spin glasses and neural networks nonequilibrium systems network theory 2. Chaotic and complex systems nonlinear dynamics and classical chaos fractals and multifractals quantum chaos classical and quantum transport cellular automata granular systems and self-organization pattern formation biophysical models 3. Mathematical physics combinatorics algebraic structures and number theory matrix theory classical and quantum groups, symmetry and representation theory Lie algebras, special functions and orthogonal polynomials ordinary and partial differential equations difference and functional equations integrable systems soliton theory functional analysis and operator theory inverse problems geometry, differential geometry and topology numerical approximation and analysis geometric integration computational methods 4. Quantum mechanics and quantum information theory coherent states eigenvalue problems supersymmetric quantum mechanics scattering theory relativistic quantum mechanics semiclassical approximations foundations of quantum mechanics and measurement theory entanglement and quantum nonlocality geometric phases and quantum tomography quantum tunnelling decoherence and open systems quantum cryptography, communication and computation theoretical quantum optics 5. Classical and quantum field theory quantum field theory gauge and conformal field theory quantum electrodynamics and quantum chromodynamics Casimir effect integrable field theory random matrix theory applications in field theory string theory and its developments classical field theory and electromagnetism metamaterials 6. Fluid and plasma theory turbulence fundamental plasma physics kinetic theory magnetohydrodynamics and multifluid descriptions strongly coupled plasmas one-component plasmas non-neutral plasmas astrophysical and dusty plasmas

A conceptual framework for organismal biology: linking theories, models, and data.

PubMed

Zamer, William E; Scheiner, Samuel M

2014-11-01

Implicit or subconscious theory is especially common in the biological sciences. Yet, theory plays a variety of roles in scientific inquiry. First and foremost, it determines what does and does not count as a valid or interesting question or line of inquiry. Second, theory determines the background assumptions within which inquiries are pursued. Third, theory provides linkages among disciplines. For these reasons, it is important and useful to develop explicit theories for biology. A general theory of organisms is developed, which includes 10 fundamental principles that apply to all organisms, and 6 that apply to multicellular organisms only. The value of a general theory comes from its utility to help guide the development of more specific theories and models. That process is demonstrated by examining two domains: ecoimmunology and development. For the former, a constitutive theory of ecoimmunology is presented, and used to develop a specific model that explains energetic trade-offs that may result from an immunological response of a host to a pathogen. For the latter, some of the issues involved in trying to devise a constitutive theory that covers all of development are explored, and a more narrow theory of phenotypic novelty is presented. By its very nature, little of a theory of organisms will be new. Rather, the theory presented here is a formal expression of nearly two centuries of conceptual advances and practice in research. Any theory is dynamic and subject to debate and change. Such debate will occur as part of the present, initial formulation, as the ideas presented here are refined. The very process of debating the form of the theory acts to clarify thinking. The overarching goal is to stimulate debate about the role of theory in the study of organisms, and thereby advance our understanding of them. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Society for Integrative and Comparative Biology 2014. This work is written by US Government employees and is in the public domain in the US.

The Hopelessness Theory of Depression: A Quarter Century in Review

PubMed Central

Liu, Richard T.; Kleiman, Evan M.; Nestor, Bridget A.; Cheek, Shayna M.

2015-01-01

Since the formulation of the hopelessness theory of depression (Abramson, Metalsky, & Alloy, 1989) a quarter century ago, it has garnered considerable interest. The current paper presents a systematic review of this theory including its subsequent elaborations (Rose and Abramson’s [1992] developmental elaboration, Abela and Sarin’s [2002] weakest-link approach, Panzarella, Alloy, and Whitehouse’s [2006] expansion of the hopelessness theory, and the hopelessness theory of suicide [Abramson et al., 2000]), followed by recommendations for future study. Although empirical support was consistently found for several major components of the hopelessness theory, further work is required assessing this theory in relation to clinically significant phenomena. Among the most significant hindrances to advancement in this area is the frequent conceptual confusion between the hopelessness theory and the reformulated learned helplessness theory. PMID:26709338

Nonlinear constitutive theory for turbine engine structural analysis

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Thompson, R. L.

1982-01-01

A number of viscoplastic constitutive theories and a conventional constitutive theory are evaluated and compared in their ability to predict nonlinear stress-strain behavior in gas turbine engine components at elevated temperatures. Specific application of these theories is directed towards the structural analysis of combustor liners undergoing transient, cyclic, thermomechanical load histories. The combustor liner material considered in this study is Hastelloy X. The material constants for each of the theories (as a function of temperature) are obtained from existing, published experimental data. The viscoplastic theories and a conventional theory are incorporated into a general purpose, nonlinear, finite element computer program. Several numerical examples of combustor liner structural analysis using these theories are given to demonstrate their capabilities. Based on the numerical stress-strain results, the theories are evaluated and compared.

Testing approximate theories of first-order phase transitions on the two-dimensional Potts model

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Dasgupta, C.; Pandit, R.

The two-dimensional, q-state (q > 4) Potts model is used as a testing ground for approximate theories of first-order phase transitions. In particular, the predictions of a theory analogous to the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff theory of freezing are compared with those of ordinary mean-field (Curie-Wiess) theory. It is found that the Curie-Weiss theory is a better approximation than the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff theory, even though the former neglects all fluctuations. It is shown that the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff theory overestimates the effects of fluctuations in this system. The reasons behind the failure of the Ramakrishnan-Yussouff approximation and the suitability of using the two-dimensional Potts model asmore » a testing ground for these theories are discussed.« less

The Hopelessness Theory of Depression: A Quarter Century in Review.

PubMed

Liu, Richard T; Kleiman, Evan M; Nestor, Bridget A; Cheek, Shayna M

2015-12-01

Since the formulation of the hopelessness theory of depression (Abramson, Metalsky, & Alloy, 1989) a quarter century ago, it has garnered considerable interest. The current paper presents a systematic review of this theory including its subsequent elaborations (Rose and Abramson's [1992] developmental elaboration, Abela and Sarin's [2002] weakest-link approach, Panzarella, Alloy, and Whitehouse's [2006] expansion of the hopelessness theory, and the hopelessness theory of suicide [Abramson et al., 2000]), followed by recommendations for future study. Although empirical support was consistently found for several major components of the hopelessness theory, further work is required assessing this theory in relation to clinically significant phenomena. Among the most significant hindrances to advancement in this area is the frequent conceptual confusion between the hopelessness theory and the reformulated learned helplessness theory.

S-Duality, Deconstruction and Confinement for a Marginal Deformation of N=4 SUSY Yang-Mills

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dorey, Nick

2004-08-01

We study an exactly marginal deformation of Script N = 4 SUSY Yang-Mills with gauge group U(N) using field theory and string theory methods. The classical theory has a Higgs branch for rational values of the deformation parameter. We argue that the quantum theory also has an S-dual confining branch which cannot be seen classically. The low-energy effective theory on these branches is a six-dimensional non-commutative gauge theory with sixteen supercharges. Confinement of magnetic and electric charges, on the Higgs and confining branches respectively, occurs due to the formation of BPS-saturated strings in the low energy theory. The results also suggest a new way of deconstructing Little String Theory as a large-N limit of a confining gauge theory in four dimensions.

Gravitational Scattering Amplitudes and Closed String Field Theory in the Proper-Time Gauge

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lee, Taejin

2018-01-01

We construct a covariant closed string field theory by extending recent works on the covariant open string field theory in the proper-time gauge. Rewriting the string scattering amplitudes generated by the closed string field theory in terms of the Polyakov string path integrals, we identify the Fock space representations of the closed string vertices. We show that the Fock space representations of the closed string field theory may be completely factorized into those of the open string field theory. It implies that the well known Kawai-Lewellen-Tye (KLT) relations of the first quantized string theory may be promoted to the second quantized closed string theory. We explicitly calculate the scattering amplitudes of three gravitons by using the closed string field theory in the proper-time gauge.

It is the Theory Which Decides What We Can Observe (Einstein)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Filk, Thomas

In this chapter I will give examples for three types of contextuality: theory as context, a theory of measurement as context, and environmental and internal conditions as context. In particular, I will argue that depending on which theory of measurements we attribute to Bohmian mechanics, this theory may be called a classical theory or a quantum theory. Furthermore, I will show that for neural networks one can define in a natural way two different theories of measurements which can be compared with scanner-type measurements on the one hand and psychological experiments on the other hand. The later theory of measurements for neural networks leads to non-commutativity and even quantum-like contextuality. It is shown that very simple neural networks can violate Bell-type inequalities.

The human side of science education: Using McGregor's theory Y as a framework for improving student motivation*.

PubMed

Markwell, John

2004-09-01

Student motivation is correlated with learning. Douglas McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y as a basis for understanding and improving motivation in the business world can be directly applied to the science classroom. Teachers with a Theory Y perspective (students naturally want to learn) provide increased motivation for students and promote more active learning than Theory X-style teachers who do not view students as active learners. Many teachers are not aware of their Theory X/Theory Y orientation and how this bias may be impacting their interaction with students. This article explores the benefits of moving from a Theory X to a more Theory Y style of teaching. Copyright © 2004 International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Inc.

Ordering theories: Typologies and conceptual frameworks for sociotechnical change.

PubMed

Sovacool, Benjamin K; Hess, David J

2017-10-01

What theories or concepts are most useful at explaining socio technical change? How can - or cannot - these be integrated? To provide an answer, this study presents the results from 35 semi-structured research interviews with social science experts who also shared more than two hundred articles, reports and books on the topic of the acceptance, adoption, use, or diffusion of technology. This material led to the identification of 96 theories and conceptual approaches spanning 22 identified disciplines. The article begins by explaining its research terms and methods before honing in on a combination of fourteen theories deemed most relevant and useful by the material. These are: Sociotechnical Transitions, Social Practice Theory, Discourse Theory, Domestication Theory, Large Technical Systems, Social Construction of Technology, Sociotechnical Imaginaries, Actor-Network Theory, Social Justice Theory, Sociology of Expectations, Sustainable Development, Values Beliefs Norms Theory, Lifestyle Theory, and the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology. It then positions these theories in terms of two distinct typologies. Theories can be placed into five general categories of being centered on agency, structure, meaning, relations or norms. They can also be classified based on their assumptions and goals rooted in functionalism, interpretivism, humanism or conflict. The article lays out tips for research methodology before concluding with insights about technology itself, analytical processes associated with technology, and the framing and communication of results. An interdisciplinary theoretical and conceptual inventory has much to offer students, analysts and scholars wanting to study technological change and society.

Rigour and grounded theory.

PubMed

Cooney, Adeline

2011-01-01

This paper explores ways to enhance and demonstrate rigour in a grounded theory study. Grounded theory is sometimes criticised for a lack of rigour. Beck (1993) identified credibility, auditability and fittingness as the main standards of rigour for qualitative research methods. These criteria were evaluated for applicability to a Straussian grounded theory study and expanded or refocused where necessary. The author uses a Straussian grounded theory study (Cooney, In press) to examine how the revised criteria can be applied when conducting a grounded theory study. Strauss and Corbin (1998b) criteria for judging the adequacy of a grounded theory were examined in the context of the wider literature examining rigour in qualitative research studies in general and grounded theory studies in particular. A literature search for 'rigour' and 'grounded theory' was carried out to support this analysis. Criteria are suggested for enhancing and demonstrating the rigour of a Straussian grounded theory study. These include: cross-checking emerging concepts against participants' meanings, asking experts if the theory 'fit' their experiences, and recording detailed memos outlining all analytical and sampling decisions. IMPLICATIONS FOR RESEARCH PRACTICE: The criteria identified have been expressed as questions to enable novice researchers to audit the extent to which they are demonstrating rigour when writing up their studies. However, it should not be forgotten that rigour is built into the grounded theory method through the inductive-deductive cycle of theory generation. Care in applying the grounded theory methodology correctly is the single most important factor in ensuring rigour.

Identifying and applying psychological theory to setting and achieving rehabilitation goals.

PubMed

Scobbie, Lesley; Wyke, Sally; Dixon, Diane

2009-04-01

Goal setting is considered to be a fundamental part of rehabilitation; however, theories of behaviour change relevant to goal-setting practice have not been comprehensively reviewed. (i) To identify and discuss specific theories of behaviour change relevant to goal-setting practice in the rehabilitation setting. (ii) To identify 'candidate' theories that that offer most potential to inform clinical practice. The rehabilitation and self-management literature was systematically searched to identify review papers or empirical studies that proposed a specific theory of behaviour change relevant to setting and/or achieving goals in a clinical context. Data from included papers were extracted under the headings of: key constructs, clinical application and empirical support. Twenty-four papers were included in the review which proposed a total of five theories: (i) social cognitive theory, (ii) goal setting theory, (iii) health action process approach, (iv) proactive coping theory, and (v) the self-regulatory model of illness behaviour. The first three of these theories demonstrated most potential to inform clinical practice, on the basis of their capacity to inform interventions that resulted in improved patient outcomes. Social cognitive theory, goal setting theory and the health action process approach are theories of behaviour change that can inform clinicians in the process of setting and achieving goals in the rehabilitation setting. Overlapping constructs within these theories have been identified, and can be applied in clinical practice through the development and evaluation of a goal-setting practice framework.

Numerical Test of Analytical Theories for Perpendicular Diffusion in Small Kubo Number Turbulence

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Heusen, M.; Shalchi, A., E-mail: husseinm@myumanitoba.ca, E-mail: andreasm4@yahoo.com

In the literature, one can find various analytical theories for perpendicular diffusion of energetic particles interacting with magnetic turbulence. Besides quasi-linear theory, there are different versions of the nonlinear guiding center (NLGC) theory and the unified nonlinear transport (UNLT) theory. For turbulence with high Kubo numbers, such as two-dimensional turbulence or noisy reduced magnetohydrodynamic turbulence, the aforementioned nonlinear theories provide similar results. For slab and small Kubo number turbulence, however, this is not the case. In the current paper, we compare different linear and nonlinear theories with each other and test-particle simulations for a noisy slab model corresponding to smallmore » Kubo number turbulence. We show that UNLT theory agrees very well with all performed test-particle simulations. In the limit of long parallel mean free paths, the perpendicular mean free path approaches asymptotically the quasi-linear limit as predicted by the UNLT theory. For short parallel mean free paths we find a Rechester and Rosenbluth type of scaling as predicted by UNLT theory as well. The original NLGC theory disagrees with all performed simulations regardless what the parallel mean free path is. The random ballistic interpretation of the NLGC theory agrees much better with the simulations, but compared to UNLT theory the agreement is inferior. We conclude that for this type of small Kubo number turbulence, only the latter theory allows for an accurate description of perpendicular diffusion.« less

Ordering theories: Typologies and conceptual frameworks for sociotechnical change

PubMed Central

Sovacool, Benjamin K; Hess, David J

2017-01-01

What theories or concepts are most useful at explaining socio technical change? How can – or cannot – these be integrated? To provide an answer, this study presents the results from 35 semi-structured research interviews with social science experts who also shared more than two hundred articles, reports and books on the topic of the acceptance, adoption, use, or diffusion of technology. This material led to the identification of 96 theories and conceptual approaches spanning 22 identified disciplines. The article begins by explaining its research terms and methods before honing in on a combination of fourteen theories deemed most relevant and useful by the material. These are: Sociotechnical Transitions, Social Practice Theory, Discourse Theory, Domestication Theory, Large Technical Systems, Social Construction of Technology, Sociotechnical Imaginaries, Actor-Network Theory, Social Justice Theory, Sociology of Expectations, Sustainable Development, Values Beliefs Norms Theory, Lifestyle Theory, and the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology. It then positions these theories in terms of two distinct typologies. Theories can be placed into five general categories of being centered on agency, structure, meaning, relations or norms. They can also be classified based on their assumptions and goals rooted in functionalism, interpretivism, humanism or conflict. The article lays out tips for research methodology before concluding with insights about technology itself, analytical processes associated with technology, and the framing and communication of results. An interdisciplinary theoretical and conceptual inventory has much to offer students, analysts and scholars wanting to study technological change and society. PMID:28641502

Abelian gauge symmetries in F-theory and dual theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Song, Peng

In this dissertation, we focus on important physical and mathematical aspects, especially abelian gauge symmetries, of F-theory compactifications and its dual formulations within type IIB and heterotic string theory. F-theory is a non-perturbative formulation of type IIB string theory which enjoys important dualities with other string theories such as M-theory and E8 x E8 heterotic string theory. One of the main strengths of F-theory is its geometrization of many physical problems in the dual string theories. In particular, its study requires a lot of mathematical tools such as advanced techniques in algebraic geometry. Thus, it has also received a lot of interests among mathematicians, and is a vivid area of research within both the physics and the mathematics community. Although F-theory has been a long-standing theory, abelian gauge symmetry in Ftheory has been rarely studied, until recently. Within the mathematics community, in 2009, Grassi and Perduca first discovered the possibility of constructing elliptically fibered varieties with non-trivial toric Mordell-Weil group. In the physics community, in 2012, Morrison and Park first made a major advancement by constructing general F-theory compactifications with U(1) abelian gauge symmetry. They found that in such cases, the elliptically-fibered Calabi-Yau manifold that F-theory needs to be compactified on has its fiber being a generic elliptic curve in the blow-up of the weighted projective space P(1;1;2) at one point. Subsequent developments have been made by Cvetic, Klevers and Piragua extended the works of Morrison and Park and constructed general F-theory compactifications with U(1) x U(1) abelian gauge symmetry. They found that in the U(1) x U(1) abelian gauge symmetry case, the elliptically-fibered Calabi-Yau manifold that F-theory needs to be compactified on has its fiber being a generic elliptic curve in the del Pezzo surface dP2. In chapter 2 of this dissertation, I bring this a step further by constructing general F-theory compactifications with U(1) x U(1) x U(1) abelian gauge symmetry. In chapter 1 of this dissertation, I proved finiteness of a region of the string landscape in Type IIB compactifications. String compactifications give rise to a collection of effective low energy theories, known as the string landscape. In chapter 3 of this dissertation, I study abelian gauge symmetries in the duality between F-theory and E8 x E8 heterotic string theory. However, how abelian gauge symmetries can arise in the dual heterotic string theory has never been studied. The main goal of this chapter is to study exactly this. We start with F-theory compactifications with abelian gauge symmetry. With the help of a mathematical lemma as well as a computer code that I came up with, I was able to construct a rich list of specialized examples with specific abelian and nonabelian gauge groups on the F-theory side. (Abstract shortened by ProQuest.).

Chemical Applications of Graph Theory: Part II. Isomer Enumeration.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hansen, Peter J.; Jurs, Peter C.

1988-01-01

Discusses the use of graph theory to aid in the depiction of organic molecular structures. Gives a historical perspective of graph theory and explains graph theory terminology with organic examples. Lists applications of graph theory to current research projects. (ML)

Self-Determination Theory as a Foundation for Personality Researchers.

PubMed

Sheldon, Kennon M; Prentice, Mike

2017-11-16

In this introductory article we first describe the impetus for this special issue. What made us think that Self-Determination Theory (SDT) might provide a sort of foundation for the rest of personality psychology? For readers unfamiliar with SDT, we then provide a historical overview which covers the evolution of the six "mini-theories" that currently comprise SDT: cognitive evaluation theory, causality orientations theory, organismic integration theory, basic psychological needs theory, goal contents theory, and relational motivation theory. Following each section are preliminary suggestions about how each mini-theory might be useful or informative in other branches of personality. This special issue contains 9 articles, each of which makes its own attempt to newly link its area of personality research to SDT. Even if SDT is not the appropriate seed for greater consilience in personality psychology, we urge the field not to neglect the search for unifying principles (Sheldon, Chen, & Hilpert, 2011); it may finally be time to renew the search for a "grand theory" in personality. This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

21st century neurobehavioral theories of decision making in addiction: Review and evaluation.

PubMed

Bickel, Warren K; Mellis, Alexandra M; Snider, Sarah E; Athamneh, Liqa N; Stein, Jeffrey S; Pope, Derek A

2018-01-01

This review critically examines neurobehavioral theoretical developments in decision making in addiction in the 21st century. We specifically compare each theory reviewed to seven benchmarks of theoretical robustness, based on their ability to address: why some commodities are addictive; developmental trends in addiction; addiction-related anhedonia; self-defeating patterns of behavior in addiction; why addiction co-occurs with other unhealthy behaviors; and, finally, means for the repair of addiction. We have included only self-contained theories or hypotheses which have been developed or extended in the 21st century to address decision making in addiction. We thus review seven distinct theories of decision making in addiction: learning theories, incentive-sensitization theory, dopamine imbalance and systems models, opponent process theory, strength models of self-control failure, the competing neurobehavioral decision systems theory, and the triadic systems theory of addiction. Finally, we have directly compared the performance of each of these theories based on the aforementioned benchmarks, and highlighted key points at which several theories have coalesced. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Theory of Mind Deficit versus Faulty Procedural Memory in Autism Spectrum Disorders.

PubMed

Romero-Munguía, Miguel Ángel

2013-01-01

Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have impairments in social interaction, communicative capacity, and behavioral flexibility (core triad). Three major cognitive theories (theory of mind deficit, weak central coherence, and executive dysfunction) seem to explain many of these impairments. Currently, however, the empathizing-systemizing (a newer version of the theory of mind deficit account) and mnesic imbalance theories are the only ones that attempt to explain all these core triadic symptoms of ASD On the other hand, theory of mind deficit in empathizing-systemizing theory is the most influential account for ASD, but its counterpart in the mnesic imbalance theory, faulty procedural memory, seems to occur earlier in development; consequently, this might be a better solution to the problem of the etiology of ASD, if it truly meets the precedence criterion. Hence, in the present paper I review the reasoning in favor of the theory of mind deficit but with a new interpretation based on the mnesic imbalance theory, which posits that faulty procedural memory causes deficits in several cognitive skills, resulting in poor performance in theory of mind tasks.

Theory-of-mind development influences suggestibility and source monitoring.

PubMed

Bright-Paul, Alexandra; Jarrold, Christopher; Wright, Daniel B

2008-07-01

According to the mental-state reasoning model of suggestibility, 2 components of theory of mind mediate reductions in suggestibility across the preschool years. The authors examined whether theory-of-mind performance may be legitimately separated into 2 components and explored the memory processes underlying the associations between theory of mind and suggestibility, independent of verbal ability. Children 3 to 6 years old completed 6 theory-of-mind tasks and a postevent misinformation procedure. Contrary to the model's prediction, a single latent theory-of-mind factor emerged, suggesting a single-component rather than a dual-component conceptualization of theory-of-mind performance. This factor provided statistical justification for computing a single composite theory-of-mind score. Improvements in theory of mind predicted reductions in suggestibility, independent of verbal ability (Study 1, n = 72). Furthermore, once attribution biases were controlled (Study 2, n = 45), there was also a positive relationship between theory of mind and source memory, but not recognition performance. The findings suggest a substantial, and possibly causal, association between theory-of-mind development and resistance to suggestion, driven specifically by improvements in source monitoring.

The evolution of genomic imprinting: theories, predictions and empirical tests

PubMed Central

Patten, M M; Ross, L; Curley, J P; Queller, D C; Bonduriansky, R; Wolf, J B

2014-01-01

The epigenetic phenomenon of genomic imprinting has motivated the development of numerous theories for its evolutionary origins and genomic distribution. In this review, we examine the three theories that have best withstood theoretical and empirical scrutiny. These are: Haig and colleagues' kinship theory; Day and Bonduriansky's sexual antagonism theory; and Wolf and Hager's maternal–offspring coadaptation theory. These theories have fundamentally different perspectives on the adaptive significance of imprinting. The kinship theory views imprinting as a mechanism to change gene dosage, with imprinting evolving because of the differential effect that gene dosage has on the fitness of matrilineal and patrilineal relatives. The sexual antagonism and maternal–offspring coadaptation theories view genomic imprinting as a mechanism to modify the resemblance of an individual to its two parents, with imprinting evolving to increase the probability of expressing the fitter of the two alleles at a locus. In an effort to stimulate further empirical work on the topic, we carefully detail the logic and assumptions of all three theories, clarify the specific predictions of each and suggest tests to discriminate between these alternative theories for why particular genes are imprinted. PMID:24755983

Theory of Mind Deficit versus Faulty Procedural Memory in Autism Spectrum Disorders

PubMed Central

Romero-Munguía, Miguel Ángel

2013-01-01

Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have impairments in social interaction, communicative capacity, and behavioral flexibility (core triad). Three major cognitive theories (theory of mind deficit, weak central coherence, and executive dysfunction) seem to explain many of these impairments. Currently, however, the empathizing-systemizing (a newer version of the theory of mind deficit account) and mnesic imbalance theories are the only ones that attempt to explain all these core triadic symptoms of ASD On the other hand, theory of mind deficit in empathizing-systemizing theory is the most influential account for ASD, but its counterpart in the mnesic imbalance theory, faulty procedural memory, seems to occur earlier in development; consequently, this might be a better solution to the problem of the etiology of ASD, if it truly meets the precedence criterion. Hence, in the present paper I review the reasoning in favor of the theory of mind deficit but with a new interpretation based on the mnesic imbalance theory, which posits that faulty procedural memory causes deficits in several cognitive skills, resulting in poor performance in theory of mind tasks. PMID:23862063

Flight School in the Virtual Environment: Capabilities and Risks of Executing a Simulations-Based Flight Training Program

DTIC Science & Technology

2012-05-17

theories work together to explain learning in aviation—behavioral learning theory , cognitive learning theory , constructivism, experiential ...solve problems, and make decisions. Experiential learning theory incorporates both behavioral and cognitive theories .104 This theory harnesses the...34Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Flight School XXI," 7. 106 David A. Kolb , Experiential Learning : Experience as the Source of

Development of an Analysis Method to Identify the Root Causes of Finding from the Air Force Environmental Compliance Assessment and Management Program (ECAMP)

DTIC Science & Technology

1994-09-01

Theories and Applications ..................... 17 Theories of Motivation ........................... 18 Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs...18 Herzberg’s Motivation-Hygiene Theory ............. 19 Instrinsic vs Extrinsic Assumptions ................... 22 McGregor’s Theory X and Theory ...Y Assumptions ...... ... 22 Vroom’s Expectancy Theory ..................... 24 Applications ........ .......................... 25 Tell People What

Toward a Theory of the Educational Encounter: Gert Biesta's Educational Theory and the Right to the City

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Ford, Derek R.

2013-01-01

This paper outlines a theory of the educational encounter, the space of, and the right to that encounter. Situated in response to neoliberal educational reforms, this theory is developed through a reading and synthesis of the educational theory of Gert Biesta, the architectural component of his theory, and literature on the right to the city. The…

Self-Control, Social Factors, and Delinquency: A Test of the General Theory of Crime among Adolescents in Hong Kong

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cheung, Nicole W. T.; Cheung, Yuet W.

2008-01-01

The objectives of this study were to test the predictive power of self-control theory for delinquency in a Chinese context, and to explore if social factors as predicted in social bonding theory, differential association theory, general strain theory, and labeling theory have effects on delinquency in the presence of self-control. Self-report data…

Does theory influence the effectiveness of health behavior interventions? Meta-analysis.

PubMed

Prestwich, Andrew; Sniehotta, Falko F; Whittington, Craig; Dombrowski, Stephan U; Rogers, Lizzie; Michie, Susan

2014-05-01

To systematically investigate the extent and type of theory use in physical activity and dietary interventions, as well as associations between extent and type of theory use with intervention effectiveness. An in-depth analysis of studies included in two systematic reviews of physical activity and healthy eating interventions (k = 190). Extent and type of theory use was assessed using the Theory Coding Scheme (TCS) and intervention effectiveness was calculated using Hedges's g. Metaregressions assessed the relationships between these measures. Fifty-six percent of interventions reported a theory base. Of these, 90% did not report links between all of their behavior change techniques (BCTs) with specific theoretical constructs and 91% did not report links between all the specified constructs with BCTs. The associations between a composite score or specific items on the TCS and intervention effectiveness were inconsistent. Interventions based on Social Cognitive Theory or the Transtheoretical Model were similarly effective and no more effective than interventions not reporting a theory base. The coding of theory in these studies suggested that theory was not often used extensively in the development of interventions. Moreover, the relationships between type of theory used and the extent of theory use with effectiveness were generally weak. The findings suggest that attempts to apply the two theories commonly used in this review more extensively are unlikely to increase intervention effectiveness. PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved.

Chern-Simons theory and S-duality

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dimofte, Tudor; Gukov, Sergei

2013-05-01

We study S-dualities in analytically continued SL(2) Chern-Simons theory on a 3-manifold M. By realizing Chern-Simons theory via a compactification of a 6d five-brane theory on M, various objects and symmetries in Chern-Simons theory become related to objects and operations in dual 2d, 3d, and 4d theories. For example, the space of flat SL(2 , {C} ) connections on M is identified with the space of supersymmetric vacua in a dual 3d gauge theory. The hidden symmetry [InlineMediaObject not available: see fulltext.] of SL(2) Chern-Simons theory can be identified as the S-duality transformation of {N}=4 super-Yang-Mills theory (obtained by compactifying the five-brane theory on a torus); whereas the mapping class group action in Chern-Simons theory on a three-manifold M with boundary C is realized as S-duality in 4d {N}=2 super-Yang-Mills theory associated with the Riemann surface C. We illustrate these symmetries by considering simple examples of 3-manifolds that include knot complements and punctured torus bundles, on the one hand, and mapping cylinders associated with mapping class group transformations, on the other. A generalization of mapping class group actions further allows us to study the transformations between several distinguished coordinate systems on the phase space of Chern-Simons theory, the SL(2) Hitchin moduli space.

Evaluation Theory Tree Re-Examined

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Christie, Christina A.; Alkin, Marvin C.

2008-01-01

When examining various evaluation prescriptive theories comparatively, we find it helpful to have a framework showing how they are related that highlights features that distinguish theoretical perspectives, thus a "theory" about theories. The evaluation theory tree that we presented in Alkin's recent book, "Evaluation Roots"…

What's the Use of Theory?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Thomas, Gary

1997-01-01

Argues against the use of theory in educational inquiry, contending that the meaning of theory is unclear; both personal theory and grand theory inhibit creativity and methodology; and less structured problem solving and ad hoc approaches are more likely to result in pluralistic ideas. (SK)

Bell's Inequalities, Superquantum Correlations, and String Theory

DOE PAGES

Chang, Lay Nam; Lewis, Zachary; Minic, Djordje; ...

2011-01-01

We offermore » an interpretation of superquantum correlations in terms of a “doubly” quantum theory. We argue that string theory, viewed as a quantum theory with two deformation parameters, the string tension α ' , and the string coupling constant g s , is such a superquantum theory that transgresses the usual quantum violations of Bell's inequalities. We also discuss the ℏ → ∞ limit of quantum mechanics in this context. As a superquantum theory, string theory should display distinct experimentally observable supercorrelations of entangled stringy states.« less

Quantum corrections to the generalized Proca theory via a matter field

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Amado, André; Haghani, Zahra; Mohammadi, Azadeh; Shahidi, Shahab

2017-09-01

We study the quantum corrections to the generalized Proca theory via matter loops. We consider two types of interactions, linear and nonlinear in the vector field. Calculating the one-loop correction to the vector field propagator, three- and four-point functions, we show that the non-linear interactions are harmless, although they renormalize the theory. The linear matter-vector field interactions introduce ghost degrees of freedom to the generalized Proca theory. Treating the theory as an effective theory, we calculate the energy scale up to which the theory remains healthy.

N =1 Lagrangians for generalized Argyres-Douglas theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Agarwal, Prarit; Sciarappa, Antonio; Song, Jaewon

2017-10-01

We find N = 1 Lagrangian gauge theories that flow to generalized ArgyresDouglas theories with N = 2 supersymmetry. We find that certain SU quiver gauge theories flow to generalized Argyres-Douglas theories of type ( A k-1 , A mk-1) and ( I m,km , S). We also find quiver gauge theories of SO/Sp gauge groups flowing to the ( A 2 m-1 , D 2 mk+1), ( A 2 m , D 2 m( k-1)+ k ) and D m(2 k + 2) m(2 k + 2) [ m] theories.

Treatment of adolescent sexual offenders: theory-based practice.

PubMed

Sermabeikian, P; Martinez, D

1994-11-01

The treatment of adolescent sexual offenders (ASO) has its theoretical underpinnings in social learning theory. Although social learning theory has been frequently cited in literature, a comprehensive application of this theory, as applied to practice, has not been mapped out. The social learning and social cognitive theories of Bandura appear to be particularly relevant to the group treatment of this population. The application of these theories to practice, as demonstrated in a program model, is discussed as a means of demonstrating how theory-driven practice methods can be developed.

Reported Theory Use by Digital Interventions for Hazardous and Harmful Alcohol Consumption, and Association With Effectiveness: Meta-Regression.

PubMed

Garnett, Claire; Crane, David; Brown, Jamie; Kaner, Eileen; Beyer, Fiona; Muirhead, Colin; Hickman, Matthew; Redmore, James; de Vocht, Frank; Beard, Emma; Michie, Susan

2018-02-28

Applying theory to the design and evaluation of interventions is likely to increase effectiveness and improve the evidence base from which future interventions are developed, though few interventions report this. The aim of this paper was to assess how digital interventions to reduce hazardous and harmful alcohol consumption report the use of theory in their development and evaluation, and whether reporting of theory use is associated with intervention effectiveness. Randomized controlled trials were extracted from a Cochrane review on digital interventions for reducing hazardous and harmful alcohol consumption. Reporting of theory use within these digital interventions was investigated using the theory coding scheme (TCS). Reported theory use was analyzed by frequency counts and descriptive statistics. Associations were analyzed with meta-regression models. Of 41 trials involving 42 comparisons, half did not mention theory (50% [21/42]), and only 38% (16/42) used theory to select or develop the intervention techniques. Significant heterogeneity existed between studies in the effect of interventions on alcohol reduction (I 2 =77.6%, P<.001). No significant associations were detected between reporting of theory use and intervention effectiveness in unadjusted models, though the meta-regression was underpowered to detect modest associations. Digital interventions offer a unique opportunity to refine and develop new dynamic, temporally sensitive theories, yet none of the studies reported refining or developing theory. Clearer selection, application, and reporting of theory use is needed to accurately assess how useful theory is in this field and to advance the field of behavior change theories. ©Claire Garnett, David Crane, Jamie Brown, Eileen Kaner, Fiona Beyer, Colin Muirhead, Matthew Hickman, James Redmore, Frank de Vocht, Emma Beard, Susan Michie. Originally published in the Journal of Medical Internet Research (http://www.jmir.org), 28.02.2018.

Use of Theory in Behavior Change Interventions: An Analysis of Programs to Increase Physical Activity in Posttreatment Breast Cancer Survivors

PubMed Central

Bluethmann, Shirley M.; Bartholomew, L. Kay; Murphy, Caitlin C.; Vernon, Sally W.

2017-01-01

Objective Theory use may enhance effectiveness of behavioral interventions, yet critics question whether theory-based interventions have been sufficiently scrutinized. This study applied a framework to evaluate theory use in physical activity interventions for breast cancer survivors. The aims were to (1) evaluate theory application intensity and (2) assess the association between extensiveness of theory use and intervention effectiveness. Methods Studies were previously identified through a systematic search, including only randomized controlled trials published from 2005 to 2013, that addressed physical activity behavior change and studied survivors who were <5 years posttreatment. Eight theory items from Michie and Prestwich’s coding framework were selected to calculate theory intensity scores. Studies were classified into three subgroups based on extensiveness of theory use (Level 1 = sparse; Level 2 = moderate; and Level 3 = extensive). Results Fourteen randomized controlled trials met search criteria. Most trials used the transtheoretical model (n = 5) or social cognitive theory (n = 3). For extensiveness of theory use, 5 studies were classified as Level 1, 4 as Level 2, and 5 as Level 3. Studies in the extensive group (Level 3) had the largest overall effect size (g = 0.76). Effects were more modest in Level 1 and 2 groups with overall effect sizes of g = 0.28 and g = 0.36, respectively. Conclusions Theory use is often viewed as essential to behavior change, but theory application varies widely. In this study, there was some evidence to suggest that extensiveness of theory use enhanced intervention effectiveness. However, there is more to learn about how theory can improve interventions for breast cancer survivors. PMID:27226430

Information Theoretic Characterization of Physical Theories with Projective State Space

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zaopo, Marco

2015-08-01

Probabilistic theories are a natural framework to investigate the foundations of quantum theory and possible alternative or deeper theories. In a generic probabilistic theory, states of a physical system are represented as vectors of outcomes probabilities and state spaces are convex cones. In this picture the physics of a given theory is related to the geometric shape of the cone of states. In quantum theory, for instance, the shape of the cone of states corresponds to a projective space over complex numbers. In this paper we investigate geometric constraints on the state space of a generic theory imposed by the following information theoretic requirements: every non completely mixed state of a system is perfectly distinguishable from some other state in a single shot measurement; information capacity of physical systems is conserved under making mixtures of states. These assumptions guarantee that a generic physical system satisfies a natural principle asserting that the more a state of the system is mixed the less information can be stored in the system using that state as logical value. We show that all theories satisfying the above assumptions are such that the shape of their cones of states is that of a projective space over a generic field of numbers. Remarkably, these theories constitute generalizations of quantum theory where superposition principle holds with coefficients pertaining to a generic field of numbers in place of complex numbers. If the field of numbers is trivial and contains only one element we obtain classical theory. This result tells that superposition principle is quite common among probabilistic theories while its absence gives evidence of either classical theory or an implausible theory.

Changing theories of change: strategic shifting in implicit theory endorsement.

PubMed

Leith, Scott A; Ward, Cindy L P; Giacomin, Miranda; Landau, Enoch S; Ehrlinger, Joyce; Wilson, Anne E

2014-10-01

People differ in their implicit theories about the malleability of characteristics such as intelligence and personality. These relatively chronic theories can be experimentally altered, and can be affected by parent or teacher feedback. Little is known about whether people might selectively shift their implicit beliefs in response to salient situational goals. We predicted that, when motivated to reach a desired conclusion, people might subtly shift their implicit theories of change and stability to garner supporting evidence for their desired position. Any motivated context in which a particular lay theory would help people to reach a preferred directional conclusion could elicit shifts in theory endorsement. We examine a variety of motivated situational contexts across 7 studies, finding that people's theories of change shifted in line with goals to protect self and liked others and to cast aspersions on disliked others. Studies 1-3 demonstrate how people regulate their implicit theories to manage self-view by more strongly endorsing an incremental theory after threatening performance feedback or memories of failure. Studies 4-6 revealed that people regulate the implicit theories they hold about favored and reviled political candidates, endorsing an incremental theory to forgive preferred candidates for past gaffes but leaning toward an entity theory to ensure past failings "stick" to opponents. Finally, in Study 7, people who were most threatened by a previously convicted child sex offender (i.e., parents reading about the offender moving to their neighborhood) gravitated most to the entity view that others do not change. Although chronic implicit theories are undoubtedly meaningful, this research reveals a previously unexplored source of fluidity by highlighting the active role people play in managing their implicit theories in response to goals. 2014 APA, all rights reserved

Econophysics and individual choice

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bordley, Robert F.

2005-08-01

The subjectivist theory of probability specifies certain axioms of rationality which together lead to both a theory of probability and a theory of preference. The theory of probability is used throughout the sciences while the theory of preferences is used in economics. Results in quantum physics challenge the adequacy of the subjectivist theory of probability. As we show, answering this challenge requires modifying an Archimedean axiom in the subjectivist theory. But changing this axiom modifies the subjectivist theory of preference and therefore has implications for economics. As this paper notes, these implications are consistent with current empirical findings in psychology and economics. As we show, these results also have implications for pricing in securities markets. This suggests further directions for research in econophysics.

Humor theories and the physiological benefits of laughter.

PubMed

Wilkins, Julia; Eisenbraun, Amy Janel

2009-01-01

There are 3 main theories used to explain the functions of humor: (1) the relief theory, (2) the incongruity theory, and (3) the superiority theory. While these theories focus on the specific role that humor plays for people in situations such as dealing with misfortune, making sense of rule violations, and bonding with others, we propose that underlying each of these theories are the physiological benefits of laughter. We draw on findings from empirical studies on laughter to demonstrate that these physiological benefits occur regardless of the theory that is used to explain the humor function. Findings from these studies have important implications for nurse practitioners working in hospice settings, long-term care facilities, nursing homes, and hospitals.

London equation for monodromy inflation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kaloper, Nemanja; Lawrence, Albion

2017-03-01

We focus on the massive gauge theory formulation of axion monodromy inflation. We argue that a gauge symmetry hidden in these models is the key mechanism protecting inflation from dangerous field theory and quantum gravity corrections. The effective theory of large-field inflation is dual to a massive U (1 ) 4-form gauge theory, which is similar to a massive gauge theory description of superconductivity. The gauge theory explicitly realizes the old Julia-Toulouse proposal for a low-energy description of a gauge theory in a defect condensate. While we work mostly with the example of quadratic axion potential induced by flux monodromy, we discuss how other types of potentials can arise from the inclusion of gauge-invariant corrections to the theory.

An A{sub r} threesome: Matrix models, 2d conformal field theories, and 4dN=2 gauge theories

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Schiappa, Ricardo; Wyllard, Niclas

We explore the connections between three classes of theories: A{sub r} quiver matrix models, d=2 conformal A{sub r} Toda field theories, and d=4N=2 supersymmetric conformal A{sub r} quiver gauge theories. In particular, we analyze the quiver matrix models recently introduced by Dijkgraaf and Vafa (unpublished) and make detailed comparisons with the corresponding quantities in the Toda field theories and the N=2 quiver gauge theories. We also make a speculative proposal for how the matrix models should be modified in order for them to reproduce the instanton partition functions in quiver gauge theories in five dimensions.

Democratic Superstring Field Theory and Its Gauge Fixing

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kroyter, M.

This work is my contribution to the proceedings of the conference``SFT2010 -- the third international conference on string field theory and related topics'' and it reflects my talk there, which described the democratic string field theory and its gauge fixing. The democratic string field theory is the only fully RNS string field theory to date. It lives in the large Hilbert space and includes all picture numbers. Picture changing amounts in this formalism to a gauge transformation. We describe the theory and its properties and show that when partially gauge fixed it can be reduced to the modified theory and to the non-polynomial theory. In the latter case we can even include the Ramond sector in the picture-fixed action. We also show that another partial gauge-fixing leads to a new consistent string field theory at picture number -1.

An infinite swampland of U(1) charge spectra in 6D supergravity theories

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Taylor, Washington; Turner, Andrew P.

2018-06-01

We analyze the anomaly constraints on 6D supergravity theories with a single abelian U(1) gauge factor. For theories with charges restricted to q = ±1 , ±2 and no tensor multiplets, anomaly-free models match those models that can be realized from F-theory compactifications almost perfectly. For theories with tensor multiplets or with larger charges, the F-theory constraints are less well understood. We show, however, that there is an infinite class of distinct massless charge spectra in the "swampland" of theories that satisfy all known quantum consistency conditions but do not admit a realization through F-theory or any other known approach to string compactification. We also compare the spectra of charged matter in abelian theories with those that can be realized from breaking nonabelian SU(2) and higher rank gauge symmetries.

New developments in social interdependence theory.

PubMed

Johnson, David W; Johnson, Roger T

2005-11-01

Social interdependence theory is a classic example of the interaction of theory, research, and practice. The premise of the theory is the way that goals are structured determines how individuals interact, which in turn creates outcomes. Since its formulation nearly 60 years ago, social interdependence theory has been modified, extended, and refined on the basis of the increasing knowledge about, and application of, the theory. Researchers have conducted over 750 research studies on the relative merits of cooperative, competitive, and individualistic efforts and the conditions under which each is appropriate. Social interdependence theory has been widely applied, especially in education and business. These applications have resulted in revisions of the theory and the generation of considerable new research. The authors critically analyze the new developments resulting from extensive research on, and wide-scale applications of, social interdependence theory.

Topological resolution of gauge theory singularities

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Saracco, Fabio; Tomasiello, Alessandro; Torroba, Gonzalo

2013-08-01

Some gauge theories with Coulomb branches exhibit singularities in perturbation theory, which are usually resolved by nonperturbative physics. In string theory this corresponds to the resolution of timelike singularities near the core of orientifold planes by effects from F or M theory. We propose a new mechanism for resolving Coulomb branch singularities in three-dimensional gauge theories, based on Chern-Simons interactions. This is illustrated in a supersymmetric SU(2) Yang-Mills-Chern-Simons theory. We calculate the one-loop corrections to the Coulomb branch of this theory and find a result that interpolates smoothly between the high-energy metric (that would exhibit the singularity) and a regular singularity-free low-energy result. We suggest possible applications to singularity resolution in string theory and speculate a relationship to a similar phenomenon for the orientifold six-plane in massive IIA supergravity.

Theory-driven research in pediatric psychology: a little bit on why and how.

PubMed

Wallander, J L

1992-10-01

Introduces a Special Issue, covering two published issues (5 and 6) of this journal, on theory-driven research in pediatric psychology. A rationale for conducting research from a conceptual basis is presented. It is emphasized that science is primarily an intellectual activity, demonstrated in the form of theory building, testing, and reformulation. Furthermore, it is argued theory serves as a planning and communication aide for scientific pursuit. The process and components of theory-driven research are then highlighted. Theoretical constructs, theoretical and empirical definitions of constructs, and the use of variables are discussed. A definition of scientific theory is offered. Theory testing is distinguished from post hoc theorizing. Differences in the scope of theories are noted. Connections between theory and hypothesis testing and research design are addressed, especially for nonexperimental or correlational research.

The Future of Piaget's Theory in Education.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Murray, Frank B.

This paper assesses the utility of Piagetian theory for educational practice. Educational practice cannot be formally deduced from psychological theory, but may be theory-compatible if the theory does not specifically forbid the practice. Piaget's genetic epistemology has provided a theoretical justification for longstanding educational…

The Basics: What's Essential about Theory for Community Development Practice?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Hustedde, Ronald J.; Ganowicz, Jacek

2002-01-01

Relates three classical theories (structural functionalism, conflict theory, symbolic interactionism) to fundamental concerns of community development (structure, power, and shared meaning). Links these theories to Giddens' structuration theory, which connects macro and micro structures and community influence on change through cultural norms.…

Self Psychology as Feminist Theory.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Gardiner, Judith Kegan

1987-01-01

Although the "self psychology" theories of Heinz Kohut tend to neglect gender, they hold promise for feminist theory because they avoid some problems and limitations of the object-relations theory, especially its conflation of femininity with heterosexuality and apparent closure to historical change. Feminist self-psychology theory, in…

Creativity Theories and Related Teachers' Beliefs

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Saracho, Olivia

2012-01-01

Creativity theories have been investigated in relation to explicit or implicit theories, which have dominated the field. The flourishing attention about creativity motivated many researchers to examine implicit and explicit theories to understand creativity in their studies. Explicit theories are those formulated by psychologists or other social…

What is this Motivation?

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Waters, T. R.

1971-01-01

Maslow's Hierarchial Theory, Mcgregor's X & Y Theory, and Hertsberg's Hygiene Theory all based on motivation, are examined as to their effectiveness to increase worker production. The author feels management should not concentrate on motivation and offers his own theory, Spiral Web Theory, to help increase employee productiveness. (RB)

Developmental Systems of Students' Personal Theories about Education

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Barger, Michael M.; Linnenbrink-Garcia, Lisa

2017-01-01

Children hold many personal theories about education: theories about themselves, knowledge, and the learning process. Personal theories help children predict what their actions will cause, and therefore relate to motivation, self-regulation, and achievement. Researchers typically examine how specific types of personal theories develop…

Motivation: An Updated Analysis. IDEA Paper #59

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Svinicki, Marilla D.

2016-01-01

Because instructors are very concerned about how to motivate their students, this paper describes some of the most prominent and practically relevant contemporary theories of motivation, specifically expectancy value theory, goal orientation theory, and self-determination theory. After describing each theory and its basic components, suggestions…

Theories of Levels in Organizational Science.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Rousseau, Denise M.

This paper presents concepts and principles pertinent to the development of cross-level and multilevel theory in organizational science by addressing a number of fundamental theoretical issues. It describes hierarchy theory, systems theory, and mixed-level models of organization developed by organizational scientists. Hierarchy theory derives from…

Information Processing Versus Social Cognitive Mediators of Weight Loss in a Podcast-Delivered Health Intervention

PubMed Central

Ko, Linda K.; Turner-McGrievy, Gabrielle; Campbell, Marci K.

2016-01-01

Podcasting is an emerging technology, and previous interventions have shown promising results using theory-based podcast for weight loss among overweight and obese individuals. This study investigated whether constructs of social cognitive theory and information processing theories (IPTs) mediate the effect of a podcast intervention on weight loss among overweight individuals. Data are from Pounds off Digitally, a study testing the efficacy of two weight loss podcast interventions (control podcast and theory-based podcast). Path models were constructed (n = 66). The IPTs—elaboration likelihood model, information control theory, and cognitive load theory—mediated the effect of a theory-based podcast on weight loss. The intervention was significantly associated with all IPTs. Information control theory and cognitive load theory were related to elaboration, and elaboration was associated with weight loss. Social cognitive theory constructs did not mediate weight loss. Future podcast interventions grounded in theory may be effective in promoting weight loss. PMID:24082027

Set and setting, psychedelics and the placebo response: An extra-pharmacological perspective on psychopharmacology.

PubMed

Hartogsohn, Ido

2016-12-01

Placebo response theory and set and setting theory are two fields which examine how non-biological factors shape the response to therapy. Both consider factors such as expectancy, preparation and beliefs to be crucial for understanding the extra-pharmacological processes which shape the response to drugs. Yet there are also fundamental differences between the two theories. Set and setting concerns itself with response to psychoactive drugs only; placebo theory relates to all therapeutic interventions. Placebo theory is aimed at medical professionals; set and setting theory is aimed at professionals and drug users alike. Placebo theory is primarily descriptive, describing how placebo acts; set and setting theory is primarily prescriptive, educating therapists and users on how to control and optimize the effects of drugs. This paper examines how placebo theory and set and setting theory can complement and benefit each other, broadening our understanding of how non-biological factors shape response to drugs and other treatment interventions. © The Author(s) 2016.

Gravitation. [consideration of black holes in gravity theories

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Fennelly, A. J.

1978-01-01

Investigations of several problems of gravitation are discussed. The question of the existence of black holes is considered. While black holes like those in Einstein's theory may not exist in other gravity theories, trapped surfaces implying such black holes certainly do. The theories include those of Brans-Dicke, Lightman-Lee, Rosen, and Yang. A similar two-tensor theory of Yilmaz is investigated and found inconsistent and nonviable. The Newman-Penrose formalism for Riemannian geometries is adapted to general gravity theories and used to implement a search for twisting solutions of the gravity theories for empty and nonempty spaces. The method can be used to find the gravitational fields for all viable gravity theories. The rotating solutions are of particular importance for strong field interpretation of the Stanford/Marshall gyroscope experiment. Inhomogeneous cosmologies are examined in Einstein's theory as generalizations of homogeneous ones by raising the dimension of the invariance groups by one more parameter. The nine Bianchi classifications are extended to Rosen's theory of gravity for homogeneous cosmological models.

The role of theory in qualitative health research.

PubMed

Kelly, Moira

2010-06-01

The role of theory in qualitative research is often underplayed but it is relevant to the quality of such research in three main ways. Theory influences research design, including decisions about what to research and the development of research questions. Theory underpins methodology and has implications for how data are analyzed and interpreted. Finally, theory about a particular health issue may be developed, contributing to what is already known about the topic that is the focus of the study. This paper will critically consider the role of theory in qualitative primary care research in relation to these three areas. Different approaches to qualitative research will be drawn upon in order to illustrate the ways in which theory might variably inform qualitative research, namely generic qualitative research, grounded theory and discourse analysis. The aim is to describe and discuss key issues and provide practical guidance so that researchers are more aware of the role theory has to play and the importance of being explicit about how theory affects design, analysis and the quality of qualitative research.

Refined Zigzag Theory for Laminated Composite and Sandwich Plates

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Tessler, Alexander; DiSciuva, Marco; Gherlone, Marco

2009-01-01

A refined zigzag theory is presented for laminated-composite and sandwich plates that includes the kinematics of first-order shear deformation theory as its baseline. The theory is variationally consistent and is derived from the virtual work principle. Novel piecewise-linear zigzag functions that provide a more realistic representation of the deformation states of transverse-shear-flexible plates than other similar theories are used. The formulation does not enforce full continuity of the transverse shear stresses across the plate s thickness, yet is robust. Transverse-shear correction factors are not required to yield accurate results. The theory is devoid of the shortcomings inherent in the previous zigzag theories including shear-force inconsistency and difficulties in simulating clamped boundary conditions, which have greatly limited the accuracy of these theories. This new theory requires only C(sup 0)-continuous kinematic approximations and is perfectly suited for developing computationally efficient finite elements. The theory should be useful for obtaining relatively efficient, accurate estimates of structural response needed to design high-performance load-bearing aerospace structures.

The probabilistic nature of preferential choice.

PubMed

Rieskamp, Jörg

2008-11-01

Previous research has developed a variety of theories explaining when and why people's decisions under risk deviate from the standard economic view of expected utility maximization. These theories are limited in their predictive accuracy in that they do not explain the probabilistic nature of preferential choice, that is, why an individual makes different choices in nearly identical situations, or why the magnitude of these inconsistencies varies in different situations. To illustrate the advantage of probabilistic theories, three probabilistic theories of decision making under risk are compared with their deterministic counterparts. The probabilistic theories are (a) a probabilistic version of a simple choice heuristic, (b) a probabilistic version of cumulative prospect theory, and (c) decision field theory. By testing the theories with the data from three experimental studies, the superiority of the probabilistic models over their deterministic counterparts in predicting people's decisions under risk become evident. When testing the probabilistic theories against each other, decision field theory provides the best account of the observed behavior.

Decidability of formal theories and hyperincursivity theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Grappone, Arturo G.

2000-05-01

This paper shows the limits of the Proof Standard Theory (briefly, PST) and gives some ideas of how to build a proof anticipatory theory (briefly, PAT) that has no such limits. Also, this paper considers that Gödel's proof of the undecidability of Principia Mathematica formal theory is not valid for axiomatic theories that use a PAT to build their proofs because the (hyper)incursive functions are self-representable.

Discovery of Empirical Components by Information Theory

DTIC Science & Technology

2016-08-10

AFRL-AFOSR-VA-TR-2016-0289 Discovery of Empirical Components by Information Theory Amit Singer TRUSTEES OF PRINCETON UNIVERSITY 1 NASSAU HALL...3. DATES COVERED (From - To) 15 Feb 2013 to 14 Feb 2016 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER Discovery of Empirical Components by Information Theory 5b. GRANT...they draw not only from traditional linear algebra based numerical analysis or approximation theory , but also from information theory , graph theory

The Effect of Religion on Ethnic Tolerance in Malaysia: The Application of Rational Choice Theory (RCT) and the Theory of Planned Behaviour (TPB)

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Idris, Fazilah; Abdullah, Mohd Richard Neles; Ahmad, Abdul Razak; Mansor, Ahmad Zamri

2016-01-01

There has been little research done on explaining the ethnic tolerance behavior from the perspective of sociological theories. The authors chose rational choice theory and the theory of planned behavior as they are widely used in explaining the human social behaviour. In this article, the theories are used to explain the effects of religion on…

Thermal Theory of Combustion and Explosion. 3; Theory of Normal Flame Propagation

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Semenov, N. N.

1942-01-01

The technical memorandum covers experimental data on flame propagation, the velocity of flame propagation, analysis of the old theoretical views of flame propagation, confirmation of the theory for simple reactions (theory of combustion of explosive substances and in particular nitroglycol), and check of the theory by example of a chain oxidizing reaction (theory of flame propagation in carbon monoxide, air and carbon monoxide - oxygen mixtures).

Methane emission and consumption at a North Sea gas seep (Tommeliten area)

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Niemann, H.; Elvert, M.; Hovland, M.; Orcutt, B.; Judd, A.; Suck, I.; Gutt, J.; Joye, S.; Damm, E.; Finster, K.; Boetius, A.

2005-11-01

The North Sea hosts large coal, oil and gas reservoirs of commercial value. Natural leakage pathways of subsurface gas to the hydrosphere have been recognized during geological surveys (Hovland and Judd, 1988). The Tommeliten seepage area is part of the Greater Ekofisk area, which is situated above the Tommeliten Delta salt diapir in the central North Sea. In this study, we report of an active seep site (56°29.90'N, 2°59.80'E) located in the Tommeliten area, Norwegian Block 1/9, at 75 m water depth. Here, cracks in a buried marl horizon allow methane to migrate into overlying clay-silt and sandy sediments. Hydroacoustic sediment echosounding showed several venting spots coinciding with the apex of marl domes where methane is released into the water column and potentially to the atmosphere during deep mixing situations. In the vicinity of the gas seeps, sea floor observations showed small mats of giant sulphide-oxidizing bacteria above patches of black sediments and carbonate crusts, which are exposed 10 to 50 cm above seafloor forming small reefs. These Methane-Derived Authigenic Carbonates (MDACs) contain 13C-depleted, archaeal lipids indicating previous gas seepage and AOM activity. High amounts of sn2-hydroxyarchaeol relative to archaeol and low abundances of biphytanes in the crusts give evidence that ANaerobic MEthane-oxidising archaea (ANME) of the phylogenetic cluster ANME-2 were the potential mediators of Anaerobic Oxidation of Methane (AOM) at the time of carbonate formation. Small pieces of MDACs were also found subsurface at about 1.7 m sediment depth, associated with the Sulphate-Methane Transition Zone (SMTZ). The SMTZ of Tommeliten is characterized by elevated AOM and Sulphate Reduction (SR) rates, increased concentrations of 13C-depleted tetraether derived biphytanes, and specific bacterial Fatty Acids (FA). Further biomarker and 16S rDNA based analyses give evidence that AOM at the Tommeliten SMTZ is mediated by archaea belonging to the ANME-1b group and Sulphate Reducing Bacteria (SRB) most likely belonging to the Seep-SRB1 cluster. The zone of active methane consumption was restricted to a distinct horizon of about 20 cm. Concentrations of 13C-depleted lipid biomarkers (e.g. 500 ng g-dw-1 biphythanes, 140 ng g-dw-1 fatty acid ai-C15:0), cell numbers (1.5x108 cells cm-3), AOM and SR rates (3 nmol cm-3 d-1 in the SMTZ are 2-3 orders of magnitude lower compared to AOM zones of highly active cold seeps such as Hydrate Ridge or the Gulf of Mexico.

From Foucault to Freire Through Facebook: Toward an Integrated Theory of mHealth.

PubMed

Bull, Sheana; Ezeanochie, Nnamdi

2016-08-01

To document the integration of social science theory in literature on mHealth (mobile health) and consider opportunities for integration of classic theory, health communication theory, and social networking to generate a relevant theory for mHealth program design. A secondary review of research syntheses and meta-analyses published between 2005 and 2014 related to mHealth, using the AMSTAR (A Measurement Tool to Assess Systematic Reviews) methodology for assessment of the quality of each review. High-quality articles from those reviews using a randomized controlled design and integrating social science theory in program design, implementation, or evaluation were reviewed. Results There were 1,749 articles among the 170 reviews with a high AMSTAR score (≥30). Only 13 were published from 2005 to 2014, used a randomized controlled design and made explicit mention of theory in any aspect of their mHealth program. All 13 included theoretical perspectives focused on psychological and/or psychosocial theories and constructs. Conclusions There is a very limited use of social science theory in mHealth despite demonstrated benefits in doing so. We propose an integrated theory of mHealth that incorporates classic theory, health communication theory, and social networking to guide development and evaluation of mHealth programs. © 2015 Society for Public Health Education.

Academic Primer Series: Eight Key Papers about Education Theory.

PubMed

Gottlieb, Michael; Boysen-Osborn, Megan; Chan, Teresa M; Krzyzaniak, Sara M; Pineda, Nicolas; Spector, Jordan; Sherbino, Jonathan

2017-02-01

Many teachers adopt instructional methods based on assumptions of best practices without attention to or knowledge of supporting education theory. Familiarity with a variety of theories informs education that is efficient, strategic, and evidence-based. As part of the Academic Life in Emergency Medicine Faculty Incubator Program, a list of key education theories for junior faculty was developed. A list of key papers on theories relevant to medical education was generated using an expert panel, a virtual community of practice synthetic discussion, and a social media call for resources. A three-round, Delphi-informed voting methodology including novice and expert educators produced a rank order of the top papers. These educators identified 34 unique papers. Eleven papers described the general use of education theory, while 23 papers focused on a specific theory. The top three papers on general education theories and top five papers on specific education theory were selected and summarized. The relevance of each paper for junior faculty and faculty developers is also presented. This paper presents a reading list of key papers for junior faculty in medical education roles. Three papers about general education theories and five papers about specific educational theories are identified and annotated. These papers may help provide foundational knowledge in education theory to inform junior faculty teaching practice.

Academic Primer Series: Eight Key Papers about Education Theory

PubMed Central

Gottlieb, Michael; Boysen-Osborn, Megan; Chan, Teresa M.; Krzyzaniak, Sara M.; Pineda, Nicolas; Spector, Jordan; Sherbino, Jonathan

2017-01-01

Introduction Many teachers adopt instructional methods based on assumptions of best practices without attention to or knowledge of supporting education theory. Familiarity with a variety of theories informs education that is efficient, strategic, and evidence-based. As part of the Academic Life in Emergency Medicine Faculty Incubator Program, a list of key education theories for junior faculty was developed. Methods A list of key papers on theories relevant to medical education was generated using an expert panel, a virtual community of practice synthetic discussion, and a social media call for resources. A three-round, Delphi-informed voting methodology including novice and expert educators produced a rank order of the top papers. Results These educators identified 34 unique papers. Eleven papers described the general use of education theory, while 23 papers focused on a specific theory. The top three papers on general education theories and top five papers on specific education theory were selected and summarized. The relevance of each paper for junior faculty and faculty developers is also presented. Conclusion This paper presents a reading list of key papers for junior faculty in medical education roles. Three papers about general education theories and five papers about specific educational theories are identified and annotated. These papers may help provide foundational knowledge in education theory to inform junior faculty teaching practice. PMID:28210367

Three-dimensional representations of photo-induced electron transfer rates in pyrene-(CH2)n-N,N'-dimethylaniline systems obtained by three electron transfer theories.

PubMed

Rujkorakarn, Rong; Tanaka, Fumio

2009-01-01

The observed rates of photo-induced electron transfer (ET) from N,N'-dimethylaniline (DMA) to the excited pyrene (Py) in confined systems of pyrene-(CH(2))(n)-N,N'- dimethylaniline (PnD: n=1-3) were studied by molecular dynamic simulation (MD) and three kinds of electron transfer theories. ET parameters contained in Marcus theory (M theory), Bixon and Jortner theory (BJ theory) and Kakitani and Mataga theory (KM theory) were determined so as to fit the calculated fluorescence intensities with those obtained by the observed ET rates, according to a non-linear least squares method. Three-dimensional profiles of logarithm of calculated ET rates depending on two of three ET parameters, R, epsilon(0) and -DeltaG degrees were systematically examined with best-fit ET parameters of P1D. Bell shape dependencies of ET rate were predicted on R and on epsilon(0), and on -DeltaG degrees as well, by M theory and KM theory. The profiles of logarithm of ET rate calculated by BJ theory exhibited oscillatory dependencies not only on -DeltaG degrees , but also on R and on epsilon(0). Relationship between ET state and charge transfer complex was discussed with BJ theory.

Theory-Based Interventions to Improve Medication Adherence in Older Adults Prescribed Polypharmacy: A Systematic Review.

PubMed

Patton, Deborah E; Hughes, Carmel M; Cadogan, Cathal A; Ryan, Cristín A

2017-02-01

Previous interventions have shown limited success in improving medication adherence in older adults, and this may be due to the lack of a theoretical underpinning. This review sought to determine the effectiveness of theory-based interventions aimed at improving medication adherence in older adults prescribed polypharmacy and to explore the extent to which psychological theory informed their development. Eight electronic databases were searched from inception to March 2015, and extensive hand-searching was conducted. Interventions delivered to older adults (populations with a mean/median age of ≥65 years) prescribed polypharmacy (four or more regular oral/non-oral medicines) were eligible. Studies had to report an underpinning theory and measure at least one adherence and one clinical/humanistic outcome. Data were extracted independently by two reviewers and included details of intervention content, delivery, providers, participants, outcomes and theories used. The theory coding scheme (TCS) was used to assess the extent of theory use. Five studies cited theory as the basis for intervention development (social cognitive theory, health belief model, transtheoretical model, self-regulation model). The extent of theory use and intervention effectiveness in terms of adherence and clinical/humanistic outcomes varied across studies. No study made optimal use of theory as recommended in the TCS. The heterogeneity observed and inclusion of pilot designs mean conclusions regarding effectiveness of theory-based interventions targeting older adults prescribed polypharmacy could not be drawn. Further primary research involving theory as a central component of intervention development is required. The review findings will help inform the design of future theory-based adherence interventions.

Tackling wicked problems: how theories of agency can provide new insights.

PubMed

Varpio, Lara; Aschenbrener, Carol; Bates, Joanna

2017-04-01

This paper reviews why and how theories of agency can be used as analytical lenses to help health professions education (HPE) scholars address our community's wicked problems. Wicked problems are those that resist clear problem statements, defy traditional analysis approaches, and refuse definitive resolution (e.g. student remediation, assessments of professionalism, etc.). We illustrate how theories of agency can provide new insights into such challenges by examining the application of these theories to one particular wicked problem in HPE: interprofessional education (IPE). After searching the HPE literature and finding that theories of agency had received little attention, we borrowed techniques from narrative literature reviews to search databases indexing a broad scope of disciplines (i.e. ERIC, Web of Science, Scopus, MEDLINE and PubMed) for publications (1994-2014) that: (i) examined agency, or (ii) incorporated an agency-informed analytical perspective. The lead author identified the theories of agency used in these articles, and reviewed the texts on agency cited therein and the original sources of each theory. We identified 10 theories of agency that we considered to be applicable to HPE's wicked problems. To select a subset of theories for presentation in this paper, we discussed each theory in relation to some of HPE's wicked problems. Through debate and reflection, we unanimously agreed on the applicability of a subset of theories for illuminating HPE's wicked problems. This subset is described in this paper. We present four theories of agency: Butler's post-structural formulation; Giddens' sociological formulation; cultural historical activity theory's formulation, and Bandura's social cognitive psychology formulation. We introduce each theory and apply each to the challenges of engaging in IPE. Theories of agency can inform HPE scholarship in novel and generative ways. Each theory offers new insights into the roots of wicked problems and means for contending with them. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons Ltd and The Association for the Study of Medical Education.

Adult Learning Theories: Implications for Online Instruction

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Arghode, Vishal; Brieger, Earl W.; McLean, Gary N.

2017-01-01

Purpose: This paper analyzes critically four selected learning theories and their role in online instruction for adults. Design/methodology/approach: A literature review was conducted to analyze the theories. Findings: The theory comparison revealed that no single theory encompasses the entirety of online instruction for adult learning; each…

Sociocultural Theory and the Mediated Learning Experience.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Kozulin, Alex

2002-01-01

Discusses the two theories that have contributed most to the development of the mediational approach to learning, Vygotskian sociocultural theory and Feuerstein's theory of Mediated Learning Experience. Both theories emphasize the importance of sociocultural forces in shaping a child's development and learning, and have generated a number of…

Students' Understanding of Theory in Undergraduate Education

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Liff, Roy; Rovio-Johansson, Airi

2014-01-01

This paper investigates undergraduate students' application of theory in their analysis of problems presented in authentic leadership cases. Taking a phenomenographic research approach, the paper identifies two levels at which students understand "theory": Level 1-Theory as knowledge acquired from books; Level 2-Theory as support for…

The Leader's Role in Strategic Knowledge Creation and Mobilization

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Reid, Steven

2013-01-01

The purpose of this paper is to explore how leaders influence knowledge creation and mobilization processes. As a basis for the theoretical framework, the researcher selected theories that informed the investigation of this influence: leadership theory, knowledge theory, learning theory, organizational learning theory, and organizational knowledge…

Theory Building. Symposium 21. [AHRD Conference, 2001].

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

2001

This symposium on theory building consists of three presentations. "A Multilevel Theory of Organizational Performance: Seeing the Forest and the Trees" (Susan Reynolds Fisher) presents the process used to develop this theory and analyzes emergent insights. It discusses how the theory succeeds in mapping relationships across aspects and…

Deweyan Inquiry: From Education Theory to Practice

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Johnston, James Scott

2009-01-01

This book presents John Dewey's theory of inquiry and applies it to various areas of the primary, middle, and secondary school curricula. "Deweyan Inquiry" brings Dewey's theory of inquiry together with educational theory and practice. James Scott Johnston uses Dewey's late masterpiece "Logic: The Theory of Inquiry" as a guide…

Contrasting Ohlsson's Resubsumption Theory with Chi's Categorical Shift Theory

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Chi, Michelene T. H.; Brem, Sarah K.

2009-01-01

Ohlsson's proposal of resubsumption as the dominant process in conceptual, or nonmonotonic, change presents a worthy challenge to more established theories, such as Chi's theory of ontological shift. The two approaches differ primarily in that Ohlsson's theory emphasizes a process of learning in which narrower, more specific concepts are subsumed…

Critical Social Theory: Core Tenets, Inherent Issues

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Freeman, Melissa; Vasconcelos, Erika Franca S.

2010-01-01

This chapter outlines the core tenets of critical social theory and describes inherent issues facing evaluators conducting critical theory evaluation. Using critical pedagogy as an example, the authors describe the issues facing evaluators by developing four of the subtheories that comprise a critical social theory: (a) a theory of false…

Theories and Modes

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Apsche, Jack A.

2005-01-01

In his work on the Theory of Modes, Beck (1996) suggested that there were flaws with his cognitive theory. He suggested that though there are shortcomings to his cognitive theory, there were not similar shortcomings to the practice of Cognitive Therapy. The author suggests that if there are shortcomings to cognitive theory the same shortcomings…

Constructing and Verifying Program Theory Using Source Documentation

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Renger, Ralph

2010-01-01

Making the program theory explicit is an essential first step in Theory Driven Evaluation (TDE). Once explicit, the program logic can be established making necessary links between the program theory, activities, and outcomes. Despite its importance evaluators often encounter situations where the program theory is not explicitly stated. Under such…

The Application of Motivational Theories to Business and Industry.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Clements, Paul; Farrar, Lochia A.

This workshop, designed to use motivational theories in understanding work behaviors and to increase job satisfaction and performance, deals with cognitive theories in motivation, need theories, and the Equity Theory within the Expectancy Valence Model. Counseling technique areas of communication skills and rational thinking that facilitate the…